You are on page 1of 168

B O O K S

fr
o
m
Y A L E
Cover illustration from: í·ov··o |o· \|o! \·|| ´o·÷ !\o·|o o· !!. !··o í÷o.j William Kentridge, 2007.
Charcoal, gouache, pastel, and colored pencil on paper.
84 x 59 in (213.5 x 150 cm). Collection of Doris and Donald Fisher.
!o÷÷ ooo÷ !2²j
2
3
59
78
96
102
113
145
163
166
Recently Published
General Interest
Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade
General Interest–Paperback
Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade–Paperback
Academic Titles
ART TI TL E S
Art & Architecture
Scholarly Art & Architecture Books of Interest to the General Trade
Index
Order Information
TRADE TI TL E S
Recently Published
2
WRITINGS ON ARCHITECTURE
Paul Rudolph; Foreword by Robert A. M. Stern
T
he first collection of writings by one of the most innovative architects and educators of the
1950s and 1960s, this book includes a wealth of recently discovered archival materials and
many previously unpublished photographs. Recent controversies about the preservation of many of
Rudolph’s buildings—including the landmark Art and Architecture Building at Yale, which celebrates
its 45th anniversary and grand reopening in November 2008—make this a timely publication.
ONE AMERICA IN THE 21ST CENTURY
The Report of President Bill Clinton’s Initiative on Race
Edited and with an Introduction by Steven F. Lawson; Foreword by John Hope Franklin
T
his volume represents the first publication in book form of the report of President Bill Clinton’s
Commission on Race Initiative, containing the first comprehensive assessment of racial
progress (or the lack thereof) in America since the Civil Rights Movement of the 1960s. It also
extends the discussion of race relations beyond issues of black and white to encompass the new
diversity of the nation’s population in the twenty-first century.
MINIATURE ROOMS
The Thorne Rooms at the Art Institute of Chicago
Entries by Fannia Weingartner; Introduction by Bruce Hatton Boyer
T
his delightful book provides a detailed look at one of the Art Institute’s best-loved attractions:
the 68 Thorne Miniature Rooms, which masterfully depict period interiors ranging from late-
13th-century Europe to America in the 1930s.
LICHTENSTEIN
Girls
Contributions from Richard Hamilton, Jeff Koons, Dorothy Lichtenstein, and Richard Prince
S
urveying the seminal series of Girl paintings by Roy Lichtenstein, this catalogue brings togeth-
er an exceptional collection of paintings, drawings, sources, and documentary photographs. A
conversation between Jeff Koons and Dorothy Lichtenstein opens the catalogue, which also
includes a chronology of important exhibitions and occasions in Lichtenstein’s life and Richard
Prince’s response to the series.
Distributed for the Gagosian Gallery
February History
256 pp. 8 1/2 x 11
paper 978-0-300-11669-4 $20.00sc
August 2008 Art
94 pp. 130 color illus. 12 x 12
Paper over board 978-0-300-14927-2 $65.00
December 2008 Art
328 pp. 52 b/w + 251 color illus. 9 x 12
paper 978-0-300-14934-0 $50.00
January Architecture
96 pp. 80 b/w illus. 5 3/4 x 8 1/4
paper 978-0-300-15092-6 $18.00
December 2008 Decorative Arts
184 pp. 124 color illus.
10 x 11
978-0-300-14159-7 $45.00
STEVEN F. LAWSON is professor of history,
Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey.
J EFFREY SPI ER is adjunct professor of classics
at the University of Arizona, Tucson.
Published in association with the Kimbell Art Museum
PAUL RUDOL PH (1918–1997) was chair of the
Yale School of Architecture from 1958 to 1967.
The late FANNI A WEI NGARTNER was the editor of
´|·oooo !·.!o·, and the head of the publications office at
the Chicago Historical Society. BRUCE HATTON BOYER
is a historian and novelist.
Distributed for the Art Institute of Chicago
New in paper
PICTURING THE BIBLE
The Earliest Christian Art
Jeffrey Spier; with contributions by Herbert L. Kessler, Steven Fine, Robin M. Jensen,
Johannes G. Deckers, Mary Charles-Murray et al.
T
his beautifully illustrated book examines the emergence of Christian art in the third century A.D.
Drawing on insights from recent discoveries, leading experts explore topics from Jewish art in the
Greco-Roman period and the influence of Constantine, to the development of church decoration and
illuminated Bibles.
General Interest
General Interest
3
General Interest
Q: Why did you title your book Alger Hiss and
the Battle for History?
A: What Alger Hiss actually did sixty years
ago—and I do believe he was guilty of both the
stated charge of perjury and the unstated charge
of espionage—is less important than the fact
that his case has come to stand for very differ-
ent views about American history. For the politi-
cal right, the Hiss case remains a symbol of the
alleged weakness and naïveté of the left about
foreign and domestic threats. To the left, the
willingness of the right to discard constitutional
safeguards in times of threat—both perceived
and real—is symbolized by the rush to judgment
about Hiss even when the evidence against him
was much less convincing than it is now.
Q: Is it possible to believe that Hiss was guilty
and oppose the methods of what has come to
be known as the McCarthy era?
A: Of course. The fact that Hiss turned out to
be guilty does not justify the violations of con-
stitutional rights by the House Committee on
Un-American Activities or by Sen. Joseph
McCarthy’s subcommittee. There are many polit-
ical liberals who once believed that Hiss was
framed but have now concluded that he was
guilty. But they also deplore the violations of
civil liberties of the McCarthy era in the same
way that they deplore violations of the
Constitution in the war on terror today. The
right, however, says, “Wrong about Hiss, wrong
about everything.”
Q: What role have the media played in this
dispute?
A: A good deal of my book is devoted to ana-
lyzing the ways in which the media have helped
keep the Hiss case alive for sixty years. I look at
both left- and right-wing publications, but much
of my attention is focused on middle-of-the-road
magazines and newspapers. The mainstream
press, at any given time, reflects received opin-
ion, and I’m particularly interested in the way
received opinion about Hiss changed over time.
Q: Why should anyone care about the Hiss
case today?
A: We should care because many of the issues
surrounding the Hiss case, and the entire post-
war hunt for Communists, are extremely
relevant to the current battle over the appropri-
ate balance between national security and civil
liberties.
A Conve rs ati on wi th
S U S AN J AC O B Y
o o o
4
©
C
h
r
i
s
R
a
m
i
r
e
z
“Fascinating, accessible,
General Interest
March History/Biography
272 pp. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4
978-0-300-12133-9 $24.00
5
B
ooks on Whittaker Chambers and Alger Hiss abound,
as countless scholars have labored to uncover the
facts behind Chambers’s shocking accusation before the
House Committee on Un-American Activities in the sum-
mer of 1948—that Alger Hiss, a former rising star in the
State Department, had been a Communist and engaged in
espionage.
In this highly original work, Susan Jacoby turns her atten-
tion to the Hiss case, including his trial and imprisonment
for perjury, as a mirror of shifting American political views
and passions. Unfettered by political ax-grinding, the
author examines conflicting responses, from scholars and
the media on both the left and the right, and the ways in
which they have changed from 1948 to our present post–
Cold War era. With a brisk, engaging style, Jacoby posi-
tions the case in the politics of the post–World War II
era and then explores the ways in which generations of lib-
erals and conservatives have put Chambers and Hiss to
their own ideological uses. An iconic event of the
McCarthy era, the case of Alger Hiss fascinates political
intellectuals not only because of its historical significance
but because of its timeless relevance to equally fierce
debates today about the difficult balance between nation-
al security and respect for civil liberties.
ALGER HISS AND THE BATTLE
FOR HISTORY
Susan Jacoby
Marketi ng Hi ghli ghts
o Major review attention
o National feature coverage
o Author lectures
o Online marketing
o Academic and library marketing
SUSAN J ACOBY is an independent scholar and best-selling
author. The most recent of her seven previous books is |÷ /o÷ o|
/·÷··oo· '··÷o.o· She lives in New York City.
From the author of the New York Times
bestseller The Age of American Unreason, a
tough investigation of the Alger Hiss case that
reaches across political lines
o Icons of America
What is America? Why is America America? The Icons of
America Series aims to answer these questions by telling
the immense story of this country through key texts, images,
moments, individuals, and events in American history, the
seemingly familiar landmarks around which we have
shaped our daily lives and which hold an iconic place in
our national history and imagination.
and persuasive.”
—Harvey J. Kaye, author of Thomas Paine and the Promise of America
General Interest
February Memoir/History
208 pp. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4
978-0-300-11438-6 $25.00
T
wenty years ago, John Lukacs paused to set down
the history of his own thoughts and beliefs in
Confessions of an Original Sinner, an adroit blend of auto-
biography and personal philosophy. Now, in Last Rites, he
continues and expands his reflections, this time integrat-
ing his conception of history and human knowledge with
private memories of his wives and loves, and enhancing
the book with footnotes from his idiosyncratic diaries. The
resulting volume is fascinating and delightful—an auto-his-
tory by a passionate, authentic, brilliant, and witty man.
Lukacs begins with a concise rendering of a historical
understanding of our world (essential reading for any his-
torian), then follows with trenchant observations on his
life in the United States, commentary on his native
Hungary and the new meanings it took on for him after
1989, and deeply personal portraits of his three wives,
about whom he has not written before. He includes also a
chapter on his formative memories of May and June 1940
and of Winston Churchill, a subject in some of Lukacs’s
later studies. Last Rites is a richly layered summation com-
bined with a set of extraordinary observations—an origi-
nal book only John Lukacs could have written.
LAST RITES
John Lukacs
Praise for Confessions of an Original Sinner:
“[Lukacs] is an often witty and always
fascinating—even entertaining—writer.”
—Washington Post
Marketi ng Hi ghli ghts
o Major review attention
o Academic and library marketing
J OHN L UKACS is an internationally read and praised histori-
an, the author of some thirty books, a winner of numerous aca-
demic honors and awards, past president of the American
Catholic Historical Association, and a member of the Royal
Historical Society of the United Kingdom. He lives in
Phoenixville, PA.
A master historian offers an eloquent and
personal auto-history of his life and his ideas
6
o ALSO AVAILABLE BY JOHN LUKACS:
Five Days in London, May 1940
paper 978-0-300-08466-5 $11.95
George Kennan
paper 978-0-300-14306-5 $26.00
June 1941
paper 978-0-300-12364-7 $15.00
General Interest
February Film/History
256 pp. 15 b/w illus. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4
978-0-300-11752-3 $24.00
7
H
ow and why has the saga of Scarlett O’Hara kept
such a tenacious hold on our national imagination
for almost three-quarters of a century? In the first book
ever to deal simultaneously with Margaret Mitchell’s
beloved novel and David Selznick’s spectacular film ver-
sion of Gone with the Wind, film critic Molly Haskell seeks
the answers. By all industry predictions, the film should
never have worked. What makes it work so amazingly
well are the fascinating and uncompromising personalities
that Haskell dissects here: Margaret Mitchell, David
Selznick, and Vivien Leigh. As a feminist and onetime
Southern adolescent, Haskell understands how the story
takes on different shades of meaning according to the age
and eye of the beholder. She explores how it has kept its
edge because of Margaret Mitchell’s (and our) ambivalence
about Scarlett and because of the complex racial and sex-
ual attitudes embedded in a story that at one time or
another has offended almost everyone.
Haskell imaginatively weaves together disparate strands,
conducting her story as her own inner debate between
enchantment and disenchantment. Sensitive to the ways
in which history and cinema intersect, she reminds us
why these characters, so riveting to Depression audiences,
continue to fascinate 70 years later.
FRANKLY, MY DEAR
Gone with the Wind Revisited
Molly Haskell
o Icons of America
What is America? Why is America America? The Icons of America Series aims to
answer these questions by telling the immense story of this country through key texts,
images, moments, individuals, and events in American history, the seemingly familiar
landmarks around which we have shaped our daily lives and which hold an iconic
place in our national history and imagination.
“A stunning piece of criticism, written
with fever-pitch intensity, that demon-
strates so movingly why it’s impossible
to name the kind of greatness found
in Gone with the Wind and impossible
to refrain from trying.”
—Alan Trachtenberg, author of Lincoln’s Smile
and Other Enigmas
Marketi ng Hi ghli ghts
o Major review attention
o National media interviews
o National feature coverage
o Reading group outreach
o Academic and library marketing
o Online marketing
MOL LY HASKEL L is a writer and film critic. She has lectured
widely on the role of women in film and is the author of !·o·
k÷v÷·÷·o÷ !o koo÷ |÷ ·÷o!·÷·! o| \o·÷· ·· !|÷ /ov·÷.
She lives in New York City.
An exploration of the book, the movie, and
the author of one of the most captivating
stories ever told
Gone with the Wind by the numbers:
o Nearly 30 million copies of the book
have been sold since 1936
o The film grossed over $1.3 billion in the
U.S., making it the biggest blockbuster
of all time (adjusted for inflation)
o Nominated for 13 academy awards, it
won 10, including Best Picture, Director,
Actress, Screenplay, and Supporting
Actress
General Interest
February Biography/Architecture/History
656 pp. 32 b/w + 31 color illus. 6 x 9 1/4
978-0-300-15161-9 $45.00
For sale in the U.S., its dependencies, and the Philippines only
A
ugustus Welby Northmore Pugin (1812–1852)
was one of Britain’s greatest architects, and his
short career one of the most dramatic in architectural his-
tory. Born in 1812, the son of a French draughtsman, at fif-
teen Pugin was working for King George IV at Windsor
Castle. By the time he was twenty-one he had been ship-
wrecked, bankrupted, and widowed. Nineteen years later
he died, insane and disillusioned, having changed the face
and the mind of British architecture in works as revered as
the House of Lords and the clock tower at Westminster,
known as Big Ben.
God’s Architect is the first modern biography of this
extraordinary figure. Rosemary Hill draws on thousands of
unpublished letters and drawings to re-create Pugin’s life
and work as architect, propagandist, and Gothic designer,
as well as the turbulent story of his three marriages, the
bitterness of his last years, and his sudden death at forty.
It is the work of an exceptional historian and biographer.
GOD’S ARCHITECT
Pugin and the Building of Romantic Britain
Rosemary Hill
o Winner of the 2007 Wolfson Prize for
History and the James Tait Black
Memorial Prize for Biography.
ROSEMARY HI L L is a writer and historian, and has published
widely on nineteenth- and twentieth-century cultural history.
The acclaimed biography of one of the
nineteenth century’s most important architects
8
“A magnificent biography, as sumptuous
and intricate as anything Pugin built. . . .
A properly glorious monument.”
—John Carey, Sunday Times, London
“This is surely the best biography of a
British architect yet written: an enthralling
book.”—Stephen Bayley, Observer
Marketi ng Hi ghli ghts
o Major review attention
o Academic and library marketing
General Interest
February Biography/Science
288 pp. 5 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
978-0-300-13608-1 $28.00
9
W
hat sort of person was the young naturalist
who developed an evolutionary idea so logi-
cal, so dangerous, that it has dominated biological science
for a century and a half? How did the quiet and shy
Charles Darwin produce his theory of natural selection
when many before him had started down the same path
but failed? This book is the first to inquire into the range of
influences and ideas, the mentors and rivals, and the for-
mal and informal education that shaped Charles Darwin
and prepared him for his remarkable career of scientific
achievement.
Keith Thomson concentrates on Darwin’s early life as a
schoolboy, a medical student at Edinburgh, a theology stu-
dent at Cambridge, and a naturalist aboard the Beagle on
its famous five-year voyage. Closely analyzing Darwin’s
Autobiography and scientific notebooks, the author draws
a fully human portrait of Darwin for the first time: a vast-
ly erudite and powerfully ambitious individual, self-
absorbed but lacking self-confidence, hampered as much
as helped by family, and sustained by a passion for phi-
losophy and logic. Thomson’s account of the birth and
maturing of Darwin’s brilliant theory is fascinating for the
way it reveals both his genius as a scientist and the human
foibles and weaknesses with which he mightily struggled.
THE YOUNG CHARLES DARWIN
Keith Thomson
“Keith Thomson’s fresh and lively
account will surely bring Darwin back
into focus as an exceptional scholar,
traveler, family man, and author. Highly
recommended.”—Janet Browne, author of
Charles Darwin: Voyaging and Charles Darwin:
The Power of Place
KEI TH THOMSON is professor emeritus of natural history,
University of Oxford, and senior research fellow, the American
Philosophical Society. He is the author of more than 200 scien-
tific papers and twelve books, including o÷|o·÷ ío·v··
k÷oo·o·|··o ´oo o·o ìo!··÷ published by Yale University
Press. He lives in Philadelphia.
On the 150th anniversary of On the Origin of
Species, a new investigation of Darwin’s
early years and how he arrived at his
revolutionary ideas
o NOW IN PAPER BY KEITH THOMSON:
The Legacy of the Mastodon:
The Golden Age of Fossils in America
(see page 85)
o ALSO OF INTEREST:
Endless Forms: Charles Darwin,
Natural Science, and the Visual Arts
DIANA DONALD and JANE MUNRO
(see page 114)
Marketi ng Hi ghli ghts
o Major review attention
o Academic and library marketing
o Publication coincides with Darwin’s 200th
birthday on February 12, 2009, and the
150th anniversary of the publication of the
controversial masterpiece ´· !|÷ ´··o·· o|
oo÷o·÷.
General Interest
February History/Biography
256 pp. 10 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
978-0-300-12193-3 $27.50
T
he rise and spectacular fall of the friendship between
the two great philosophers of the eighteenth centu-
ry, barely six months after they first met, reverberated on
both sides of the Channel. As the relationship between
Jean-Jacques Rousseau and David Hume unraveled, a volley
of rancorous letters was fired off, then quickly published
and devoured by aristocrats, intellectuals, and common
readers alike. Everyone took sides in this momentous dis-
pute between the greatest of Enlightenment thinkers.
In this lively and revealing book, Robert Zaretsky and John
T. Scott explore the unfolding rift between Rousseau and
Hume. The authors are particularly fascinated by the con-
nection between the thinkers’ lives and thought, especially
the way that the failure of each to understand the other—
and himself—illuminates the limits of human understand-
ing. In addition, they situate the philosophers’ quarrel in the
social, political, and intellectual milieu that informed their
actions, as well as the actions of the other participants in
the dispute, such as James Boswell, Adam Smith, and
Voltaire. By examining the conflict through the prism of
each philosopher’s contribution to Western thought,
Zaretsky and Scott reveal the implications for the two men
as individuals and philosophers as well as for the contem-
porary world.
THE PHILOSOPHERS’
QUARREL
Rousseau, Hume, and the Limits of Human
Understanding
Robert Zaretsky and John T. Scott
“This arresting book is like a novel
which one reads late into the night—
a novel whose characters happen to
be famous thinkers: Rousseau and
Hume. Voltaire looms in the back-
ground. Brilliant Parisian ladies
appear too. What can be more exhila-
rating than a tale of intelligence and
discord, and of the eighteenth centu-
ry revisited right before the French
Revolution—so near us, so far
away?”—Adam Zagajewski
ROBERT ZARETSKY is professor of French, Honors College,
University of Houston. J OHN T. SCOTT is professor of politi-
cal science, University of California, Davis. Zaretsky and Scott are
also coauthors of !·o·| !ooo··÷.. /· t..o, o· ko·..÷o·
The dramatic collapse of the friendship
between Rousseau and Hume, in the context of
their grand intellectual quest to conquer the
limits of human understanding
10
Marketi ng Hi ghli ghts
o Major review attention
o Academic and library marketing
General Interest
March Current Events/History/Law
320 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
978-0-300-11174-3 $27.50
11
T
he statistics are startling. Since 1973, America’s
imprisonment rate has multiplied over five times to
become the highest in the world. More than two million
inmates reside in state and federal prisons. What does this
say about our attitudes toward criminals and punishment?
What does it say about us?
This book explores the cultural evolution of punishment
practices in the United States. Anne-Marie Cusac first looks
at punishment in the nation’s early days, when Americans
repudiated Old World cruelty toward criminals and
emphasized rehabilitation over retribution. This attitude
persisted for some 200 years, but in recent decades we
have abandoned it, Cusac shows. She discusses the dra-
matic rise in the use of torture and restraint, corporal and
capital punishment, and punitive physical pain. And she
links this new climate of punishment to shifts in other
aspects of American culture, including changes in domi-
nant religious beliefs, child-rearing practices, politics, tele-
vision shows, movies, and more.
America now punishes harder and longer and with meth-
ods we would have rejected as cruel and unusual not long
ago. These changes are profound, their impact affects all
our lives, and we have yet to understand the full conse-
quences.
CRUEL AND UNUSUAL
The Culture of Punishment in America
Anne-Marie Cusac
“Cusac’s analysis should provoke a sense
of deep concern: concern that contem-
porary punitiveness in America will
damage our institutions, our political
system, our culture.”
—Austin Sarat, Amherst College
Marketi ng Hi ghli ghts
o Major review attention
o National radio interviews
o National television interviews
o Academic and library marketing
o Online marketing
ANNE- MARI E CUSAC is assistant professor, Department of
Communication, Roosevelt University, and a contributing writer to
|÷ l·oo·÷..·v÷ For her work as a journalist she has received
the George Polk Award and on three occasions the Project
Censored Award. She lives in Evanston, IL.
In light of the recent scandals at Abu Ghraib
and Guantanamo, a new study on America’s
alarming attitudes toward criminals, punish-
ment, and democratic ideals
General Interest
March Religion/Science
208 pp. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4
978-0-300-14933-3 $26.00
Not for sale in the European Union and
British Commonwealth (excluding Canada)
J
ust as gendered, cultural, and geographical perspectives
have illuminated and advanced theological thought, the
contributions of twentieth-century science have much to
offer theology. In his latest book, physicist-theologian John
Polkinghorne, renowned as one of the world’s foremost
thinkers on science and religion, offers a lucid argument
for developing the intersection of the two fields as anoth-
er form of contextual theology.
Countering recent assertions by “new atheists” that reli-
gious belief is irrational and even dangerous, Polkinghorne
explores ways that theology can be open to and informed
by science. He describes recent scientific discourse on
such subjects as epistemology, objectivity, uncertainty, and
rationality and considers the religious importance of the
evolution in these areas of scientific thought. Then, evalu-
ating such topics as relativity, space and time, and evolu-
tionary theory, he uses a scientific style of inquiry as a
foundation on which to build a model of Christian belief
structure. Science and theology share in the great human
quest for truth and understanding, says Polkinghorne, and
he illustrates how their interaction can be fruitful for both.
THEOLOGY IN THE CONTEXT
OF SCIENCE
John Polkinghorne
o ALSO AVAILABLE BY JOHN POLKINGHORNE:
Belief in God in an Age of Science
paper ISBN 978-0-300-09949-2 $9.95
Sold more than 13,000 copies worldwide in cloth
Exploring Reality
paper ISBN 978-0-300-12267-1 $15.00
Quantum Physics and Theology
paper ISBN 978-0-300-13840-5 $15.00
J OHN POL KI NGHORNE, KBE, FRS, is fellow and retired
president, Queens’ College, Cambridge University. He was
founding president of the International Society for Science and
Religion and in 2002 was awarded the Templeton Prize. He
lives in Cambridge, UK.
A renowned physicist-theologian provides a
new framework for dialogue between science
and religion
12
Marketi ng Hi ghli ghts
o Major review attention
o Academic and library marketing
General Interest
13
March Law
304 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
978-0-300-12009-7 $27.50
T
he variety and pervasiveness of confidentiality
issues today are breathtaking. Not a day passes with-
out a media report on a breach of confidentiality, a claim of
attorney-client privilege, a journalist jailed for refusing to
reveal a source, a medical or hospital record improperly dis-
closed, or a major business deal exposed by anonymous
sources. In Confidence examines confidential issues that
arise in various disciplines and relationships and considers
which should be protected and which should not.
Ronald Goldfarb organizes the book around professionals
for whom confidentiality is an issue of weighty importance:
government officials, attorneys, medical personnel, psy-
chotherapists, clergy, business people, and journalists. In a
chapter devoted to each, and in another on spousal privi-
lege, he lays out specific issues and the law’s positions on
them. He discusses an array of court cases in which confi-
dentiality issues played an important role and decisions
were often surprising and controversial. Goldfarb also looks
into the criteria that should be used when determining
whether secrets must be revealed. His nuanced analysis
reveals how federal government practices and technologi-
cal capabilities increasingly challenge the boundaries of pri-
vacy, and his thoughtful insights open the door to mean-
ingful new debate.
IN CONFIDENCE
When to Protect Secrecy and When to
Require Disclosure
Ronald Goldfarb
“Goldfarb’s discussion is of paramount
significance in a democracy where
values and rights of privacy have been
eroded by federal government practices
and the impact of technology on our
lives.”—David Vise, author of The Google Story
RONAL D GOL DFARB is an attorney and author of ten previ-
ous books as well as hundreds of law journal and newspaper arti-
cles, op-ed pieces, and book reviews. He lives and works in
Alexandria, VA, and Key Biscayne, FL.
A provocative work that explains where and
when confidentiality begins, ends, and breaks
Marketi ng Hi ghli ghts
o Major review attention
o Academic and library marketing
General Interest
D o Yo u K n ow Yo u r
P OTAT O E S ?
A multiple-choice quiz
(answers below)
o o o
14
( A n s w e r s : 1 : d . 2 : b , 3 : d , 4 : a , 5 : a , 6 : c , 7 : a , 8 : a , 9 : b , 1 0 : b )
1. French fries were first introduced to the
United States by
a. Benjamin Franklin
b. John Adams
c. George Washington Carver
d. Thomas Jefferson
2. The world’s largest potato producer today is
a. Ireland
b. China
c. Australia
d. Peru
3. From what part of the plant does the potato
come?
a. The root
b. The flower
c. The leaf bud
d. The stem
4. Other crop plants closely related to potatoes
include
a. Tomatoes, chili peppers, and petunias
b. Corn, beans, and millet
c. Kava, marijuana, and peyote
d. Rice, sugar cane, and maize
5. Potato blight is
a. A kind of mold
b. A wart
c. A parasitic insect
d. A parasitic plant
6. How many people died in Ireland as a result
of the potato blight and resulting famine?
a. 100,000
b. 4 million
c. 1 million
d. 500,000
7. Scientists are conducting experiments
with potatoes in order to determine their
usefulness
a. as a food source for astronauts on the next
mission to Mars
b. as a healing agent in organic medications
c. as inexpensive insulation in buildings
d. as an insecticide
8. A poisonous plant that is a close relative of
the potato is
a. Deadly nightshade
b. Poinsettia
c. Daffodil
d. Poison ivy
9. The potato was first introduced to Europe in
a. About 1780
b. About 1588
c. About 1650
d. About 1492
10. The original name of the potato in
Quechua, the language of the Inca, is
a. Tapas
b. Papa
c. Pate
d. Tater
“The spud now has
General Interest
March History/Food
336 pp. 17 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
978-0-300-14109-2 $28.00
For sale in the U.S., its dependencies, and the Philippines only
15
T
he potato—humble, lumpy, bland, familiar—is a
decidedly unglamorous staple of the dinner table.
Or is it? John Reader’s narrative on the role of the potato in
world history suggests we may be underestimating this
remarkable tuber. From domestication in Peru 8,000 years
ago to its status today as the world’s fourth-largest food
crop, the potato has played a starring—or at least support-
ing—role in many chapters of human history. In this witty
and engaging book, Reader opens our eyes to the power of
the potato.
Whether embraced as the solution to hunger or wielded as
a weapon of exploitation, blamed for famine and death or
recognized for spurring progress, the potato has often
changed the course of human events. Reader focuses on
sixteenth-century South America, where the indigenous
potato enabled Spanish conquerors to feed thousands of
conscripted native people; eighteenth-century Europe,
where the nutrition-packed potato brought about a popula-
tion explosion; and today’s global world, where the potato
is an essential food source but also the world’s most chem-
ically dependent crop. Where potatoes have been adopted
as a staple food, social change has always followed. It may
be “just” a humble vegetable, John Reader shows, yet the
history of the potato has been anything but dull.
POTATO
A History of the Propitious Esculent
John Reader
Marketi ng Hi ghli ghts
o Major review attention
o Off-the-book page features
o Academic and library marketing
o Online marketing
J OHN READER is a writer and photojournalist who holds an
honorary research fellowship in the Department of Anthropology
at University College London. He has travelled all over the world
and now resides in Surrey, UK.
In the tradition of Salt and Cod, a highly readable
biography of the potato
“[Potato] is thought-provoking provender.”
—Tim Radford, Guardian
“[A] superb history”
—Robert Collins, Times (London)
“A history of the world from the potato’s
point of view.”—Willa Murphy, Irish Times
the biography it deserves.”
— The Economist
General Interest
March Biography/Americana
240 pp. 9 b/w illus. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4
978-0-300-12040-0 $24.00
A
true icon of America at a turning point in its his-
tory, Gypsy Rose Lee was the first—and the only—
stripper to become a household name, write novels, and
win the adulation of intellectuals, bankers, socialites, and
ordinary Americans. Her outrageous blend of funny-smart
sex symbol with the aura of high culture—she boasted
that she liked to read Great Books and listen to classical
music while taking off her clothes onstage—inspired a
musical, memoirs, a portrait by Max Ernst, and a species
of rose. Gypsy is the first book about Gypsy Rose Lee’s life,
fame, and place in America not written by a family mem-
ber, and it reveals her deep impact on the social and cul-
tural transformations taking shape during her life.
Rachel Shteir, author of the prize-winning Striptease, gives
us Gypsy’s story from her arrival in New York in 1931 to
her sojourns in Hollywood, her friendships and rivalries
with writers and artists, the Sondheim musical, family
memoirs that retold her history in divergent ways, and a
television biopic currently in the making. With verve,
audacity, and native guile, Gypsy Rose Lee moved
striptease from the margins of American life to Broadway,
Hollywood, and Main Street. Gypsy tells how she did it,
and why.
GYPSY
The Art of the Tease
Rachel Shteir
Marketi ng Hi ghli ghts
o Major review attention
o Library marketing
o Online marketing
RACHEL SHTEI R is associate professor, The Theatre School,
DePaul University, and author of o!··o!÷o.÷ |÷ '·!o|o o!o·, o|
!|÷ ´··|·÷ o|ov She lives in Chicago.
A revealing portrait of the “Striptease
Intellectual” of 1930s burlesque, with fresh
revelations from the Gypsy Rose Lee papers
16
o Icons of America
What is America? Why is America America? The Icons of
America Series aims to answer these questions by telling the
immense story of this country through key texts, images,
moments, individuals, and events in American history, the
seemingly familiar landmarks around which we have shaped
our daily lives and which hold an iconic place in our national
history and imagination.
“The best kind of cultural biography and
the most serious history to date of the
burlesque and striptease tradition.”
—Francine du Plessix Gray
General Interest
17
March Poetry
288 pp. 6 x 9 1/2
978-0-300-12156-8 $35.00
For sale in the U.S., its dependencies, Canada, and
the Philippines only
G
eoffrey Hill’s poetry comprises one of the most
uncompromising and visionary bodies of work
written over the last fifty years. Imbued with the weight of
history, morality, and language, his work reveals a deeply
religious sensibility, a towering intellect, and an emotional
complexity that are unrivaled in contemporary letters.
Now, for the first time ever, readers can observe in one vol-
ume how Hill’s style took shape over time. This generous
selection spans his career, beginning with poems from
Hill’s astonishing debut, For the Unfallen, and following
through to his stylistically distinct and critically acclaimed
work Without Title. Including some of the poet’s strongest,
most sensitive, and most brilliant pieces, this collection
will reaffirm Hill’s reputation as “England’s best hope for
the Nobel Prize.”
SELECTED POEMS
Geoffrey Hill
“England’s best hope for the Nobel Prize.”
—Spectator
“Hill’s lines are the contours of an ances-
tral landscape. They sculpt the culture in
which his work is so deeply embedded.
This is what makes him England’s most
important living poet.”
—Rachel Campbell-Johnston, The Times
“English has rarely possessed a poet who
listens so closely to its whispers, or is as
willing to expose its secret etiquettes.”
—William Logan, New York Times Book Review
Born in Bromsgrove, Worcestershire, in 1932, GEOFFREY HI L L
is the author of eleven books of poetry. He has received numerous
awards for his work, including the Hawthornden Prize, the
Heinemann Award, the Geoffrey Faber Memorial Prize, and the
Duff Cooper Memorial Prize. After retiring from Boston University,
where he was professor of literature and religion, he returned to
the United Kingdom. He currently resides in Cambridge.
A sampling from the oeuvre of one of the
greatest living poets of the English language
General Interest
17
Marketi ng Hi ghli ghts
o Major review attention
o Poetry Month (April) promotions
o Academic and library marketing
General Interest
18
April Poetry Studies/Nature
432 pp. 22 color + 40 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
978-0-300-13750-7 $35.00
P
oems vivifying nature have gripped people for centuries.
From Biblical times to the present day, poetry has con-
tinuously drawn us to the natural world. In this thought-pro-
voking book, John Felstiner explores the rich legacy of poems
that take nature as their subject, and he demonstrates their
force and beauty. In our own time of environmental crises, he
contends, poetry has a unique capacity to restore our atten-
tion to our environment in its imperiled state. And, as we take
heed, we may well become better stewards of the earth.
In forty brief and lucid chapters, Felstiner presents those voic-
es that have most strongly spoken to and for the natural
world. Poets—from the Romantics through Whitman and
Dickinson to Elizabeth Bishop and Gary Snyder—have helped
us envision such details as ocean winds eroding and rebuild-
ing dunes in the same breath, wild deer freezing in our pres-
ence, and a person carving initials on a still-living stranded
whale.
Sixty color and black-and-white images, many seen for the
first time, bear out visually the environmental imagination
this book discovers—a poetic legacy more vital now than
ever.
CAN POETRY SAVE THE EARTH?
A Field Guide to Nature Poems
John Felstiner
At a time of environmental crises, poetry can
reawaken us to the beauty and fragility of our
natural world
J OHN FEL STI NER is professor of English, Stanford University.
He lives in the Santa Cruz Mountains.
o ALSO AVAILABLE BY JOHN FELSTINER:
Paul Celan
Poet, Survivor, Jew
paper 978-0-300-08922-6 $19.00sc
Winner of the Truman Capote Prize for Literary Criticism;
finalist, National Book Critics Circle award; finalist, MLA
James Russell Lowell Prize
General Interest General Interest
18
Marketi ng Hi ghli ghts
o Major review attention
o Poetry Month (April) promotions
o Academic and library marketing
General Interest
April Poetry
96 pp. 7 x 7
paper 978-0-300-14888-6 $16.00
cloth 978-0-300-14887-9 $30.00 tx
19
A
rda Collins is the 2008 winner of the annual Yale
Series of Younger Poets competition. Mesmer-
izing and electric, her volume It Is Daylight reads as a
series of dramatic monologues articulated in the privacy of
an enclosed space. The poems are concrete and yet meta-
physically challenging, both witty and despairing. Collins’
emotional complexity and uncommon range make this
debut both thrillingly imaginative and ethical in its uncom-
promising attention to detail. In her Foreword, contest
judge Louise Glück observes, “I knowno poet whose sense
of fraud, the inflated emptiness that substitutes for feeling,
is more acute.” Glück calls Collins’ volume “savage, deso-
late, brutally ironic . . . a book of astonishing originality
and intensity, unprecedented, unrepeatable.”
IT IS DAYLIGHT
Arda Collins
Foreword by Louise Glück
o An Excerpt from: Snow On The Apples
There was snow on the apples
somewhere.
You’re at home,
it’s getting dark out, rain
makes the cars louder. Nobody
seems to be driving
the cars. Someone has arranged
for them to be there going by,
six o’clock. Someone has made
the sound of air in the room louder.
God? You say, but not aloud. Since
there is no god, you have to be
both you and god. . . .
ARDA COL L I NS lives in Denver, where she is pursuing a Ph.D.
in poetry. Her poems have been published in journals and maga-
zines including |÷ ì÷v `o·|÷· |÷ /·÷··oo· lo÷!·, k÷v·÷v /
l·o|·o oooo÷ and others. She is a graduate of the Iowa Writers’
Workshop, where she was a Glenn Schaeffer Fellow.
Announcing the 2008 recipient of the Yale
Younger Poets prize
Marketi ng Hi ghli ghts
o Major review attention
o Poetry Month (April) promotions
o Academic and library marketing
o Yale Series of Younger Poets
General Interest
Q: What drew you to the subject of the past
and present of Islamic civilization?
A: I have always been puzzled by the contra-
dictory manner in which people interact with
Islamic civilization. In the West, it is often spo-
ken of in the past tense as a civilization once
great but now eclipsed by modernity. Most
Muslims on the other hand refuse to acknowl-
edge that Islamic civilization no longer defines
the world in which they live, and assume that
the past glories of the civilization continue
today. I wanted to establish whether Islam as a
faith demands that the outer world be fashioned
according to its world view; and whether the
loss of an Islamic “civilizational space” is the
reason behind the difficulties that Muslims have
encountered with modernity and, now, global-
ization.
Q: Why has Islamic civilization waned over
the last centuries?
A: I believe it was thwarted by a variety of
factors, including the wholesale adoption of
non-Islamic models, but also by a failure of
imagination and leadership on the part of the
political, social, and cultural elites. I firmly
believe also that the sense of the sacred, which
infused all aspects of Islamic civilization, has
been greatly diminished in the modern era,
making it well-nigh impossible to rejuvenate the
wellsprings of the civilization.
Q: Where do you see the roots of resurgence
of Islamic civilization?
A: An Islamic civilization can only exist if
Muslims choose to shape their world according
to the precepts of their religion, both in its inner
and outer dimensions. Islam is not simply a
matter of obeying a particular set of laws or
injunctions. Neither is it defined by the raw ele-
ments of power, wealth, and territory. Of equal
importance is the ethical dimension of the faith,
which obliges Muslims to behave and interact in
ways that enhance the public good. This must
be revitalized if Islamic civilization is ever to be
reconciled with the demands of the modern
world without disruption or violence. It can also
be the bridge by which Islamic civilization could
contribute meaningfully to resolving the
immense problems and issues that are con-
fronting the world today.
A Conve rs ati on wi th
AL I A. AL L AWI
o o o
20
P
h
o
t
o
g
r
a
p
h
b
y
C
h
a
r
l
e
s
O

B
r
i
e
n
General Interest
April Current Events/History
320 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
978-0-300-13931-0 $27.50
21
I
slam as a religion is central to the lives of over a billion
people, but its outer expression as a distinctive civiliza-
tion has been undergoing a monumental crisis. Buffeted
by powerful adverse currents, Islamic civilization today is
a shadow of its former self. The most disturbing and pos-
sibly fatal of these currents—the imperial expansion of the
West into Muslim lands and the blast of modernity that
accompanied it—are now compounded by a third giant
wave, globalization.
These forces have increasingly tested Islam and Islamic
civilization for validity, adaptability, and the ability to hold
on to the loyalty of Muslims, says Ali A. Allawi in his
provocative new book. While the faith has proved resilient
in the face of these challenges, other aspects of Islamic civ-
ilization have atrophied or died, Allawi contends, and
Islamic civilization is now undergoing its last crisis.
The book explores howIslamic civilization began to unrav-
el under colonial rule, as its institutions, laws, and
economies were often replaced by inadequate modern
equivalents. Allawi also examines the backlash expressed
through the increasing religiosity of Muslim societies and
the spectacular rise of political Islam and its terrorist off-
shoots. Assessing the status of each of the building blocks
of Islamic civilization, the author concludes that Islamic
civilization cannot survive without the vital spirituality that
underpinned it in the past. He identifies a key set of prin-
ciples for moving forward, principles that will surprise
some and anger others, yet clearly must be considered.
THE CRISIS OF ISLAMIC
CIVILIZATION
Ali A. Allawi
o ALSO AVAILABLE BY ALI A. ALLAWI:
The Occupation of Iraq
“The most comprehensive historical account
to date of the disastrous aftermath of the
American invasion”
—Edward Wong, New York Times Book Review
paper 978-0-300-13614-2 $20.00
Sold more than 20,000 in the US and UK
combined
Marketi ng Hi ghli ghts
o National radio interviews
o 20-city radio satellite tour
o National print advertising
o Academic and library marketing
o Online marketing
AL I A. AL L AWI has served as Minister of Defense and
Minister of Finance in the Iraqi postwar governments. He is senior
visiting fellow at Princeton University.
A bold analysis of the sources of the crisis
in today’s Islamic world, from a public
intellectual and statesman at its heart
General Interest
April History/American Indian Studies
256 pp. 10 illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
978-0-300-12563-4 $26.00
W
hat really happened in the early days of our
nation? How was it possible for white settlers
to march across the entire continent, inexorably claiming
Native American lands for themselves? Who made it hap-
pen, and why? This gripping book tells America’s story
from a new perspective, chronicling the adventures of our
forefathers and showing how a legacy of repeated betray-
als became the bedrock on which the republic was built.
Paul VanDevelder takes as his focal point the epic federal
treaty ratified in 1851 at Horse Creek, formally recogniz-
ing perpetual ownership by a dozen Native American
tribes of 1.1 million square miles of the American West.
The astonishing and shameful story of this broken treaty—
one of 371 Indian treaties signed during the eighteenth
and nineteenth centuries—reveals a pattern of fraudulent
government behavior that again and again displaced
Native Americans from their lands. VanDevelder describes
the path that led to the genocide of the American Indian;
those who participated in it, from cowboys and common
folk to aristocrats and presidents; and how the history of
the immoral treatment of Indians through the twentieth
century has profound social, economic, and political impli-
cations for America even today.
SAVAGES AND SCOUNDRELS
The Untold Story of America’s Road to
Empire through Indian Territory
Paul VanDevelder
Praise for Paul VanDevelder’s
Coyote Warrior:
“Intense, heroic, patriotic, heartbreaking,
uplifting, wise, and instructive, Coyote
Warrior is a major work of history. . . .
It is our country’s story, and it is our
responsibility to know it. I’m grateful to
Paul VanDevelder for telling it.”
—Rick Bass, author of Winter
PAUL VANDEVEL DER is a journalist and author. His book
´o,o!÷ \o···o· ´·÷ /o· |·÷÷ ··o÷. o·o !|÷ ··o| |o!
!o·o÷o o ìo!·o· was nominated for the Pulitzer Prize, the
National Book Award, and the American Bar Association’s Silver
Gavel Award. He lives in the Pacific Northwest.
VanDevelder demolishes long-held myths
about America’s westward expansion and
uncovers the unacknowledged federal Indian
policy that shaped the republic
22
Marketi ng Hi ghli ghts
o Major review attention
o Academic and library marketing
General Interest
April Biography/Literary Studies/Jewish Studies
320 pp. 13 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
978-0-300-12649-5 $27.50
23
B
orn in Chicago in 1918, the prodigiously gifted and
erudite Isaac Rosenfeld was anointed a “genius”
upon the publication of his “luminescent” novel, Passage
from Home, and was expected to surpass even his closest
friend and rival, Saul Bellow. Yet when felled by a heart
attack at the age of thirty-eight, Rosenfeld had published
relatively little, his life reduced to a metaphor for literary
failure.
In this deeply contemplative book, Steven J. Zipperstein
seeks to reclaim Rosenfeld’s legacy by “opening up” his
work. Zipperstein examines for the first time the “small
mountain” of unfinished manuscripts the writer left
behind, as well as his fiercely candid journals and letters.
In the process, Zipperstein unearths a turbulent life that
was obsessively grounded in a profound commitment to
the ideals of the writing life.
Rosenfeld’s Lives is a fascinating exploration of literary
genius and aspiration and the paradoxical power of litera-
ture to elevate and to enslave. It illuminates the cultural
and political tensions of post-war America, Jewish intellec-
tual life of the era, and—most poignantly—the struggle at
the heart of any writer’s life.
ROSENFELD’S LIVES
Fame, Oblivion, and the Furies of Writing
Steven J. Zipperstein
“This long-awaited biography of Isaac
Rosenfeld is far more than a brilliant
analysis of the man, his work, and
his demons. It is a profound—and
profoundly moving—meditation on
the fragility of creativity, the caprices
of reputation, and the doom of those
whose lives are thereby made and
unmade.”—Rebecca Newberger Goldstein,
author of Betraying Spinoza
Marketi ng Hi ghli ghts
o Major review attention
o National feature coverage
o Academic and library marketing
o Online marketing
STEVEN J . ZI PPERSTEI N is Daniel E. Koshland Professor
in Jewish Culture and History, Stanford University. His previous
books include |÷ !÷v. o| ´o÷..o, which received the Smilen
Award, and t|·.·v÷ l·oo|÷!, which received the National
Jewish Book Award. He lives in Menlo Park, CA.
A haunting consideration of the extraordinary
mind of Saul Bellow’s unjustly forgotten
friend and literary rival and the extremes of
the writing life
General Interest
Religion has wrought untold misery in
human affairs. For the most part, it has
been a squalid tale of bigotry, superstition,
wishful thinking, and oppressive ideology. I
therefore have a good deal of sympathy
with its rationalist and humanist critics. But
it is also the case, as this book argues, that
most such critics buy their rejection of reli-
gion on the cheap. When it comes to the
New Testament, at least, what they usually
write off is a worthless caricature of the real
thing, rooted in a degree of ignorance and
prejudice to match religion’s own. It is as
though one were to dismiss feminism on
the basis of Clint Eastwood’s opinions of it.
It is with this ignorance and prejudice that I
take issue in this book. If the agnostic left
cannot afford such intellectual indolence
when it comes to the Jewish and Christian
scriptures, it is not only because it belongs
to justice and honesty to confront your
opponent at his or her most convincing. It
is also that radicals might discover there
some valuable insights into human emanci-
pation, in an era where the political left
stands in dire need of good ideas. I do not
invite such readers to believe in these ideas,
any more than I myself in the archangel
Gabriel, the infallibility of the pope, the idea
that Jesus walked on water, or the claim that
he rose up into heaven before the eyes of his
disciples.
If I try in this book to “ventriloquise” what I
take to be a version of the Christian gospel
relevant to radicals and humanists, I do not
wish to be mistaken for a dummy. But the
Jewish and Christian scriptures have much
to say about some vital questions—death,
suffering, love, self-dispossession, and the
like—on which the left has for the most part
maintained an embarrassed silence. It is
time for this politically crippling shyness to
come to an end.
TERRY EAGLETON
reflects on the issues that animate
Reason, Faith, and Revolution . . .
o o o
24
General Interest
April Religion
208 pp. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4
978-0-300-15179-4 $25.00
25
T
erry Eagleton’s witty and polemical Reason, Faith,
and Revolution is bound to cause a stir among sci-
entists, theologians, people of faith and people of no faith,
as well as general readers eager to understand the God
Debate. On the one hand, Eagleton demolishes what he
calls the “superstitious” view of God held by most atheists
and agnostics and offers in its place a revolutionary
account of the Christian Gospel. On the other hand, he
launches a stinging assault on the betrayal of this revolu-
tion by institutional Christianity.
There is little joy here, then, either for the anti-God
brigade—Richard Dawkins and Christopher Hitchens in
particular—nor for many conventional believers. Instead,
Eagleton offers his own vibrant account of religion and
politics in a book that ranges from the Holy Spirit to the
recent history of the Middle East, from Thomas Aquinas to
the Twin Towers.
REASON, FAITH, AND
REVOLUTION
Reflections on the God Debate
Terry Eagleton
Praise for Terry Eagleton’s
The Meaning of Life: A Very Short
Introduction
“Eagleton, unsurprisingly, has written
an elegant, literate, cogent consider-
ation of a maddeningly slippery
topic, one whose conclusions run
contrary to conventional wisdom,
especially in this country.”
—Laura Miller, Salon.com
Marketi ng Hi ghli ghts
o Major review attention
o National television interviews
o Academic and library marketing
o Online marketing
TERRY EAGL ETON is Bailrigg Professor of English Literature
at the University of Lancaster, England, and Professor of Cultural
Theory at the National University of Ireland, Galway. He lives in
Dublin.
One of our most influential literary critics
challenges atheists such as Richard Dawkins
and Christopher Hitchens and argues that rea-
son and faith are not mutually exclusive
April Literary Studies/Drama Studies
272 pp. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4
978-0-300-11576-5 $26.00
T
his book is a masterful and engaging exploration of
both Shakespeare’s works and his age. Concentrating
on six recurring prejudices in Shakespeare’s plays—such as
misogyny, elitism, distrust of effeminacy, and racism—
Robert Brustein examines how Shakespeare and his con-
temporaries treated them. More than simply a thematic
study, the book reveals a playwright constantly exploiting
and exploring his own personal stances. These prejudices,
Brustein finds, are not unchanging; over time they vary in
intensity and treatment. Shakespeare is an artist who invari-
ably reflects the predilections of his age and yet almost
always manages to transcend them.
Brustein considers the whole of Shakespeare’s plays, from
the early histories to the later romances, though he gives
special attention to Hamlet, King Lear, Othello, and The
Tempest. Drawing comparisons to plays by Marlowe,
Middleton, and Marston, Brustein investigates how
Shakespeare’s contemporaries were preoccupied with simi-
lar themes and how these different artists treated the cur-
rent prejudices in their own ways. Rather than confining
Shakespeare to his age, this book has the wonderful quality
of illuminating both what he shared with his time and what
is unique about his approach.
THE TAINTED MUSE
Prejudice and Presumption in
Shakespeare’s Works and Times
Robert Brustein
ROBERT BRUSTEI N was founding director of the Yale
Repertory Theatre and of the American Repertory Theatre and
was drama critic for the ì÷v k÷o·o|·o for almost fifty years. He
is the author of six plays, eleven adaptations, and sixteen
books, including |÷ |÷o!÷· o| k÷vo|! and /·||÷···o| o!oo÷.
t..o,. o·o k÷v·÷v. 2((!–2((., published by Yale University
Press. He lives in Cambridge, MA.
A provocative look at Shakespeare in his age
by one of our most influential theater critics
General Interest
26
Marketi ng Hi ghli ghts
o Major review attention
o Academic and library marketing
o Timed for publication for the
Bard’s birthday
General Interest
April Religion/Religious History
320 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
978-0-300-11190-3 $28.00
For sale in North America only
27
C
urrently it is fashionable to be devoutly undevout.
Religion’s most passionate antagonists—
Christopher Hitchens, Richard Dawkins, Daniel Dennett,
Sam Harris, and others—have publishers competing
eagerly to market their various denunciations of religion,
monotheism, Christianity, and Roman Catholicism. But
contemporary antireligious polemics are based not only
upon profound conceptual confusions but upon facile sim-
plifications of history or even outright historical ignorance:
so contends David Bentley Hart in this bold correction of
the distortions. One of the most brilliant scholars of reli-
gion of our time, Hart provides a powerful antidote to the
New Atheists’ misrepresentations of the Christian past,
bringing into focus the truth about the most radical revo-
lution in Western history.
Hart outlines how Christianity transformed the ancient
world in ways we may have forgotten: bringing liberation
from fatalism, conferring great dignity on human beings,
subverting the cruelest aspects of pagan society, and ele-
vating charity above all virtues. He then argues that what
we term the “Age of Reason” was in fact the beginning of
the eclipse of reason’s authority as a cultural value. Hart
closes the book in the present, delineating the ominous
consequences of the decline of Christendom in a culture
that is built upon its moral and spiritual values.
ATHEIST DELUSIONS
The Christian Revolution and Its
Fashionable Enemies
David Bentley Hart
“With impressive erudition and
polemical panache, David Hart smites
hip and thigh the peddlers of a ‘new
atheism’ that recycles hoary argu-
ments from the past. His grim assess-
ment of our cultural moment chal-
lenges the hope that ‘the Christian
revolution’ could happen again.”
—Richard John Neuhaus, editor in chief of
First Things
Marketi ng Hi ghli ghts
o Major review attention
o National media interviews
o Academic and library marketing
o Online marketing
DAVI D BENTL EY HART is visiting professor, Theology
Department, Providence College, and author of several books,
including !· !|÷ /|!÷··o!| l·ovooo!·o·. o·o ío·÷·!. and |÷
o÷o·!, o| !|÷ !·|···!÷ |÷ /÷.!|÷!·o. o| ´|··.!·o· ··!| He lives
in Providence, RI.
Like Timothy Keller in The Reason for God,
David Bentley Hart resolutely dismantles the
New Atheists’ arguments against Christian belief
General Interest
Q: Where does the title of your book come
from?
A: It’s from the last two lines of a marvelous
poem by Taha Muhammad Ali called “Warning.”
In their simple yet somehow intricate way, these
words go to the heart of both Taha’s exuberance
and his melancholy. The balance that he’s play-
ing with there is a key both to his sly art and to
his singular character. Though I’m not sure he
intended this, the lines also quietly open out to
describe the paradoxical situation in which
many Palestinians find themselves—especially
after 1948, and especially inside Israel.
Q: How did you become acquainted with
Taha’s work?
A: I’ve lived in Jerusalem for the past sixteen
years and am one of the editors and publishers
of Ibis Editions, a small press that’s based there
and that first published Taha’s work in English.
It was clear to me immediately that Taha was a
remarkable poet. Soon after meeting him, I
came to realize that he was also a remarkable
person with a remarkable story.
Q: Was there anything particularly exciting
about your research?
A: It entailed a very dynamic kind of detective
work: not surprisingly, the same events sound
quite different when related in Arabic, Hebrew,
or English, and I needed to piece these versions
together. My role as historical sleuth continued
as I attempted to connect the dots in the archival
record with the memories of the dozens of peo-
ple—peasants, poets, military commanders—I
interviewed.
Q: Is the focus on Taha alone?
A: Not at all. This is in all ways a Life and
Times—the chronicle of a family, a village, a cul-
ture. It’s also the saga of many other Palestinian
writers and of certain Jewish Israelis whose lives
have intersected with theirs, for better or worse.
Because this is the first biography of a
Palestinian writer to be published in any lan-
guage, I felt strongly that I needed to offer up
portraits of a whole range of poets and novelists.
This was important not only to put Taha’s life
and work in perspective but also because so
many of these writers have led absolutely fasci-
nating lives—lives the West, for the most part,
knows almost nothing about.
A Conve rs ati on wi th
ADI NA HOF FMAN
o o o
28
P
e
t
e
r
C
o
l
e
“Heartbreaking, riveting,
General Interest
April Biography/Cultural Studies/Literature
480 pp. 65 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
978-0-300-14150-4 $27.50
29
B
eautifully written, and composed with a novelist’s
eye for detail, this book tells the story of an excep-
tional man and the culture from which he emerged.
Taha Muhammad Ali was born in 1931 in the Galilee vil-
lage of Saffuriyya and was forced to flee during the war in
1948. He traveled on foot to Lebanon and returned a year
later to find his village destroyed. An autodidact, he has
since run a souvenir shop in Nazareth, at the same time
evolving into what National Book Critics Circle Award-win-
ner Eliot Weinberger has dubbed “perhaps the most acces-
sible and delightful poet alive today.”
As it places Muhammad Ali’s life in the context of the lives
of his predecessors and peers, My Happiness offers a
sweeping depiction of a charged and fateful epoch. It is a
work that Arabic scholar Michael Sells describes as
“among the five ‘must read’ books on the Israel-Palestine
tragedy.” In an era when talk of the “Clash of Civilizations”
dominates, this biography offers something else entirely:
a view of the people and culture of the Middle East that is
rich, nuanced, and, above all else, deeply human.
MY HAPPINESS BEARS NO
RELATION TO HAPPINESS
A Poet’s Life in the Palestinian Century
Adina Hoffman
“Reading Adina Hoffman’s remarkable
book we are consoled that, in the face
of terrible brutalities and sufferings, the
enduring power of poetry might restore
in words—and celebrate—a measure of
what has been lost in reality.”
—Azar Nafisi, author of Reading Lolita in Tehran
Marketi ng Hi ghli ghts
o Major review attention
o National media interviews
o National feature coverage
o National author lecture tour
o Poetry Month (April) promotions
o Academic and library marketing
o Online marketing
This first biography of a Palestinian writer
also provides a moving account of the ways
“ordinary” individuals are swept up by the
floodtides of both war and peace
ADI NA HOFFMAN is the author of !o·.÷ o| \··oov.
lo·!·o·!. |·o· o !÷··.o|÷· ì÷·o|oo·|ooo Her essays and criti-
cism have appeared in the ìo!·o· the \o.|··o!o· lo.! and
the ··÷. í·!÷·o·, o·oo|÷·÷·! and on the BBC. One of the
founders and editors of Ibis Editions, she lives in Jerusalem.
and one of a kind.”
—Gerald Stern, National Book Award winner for This Time: New and Selected Poems
General Interest
April Law
272 pp. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4
978-0-300-14354-6 $27.50
D
ebates about academic freedom have become
increasingly fierce and frequent. Legislative efforts
to regulate American professors proliferate across the
nation. Although most American scholars desire to protect
academic freedom, they have only a vague and uncertain
apprehension of its basic principles and structure. This
book offers a concise explanation of the history and
meaning of American academic freedom, and it attempts
to intervene in contemporary debates by clarifying the
fundamental functions and purposes of academic free-
dom in America.
Matthew W. Finkin and Robert C. Post trace how the
American conception of academic freedom was first sys-
tematically articulated in 1915 by the American
Association of University Professors (AAUP) and how this
conception was in subsequent years elaborated and
applied by Committee A of the AAUP. The authors discuss
the four primary dimensions of academic freedom—
research and publication, teaching, intramural speech,
and extramural speech. They carefully distinguish aca-
demic freedom from the kind of individual free speech
right that is created by the First Amendment. The authors
strongly argue that academic freedom protects the capac-
ity of faculty to pursue the scholar’s profession according
to the standards of that profession.
FOR THE COMMON GOOD
Principles of American Academic Freedom
Matthew W. Finkin and Robert C. Post
“At a time when too many of academic
freedom’s defenders and critics are
unclear about just what academic free-
dom is—and is not—this historically
grounded, lucid formulation of academ-
ic freedom’s basic principles is of
extraordinary value.”
—David A. Hollinger, University of California,
Berkeley
MATTHEW W. FI NKI N is Albert J. Harno and Edward W.
Cleary Chair in Law, The University of Illinois at Urbana-
Champaign, College of Law. He lives in Champaign. ROBERT
C. POST is David Boies Professor of Law, Yale Law School.
He lives in New Haven, CT.
An exploration of the meaning of academic
freedom in American higher education
30
Marketi ng Hi ghli ghts
o Major review attention
o Academic and library marketing
General Interest
April Economics/Globalization
296 pp. 50 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
978-0-300-14924-1 $29.95
31
I
n this keenly argued book, Benn Steil and Manuel Hinds
offer the most powerful defense of economic liberalism
since F. A. Hayek published The Road to Serfdom more
than sixty years ago. The authors present a fascinating
intellectual history of monetary nationalism from the
ancient world to the present and explore why, in its mod-
ern incarnation, it represents the single greatest threat to
globalization.
Steil and Hinds describe the current state of international
economic relations as both unusual and precarious. Eras
of economic protectionism have historically coincided
with monetary nationalism, while eras of liberal trade
have been accompanied by a universal monetary stan-
dard. But today, the authors show, an unprecedentedly lib-
eral global trade regime operates side by side with the
most extreme doctrine of monetary nationalism ever con-
trived—a situation bound to trigger periodic crises. Steil
and Hinds call for a revival of the political and economic
thinking that underlay earlier great periods of globaliza-
tion, thinking that is increasingly under threat by more
recent ideas about what sovereignty means.
MONEY, MARKETS, AND
SOVEREIGNTY
Benn Steil and Manuel Hinds
o A Council on Foreign Relations Book
BENN STEI L is senior fellow and director of international eco-
nomics, Council on Foreign Relations, and founding editor of the
journal !·!÷··o!·o·o| !··o·o÷. He is the author of !··o·o·o|
o!o!÷o·o|!, published by Yale University Press. He lives in New
York City. MANUEL HI NDS is a business and government con-
sultant and former fellow, Council on Foreign Relations. He has
twice served as minister of finance in El Salvador. He is the author
of l|o,··o /o·ooo|, v·!| !|÷ í÷v·|, published by Yale University
Press. He lives in San Salvador.
A timely investigation of why currencies rise
and fall and the impact of monetary national-
ism on globalization
Marketi ng Hi ghli ghts
o Major review attention
o Academic and library marketing
General Interest
Q: What do you see as the relation between
this book and 1948: The First Arab-Israeli War?
A: In a way, One State, Two States follows
through on 1948. That is, 1948 is still with us,
both in the sense that a two-state solution for
the Palestine problem is what the international
community and the Israeli left and center still
want, and in the sense that the refugee prob-
lem, created in that year, remains with us and is
the main motor force of Palestinian revanchism.
Q: Last year, you stated that if Palestine were
to accord Israel legitimacy, this conflict would
be soluble but that, at present, the Palestinian
mindset makes this impossible. How can this
mindset be changed?
A: Mindsets can be changed over the long term
through education and gradual osmosis. But
this doesn’t seem to be happening among the
Palestinians or, for that matter, the Arab world
in general. Rather the opposite—these peoples
are growing increasingly radicalized, making
the requisite change of mindset even less proba-
ble in coming decades. Alternatively, mindsets
can be changed at a stroke, albeit a very violent
stroke, in a critical instant in history—as
German and Japanese mindsets changed almost
overnight around 1945. Perhaps a similar trau-
ma would do it for the Arab world. Perhaps.
Q: Are you now more hopeful about the pos-
sibility of resolving the Israeli-Arab conflict?
A: No, I do not hold out high hopes for the
future, believing that the Palestinian national
movement has never accepted, and continues to
reject, in its innermost being, a two-state solu-
tion, while most Israeli Jews, 99 percent of
them, do not agree to a one-state solution and
most Arabs will not agree to sharing govern-
ment in a one-state solution based on parity, so
neither solution will come about. So, no, I am
not optimistic.
Q: What impact do you hope your book will
have?
A: I hope it will propel readers to think about
the problem and its possible, or impossible,
solutions. And to think about the Jordanian
option, which I believe should be resurrected as
the only, albeit slim, avenue toward a brighter
future.
A Conve rs ati on wi th
B E NN Y MORRI S
o o o
P
h
o
t
o
b
y
Y
a
g
i
M
o
r
r
i
s
32
General Interest
April History/Current Events/Mideast Studies
256 pp. 6 maps 5 1/2 x 8 1/4
978-0-300-12281-7 $26.00
33
“W
hat is so striking about Morris’s work as a
historian is that it does not flatter anyone’s
prejudices, least of all his own,” David Remnick remarked
in a New Yorker article that coincided with the publication
of Benny Morris’s 1948: A History of the First Arab-Israeli
War. With the same commitment to objectivity that has
consistently characterized his approach, Morris now turns
his attention to the present-day legacy of the events of
1948 and the concrete options for the future of Palestine
and Israel.
The book scrutinizes the history of the goals of the
Palestinian national movement and the Zionist move-
ment, then considers the various one- and two-state pro-
posals made by different streams within the two move-
ments. It also looks at the willingness or unwillingness of
each movement to find an accommodation based on
compromise. Morris assesses the viability and practicality
of proposed solutions in the light of complicated and acri-
monious realities. Throughout his groundbreaking career,
Morris has reshaped understanding of the Israeli-Arab con-
flict. Here, once again, he arrives at a new way of thinking
about the discord, injecting a ray of hope in a region where
it is most sorely needed.
ONE STATE, TWO STATES
Resolving the Israel/Palestine Conflict
Benny Morris
o ALSO AVAILABLE BY BENNY MORRIS:
1948: A History of the First Arab-Israeli War
Now in paperback (see page 89)
Sold more than 12,000 copies in hardcover
Marketi ng Hi ghli ghts
o Major review attention
o Father’s Day promotions
o National print advertising
o Cross-promotion with
1948 PB release
o Academic and library marketing
o Online marketing
BENNY MORRI S is professor of history, Middle East Studies
Department, Ben-Gurion University, Israel. He has published many
previous books as an author and editor, among them k·o|!÷o·.
\·o!··. / !·.!o·, o| !|÷ .·o··.!/·oo ´o·||·o! !oo!–2((! |÷
o··!| o| !|÷ lo|÷.!···o· k÷|·o÷÷ l·oo|÷· k÷v·.·!÷o and /o|··o
!.·o÷| He lives in Israel.
A renowned historian eludes the pitfalls of
partisanship and tackles one of the world’s
most perplexing and divisive issues
“A commanding, superbly documented, and
fair-minded study of the events that, in the
wake of the Holocaust, gave a sovereign
home to one people and dispossessed
another.”—David Remnick, New Yorker, on 1948
General Interest
Q: What led you to write a book about Mary?
A: Medieval miracle stories often paired Mary
and a doubting Jew. Such material prompted me
to look at a whole series of questions which had
not as yet been addressed by historians. Mary
was also always present as I studied the lives of
religious women in the Middle Ages. It was
extraordinary to me to find that no historian
had written a book about Mary in that period.
As I began my research almost a decade ago, I
discovered that one had to start the story much
earlier still, at the very beginning. . .
Q: What unique perspective do you bring to
the story?
A: I believe I bring to this history insights
from the broad array of historical interests: his-
tory of religion, of town life, of popular culture,
of women and gender, of art, and of the cultural
impact of Europe on other parts of the world.
Q: What in your research surprised you
about the subject?
A: The most surprising was probably the
degree to which men were attached to Mary,
and how deep that filial relationship was. So
much scholarship as well as more popular dis-
cussion draws the link between Mary and the
devotions of women; Mother of God traces the
making of Mary in theology and liturgy, art and
miracles tales, so often made by men.
Q: What impact do you hope your book will
have?
A: I hope the book will have a variety of
effects: that it will inspire a reflection on the
deep meaning of the maternal in world cultures;
that it will move readers to a richly informed
appreciation of their own religious traditions;
that non-Christians will come to know the
Christian tradition better; that the importance of
Mary in Islam will be recognized; that readers
will appreciate how much-loved images—like
those of Mary—have been used historically to
exclude and even incite violence. Above all, I hope
that our sense of both continuity and difference
from the past will be enriched and deepened.
A Conve rs ati on wi th
M I R I R U B I N
o o o
34
A
m
y
P
r
i
c
e
General Interest
April Religion/Religious History
544 pp. 32 color and 8 b/w illus. 6 x 9
978-0-300-10500-1 $35.00
For sale in North America only
35
H
ow did the Virgin Mary, about whom very little is
said in the Gospels, become one of the most pow-
erful, influential, and complex religious figures in the
world? To arrive at the answers to this far-reaching ques-
tion, one of our foremost medieval historians, Miri Rubin,
investigates the ideas, practices, and images that have
developed around the figure of Mary from the earliest
decades of Christianity to around the year 1600. Drawing
on an extraordinarily wide range of sources—including
music, poetry, theology, art, scripture, and miracle tales—
Rubin reveals how Mary became so embedded in our cul-
ture that it is impossible to conceive of Western history
without her.
In her rise to global prominence, Mary was continually
remade and reimagined by wave after wave of devotees.
Rubin shows how early Christians endowed Mary with a
fine ancestry; why in early medieval Europe her roles as
mother, bride, and companion came to the fore; and how
the focus later shifted to her humanity and unparalleled
purity. She also explores how indigenous people in Central
America, Africa, and Asia remade Mary and so fit her into
their own cultures.
Beautifully written and finely illustrated, this book is a tri-
umph of sympathy and intelligence. It demonstrates
Mary’s endless capacity to inspire and her profound pres-
ence in Christian cultures and beyond.
MOTHER OF GOD
A History of the Virgin Mary
Miri Rubin
“Miri Rubin shows us the many
meanings the Virgin Mary had for
people over the centuries in the West
and beyond. A miracle of scholarship
and great storytelling!”
—Natalie Zemon Davis, author of
Women on the Margins
Marketi ng Hi ghli ghts
o Major review attention
o National feature coverage
o National media interviews
o Mother’s Day promotions
o Academic and library marketing
o Online marketing
MI RI RUBI N is professor of history, Queen Mary University of
London. She lives in Cambridge, UK.
A sweeping, ambitious study of the Virgin
Mary’s emergence and role throughout
Western history
April Literary Studies/Biography
624 pp. 75 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
978-0-300-11503-1 $40.00
FAULKNER AND LOVE
The Women Who Shaped His Art
Judith L. Sensibar
“A remarkable work of sleuthing,
researching, and interpreting. Sensibar
has used every resource in print, and
has buttressed all that information with
countless oral interviews to provide a
myriad of insights into Faulkner.”
—Linda Wagner-Martin, University of North
Carolina, Chapel Hill
Marketi ng Hi ghli ghts
o Major review attention
o National feature coverage
o Academic and library marketing
o Online marketing
J UDI TH L . SENSI BAR is professor emeritus, Department of
English, Arizona State University. She is the author of |÷ ´··o··.
o| !o·||·÷·’. /·! (1984), praised as a seminal work in Faulkner
scholarship, and of numerous essays on Faulkner and other topics
in literary studies. She lives in Chicago.
In the tradition of Freud’s Women, the deeply
moving, untold story of America’s greatest twen-
tieth-century novelist and the three women at
the center of his imaginative life
T
his book is about the making of the writer William
Faulkner. It is the first to inquire into the three most
important women in his life—his black and white moth-
ers, Caroline Barr and Maud Falkner, and the childhood
friend who became his wife, Estelle Oldham. In this new
exploration of Faulkner’s creative process, Judith L.
Sensibar discovers that these women’s relationships with
Faulkner were not simply close; they gave life to his imag-
ination. Sensibar brings to the foreground—as Faulkner
did—this “female world,” an approach unprecedented in
Faulkner biography.
Through extensive research in untapped biographical
sources—archival materials and interviews with these
women’s families and other members of the communi-
ties in which they lived—Sensibar transcends existing
scholarship and reconnects Faulkner’s biography to his
work. She demonstrates how the themes of race, tor-
mented love, and addiction that permeated his fiction
had their origins in his three defining relationships with
women. Sensibar alters and enriches our understanding
not only of Faulkner, his art, and the complex world of the
American South that came to life in his brilliant fiction but
also of darknesses, fears, and unspokens that Faulkner
unveiled in the American psyche.
General Interest
36
General Interest
April Health/Medicine
320 pp. 20 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
paper 978-0-300-15102-2 $18.00 tx
978-0-300-14926-5 $28.00tx
o Yale University Press Health & Wellness
37
A
nyone who is diagnosed with cancer receives a
frightening blow, and in many cases the diagnosis
is accompanied by a bewildering array of treatment choic-
es. In this invaluable book, Dr. Richard C. Frank offers com-
fort and help to cancer patients, their families, and their
caretakers. Dr. Frank empowers patients by unlocking the
mysteries of the disease and explaining in plain language
the ways to confront and combat it.
An award-winning medical oncologist recognized for his
humanitarian approach as well as his research accomplish-
ments, Dr. Frank understands that cancer patients and
their families need insight into the disease along with a
sense of control. He therefore addresses these vital topics:
o what cancer is and how it spreads
o how cancer treatment strategies are chosen
o how cancer-fighting drugs work to shut down the growth
of the disease
o which factors affect a patient’s prognosis
o how patients can visualize cancer treatments at work in
the body and why this is helpful
o how to deal with “uncurable” cancer
o and more.
With a wealth of patient case histories, helpful coping
strategies from cancer survivors, and up-to-date informa-
tion on useful resources, Fighting Cancer is the book cancer
patients and their loved ones can turn to with confidence
and hope.
FIGHTING CANCER WITH
KNOWLEDGE AND HOPE
A Guide for Patients, Families, and Health
Care Providers
Richard C. Frank, M.D.
Illustrations by Gale V. Parsons
Marketi ng Hi ghli ghts
o National media interviews
o National Cancer Month
(April) promotions
o Library marketing
o Online marketing
RI CHARD C. FRANK, M. D. , is director of cancer
research, Whittingham Cancer Center, Norwalk Hospital,
Norwalk, CT, and medical director, Mid-Fairfield Hospice,
Wilton, CT. He lives in Fairfield, CT.
A leading oncologist demystifies cancer with
accurate, accessible, and honest information
The Yale University Press Health and
Wellness series provides authoritative,
accessible books on health-related topics
to help readers lead healthier lives
“This book simplifies the language of
cancer medicine and its related science
to a level that allows most patients and
family members to understand the
important concepts needed to make
decisions about treatment and overall
care.”—Ann A. Jakubowski, Ph.D., M.D.,
Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center
General Interest
38
Marketi ng Hi ghli ghts
o Off-the-book page features
o Author lectures
o Library marketing
o Online marketing
May Health/Medicine
288 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
paper 978-0-300-14576-2 $18.00
cloth 978-0-300-14575-5 $30.00tx
H
ospitalization is often as dismaying and frightening
for family members as it is for the patient. And
despite a heartfelt desire to understand what is happening
and to comfort a sick or injured loved one, too often rela-
tives and friends feel helpless and marginalized by the
hospital system. This valuable book is the first to assist
families and friends of adult patients to navigate the unfa-
miliar and intimidating territory of the hospital. It spells
out in the clearest terms how a family can form a part-
nership with medical providers to ensure the best patient
care possible, such as:
o Dos and don’ts for interacting with hospital staff
o Handy tear-out checklists for managing different
stages of care
o Glossary of hospital jargon and acronyms
o Helpful sidebars answering common questions
o Easy-to-use caregiver’s chart and diary
Patrick Conlon’s inspiration for the book was the sudden,
frightening hospitalization of his longtime partner, Jim,
and his personal struggle to develop a useful role for him-
self as a caregiver. Here he provides the handbook he
wishes he’d had when Jim was admitted to the hospital.
Conlon offers encouragement, proven strategies, and
straightforward advice—all with the goal of empowering
others to become successful care partners at the bedside
of their loved ones.
THE ESSENTIAL HOSPITAL
HANDBOOK
How to be an Effective Partner in a Loved
One’s Care
Patrick Conlon
PATRI CK CONL ON is an award-winning journalist, author,
broadcaster, and public advocate for family-inclusive hospital
care. He lives in Toronto.
Research shows that supportive family and friends
can improve the outcome of a loved one’s hospital
stay, but how exactly can they help?
o Yale University Press Health & Wellness
General Interest
38
The Yale University Press Health and
Wellness series provides authoritative,
accessible books on health-related topics
to help readers lead healthier lives
“Entering the hospital is frightening and
disorienting. Patients and loved ones can
ease the painful experience by under-
standing how best to navigate this often
confusing environment.”—Julie K. Silver, M.D.,
author of What Helped Get Me Through: Cancer
Survivors Share Wisdom and Hope
General Interest
May Music
200 pp. 12 b/w illus. 6 1/2 x 9 1/4
978-0-300-11873-5 $35.00
39
F
romits emergence in the sixteenth century to the phe-
nomenon of the “Three Tenors” and beyond, the
tenor voice has grown in popularity and esteem. This
engaging and authoritative book—the first comprehensive
history of tenor singing—presents fascinating details
about the world’s great performers, styles of singing in dif-
ferent countries, teachers and music schools, the variety of
compositions for the tenor voice, and much more.
John Potter begins by surveying the prehistory of the tenor
in the medieval period, when Gregorian chant and early
polyphony had implications for a voice-type, and proceeds
to the sixteenth century, when singers were first identified
as tenors. He focuses on many of the greatest tenors—
those who predated the gramophone as well as those
whose recorded voices may still be heard—and considers
the ways in which each is historically significant. The
names range from legendary early figures like Ludwig
Schnoor von Carolsfeld (Wagner’s first Tristan) to those
more familiar such as Enrico Caruso, Richard Tauber,
Mario Lanza, Roberto Alagna, Ian Bostridge, Andrea
Bocelli, Il Divo, and, of course, Pavarotti, Domingo, and
Carreras. Admirers of the tenor voice will especially appre-
ciate the book’s unique reference section, with biblio-
graphical and discographical/video information on several
hundred tenors.
TENOR
History of a Voice
John Potter
“I cannot think of anyone better suited
to write on this subject.”
—Kenneth Bowen, opera singer
J OHN POTTER is reader in music at the University of York.
He is also a singer and vocal coach, with a discography of
some 150 titles. He lives in York, UK.
A lively history of the tenor voice and its
extraordinary virtuosos, including Caruso,
Bocelli, Pavarotti, and other beloved singers
Marketi ng Hi ghli ghts
o Major review attention
o Academic and library marketing
General Interest
Q: How does focusing on an individual life,
as in your highly acclaimed Caesar, compare
with the sweeping history of empire that you
have created in How Rome Fell?
A: It is very different. In a biography the
framework of the book naturally follows that of
an individual’s life from birth to death—fifty-
six years in Caesar’s case. Looking at the decline
and fall of the Roman Empire is a much bigger
question. The time span I chose covers some
four centuries. This makes it a much more com-
plex story to tell, yet this complexity makes it
all the more fascinating.
Q: Did you have Gibbon in mind as you
wrote?
A: The scale and perception of Gibbon’s work
remains awe inspiring. However, Decline and
Fall was very much a product of its author and
his age—the volumes were released in the shad-
ow of the American Revolution and reflected an
eighteenth-century Englishman’s view of society
and religion.
Q: How did you determine your starting and
ending points?
A: Like Gibbon, I begin with the death of
Marcus Aurelius in 180, as he is the last emper-
or for a long period whose character we can
know—not least through his famous
Meditations. It is also a good point to look at
the Empire at this period, when it was clearly at
its height. Gibbon, however, continued his nar-
rative into the fifteenth century, ending with the
fall of Constantinople to the Ottoman Turks.
That marked the end of a state directly descend-
ed from the empire of the Caesars. However, the
Eastern Roman Empire was already a pale
shadow of its united predecessor by the end of
the sixth century, even before much of its terri-
tory was overrun by the initial conquests of the
Muslim Arabs in the seventh century. The
theme of How Rome Fell is the process that led
to this.
Q: Your subtitle is Death of a Superpower. Are
you suggesting a direct correlation between
events of Ancient Rome and America in the
twenty-first century?
A: No, the situations are, of course, very dif-
ferent. Besides, we need to understand the past
on its own terms before drawing lessons from
the present and future.
A Conve rs ati on wi th
ADRI AN
G OL DS WORT H Y
o o o
40
J
o
e
N
i
x
o
n
“One of our most prominent
General Interest
May History
544 pp. 33 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
978-0-300-13719-4 $32.50
For sale in the U.S., its territories and dependencies, and
the Philippine Islands only
41
I
n AD 200, the Roman Empire seemed unassailable. Its
vast territory accounted for most of the known
world. By the end of the fifth century, Roman rule had van-
ished in western Europe and much of northern Africa, and
only a shrunken Eastern Empire remained. What accounts
for this improbable decline? Here, Adrian Goldsworthy
applies the scholarship, perspective, and narrative skill
that defined his monumental Caesar to address perhaps
the greatest of all historical questions—how Rome fell.
It was a period of remarkable personalities, from the
philosopher-emperor Marcus Aurelius to emperors like
Diocletian, who portrayed themselves as tough, even bru-
tal, soldiers. It was a time of revolutionary ideas, especial-
ly in religion, as Christianity went from persecuted sect to
the religion of state and emperors. Goldsworthy pays par-
ticular attention to the willingness of Roman soldiers to
fight and kill each other. Ultimately, this is the story of how
an empire without a serious rival rotted from within, its
rulers and institutions putting short-term ambition and
personal survival over the wider good of the state.
How Rome Fell is a brilliant successor to Goldsworthy’s
“monumental” (Atlantic) Caesar.
HOW ROME FELL
Death of a Superpower
Adrian Goldsworthy
“Adrian Goldsworthy is one of the new
generation of young classicists who
combines scholarship with storytelling
to bring the ancient world to life.”
—Simon Sebag Montefiore
Marketi ng Hi ghli ghts
o Major review attention
o National media interviews
o National print advertising
o Back ad in paperback reprints
of Caesar
o Backlist promotion of Caesar pb
o Academic and library marketing
o Online marketing
ADRI AN GOL DSWORTHY is the author of many books
about the ancient world, including ´o÷.o· |÷ ko·o· /··, o!
\o· and !· !|÷ ìo·÷ o| ko·÷. He lectures widely and consults
on historical documentaries produced by the History Channel,
National Geographic, and the BBC. He lives in Wales.
A major new history of the fall of the Roman
Empire, by the prizewinning author of Caesar
o ALSO BY ADRIAN GOLDSWORTHY:
Caesar
paper 978-0-300-12689-1 $18.00
An Amazon.com Best Book of 2006
A ì÷v `o·| ··÷. Notable Book of
the Year
Winner of The Society of Military
History’s Distinguished Book Award
for biography
Sold more than 40,000 copies in hardcover and
paperback
young military historians.”—John Keegan
General Interest
May Economics/Globalization
352 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
978-0-300-12730-0 $35.00
T
his book is the first comprehensive political and
economic account of the birth and development of
the Euro. Today the Euro is the supranational currency for
fifteen European countries and the world’s second-largest
reserve currency. David Marsh tells the story of the rival-
ries, intrigues, and deal making that brought about a cur-
rency for Europe, and he analyzes the achievements and
shortcomings of its first decade of existence.
While the Euro represents a remarkable triumph of politi-
cal will, great pressures are building on the single curren-
cy. Drawing on more than 100 interviews with leading fig-
ures associated with the Euro, and scores of secret docu-
ments from international archives, Marsh underscores the
Euro’s importance for the global economy, in particular for
U.S. and British economic and political agendas.
THE EURO
The Politics of the New Global Currency
David Marsh
Hidden facts and fresh insights from The Euro:
o How the legacy of France and Germany’s tortuous
relations affects the Euro
o Why the United Kingdom is unlikely to accept the
Euro before 2025
o The impact on the Euro of the U.S. credit crisis
o How the Euro has rebounded against the aspirations
of its founders
o How Italy and Spain have massively lost
competitiveness
o Why radical changes must be adopted to prevent a
European upheaval
DAVI D MARSH is chairman of London & Oxford Capital
Markets, an investment bank. He is a frequent contributor to
German and British publications, and he lectures widely on polit-
ical, economic, and business issues. He lives in London.
On the tenth anniversary of the Euro, a look
at its tumultuous history—and its future
prospects
42
Marketi ng Hi ghli ghts
o Major review attention
o Academic and library marketing
“An amazingly detailed and thoroughly
readable account of the long march to the
Euro. This is the stuff of a political thriller:
the deal-making behind a currency con-
structed not just as a financial instrument
but also as a way of overcoming centuries
of conflict. Anyone interested in European
politics and economics, as well as Europe’s
place in the wider world, would enjoy it.”
—George Soros
General Interest
May History/Soviet History
704 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
978-0-300-12390-6 $35.00
43
T
his stunning book, based on KGB archives that have
never come to light before, provides the most com-
plete account of Soviet espionage in America ever written.
In 1993, former KGB officer Alexander Vassiliev was per-
mitted unique access to Stalin-era records of Soviet intelli-
gence operations against the United States. Years later, liv-
ing in Britain, Vassiliev retrieved his extensive notebooks
of transcribed documents from Moscow. With these note-
books John Earl Haynes and Harvey Klehr have meticu-
lously constructed a new, sometimes shocking, historical
account.
Along with general insights into espionage tactics and
the motives of Americans who spied for Stalin, Spies
resolves specific, long-seething controversies. The book
confirms, among many other things, that Alger Hiss
cooperated with Soviet intelligence over a long period of
years, that journalist I. F. Stone worked on behalf of the
KGB in the 1930s, and that Robert Oppenheimer was
never recruited by Soviet intelligence. Spies also uncov-
ers numerous American spies who were never even
under suspicion and satisfyingly identifies the last unac-
counted for American nuclear spies. Vassiliev tells the
story of the notebooks and his own extraordinary life in
a gripping introduction to the volume.
SPIES
The Rise and Fall of the KGB in America
John Earl Haynes, Harvey Klehr, and
Alexander Vassiliev
o ALSO BY JOHN EARL HAYNES AND
HARVEY KLEHR:
Venona
paper 978-0-300-08462-7 $21.00
Sold more than 20,000 copies in hardcover and
paperback
The Secret World of American Communism
paper 978-0-300-06855-9 $23.00tx
Marketi ng Hi ghli ghts
o Major review attention
o Off-the-book page features
o Father’s Day promotions
o Academic and library marketing
o Online marketing
J OHN EARL HAYNES is a historian in the Manuscript Division,
the Library of Congress. He lives in Kensington, MD. HARVEY
KL EHR is Andrew W. Mellon Professor of Politics and History, Emory
University. He lives in Atlanta, GA. Haynes and Klehr are coauthors
with Fridrikh Igorevich Firsov of |÷ o÷o·÷! \o·|o o| /·÷··oo·
´o·····.· published by Yale University Press. AL EXANDER
VASSI L I EV, journalist and coauthor with Allen Weinstein of |÷
!o··!÷o \ooo oov·÷! t.o·o·oo÷ ·· /·÷··oo now lives in the UK.
From the acclaimed authors of Venona and
The Secret Life of American Communism, an
unprecedented exposé of Soviet espionage in
the United States during the 1930s and ’40s
General Interest
Q: What is your new book about?
A: Wetware concerns the computations that
go on inside living cells and living organisms.
Q: So how does a living cell—just a blob of
jelly—carry out computations?
A: It turns out that the molecules in a cell, par-
ticularly the large, complicated molecules such
as DNA and proteins, have switchlike proper-
ties: they can go from one state to another. This
switching is affected by their local environment,
which in turn is dictated by other switches, and
so on. So you get networks of interacting mole-
cules, like biochemical circuits. It has become
clear that these circuits can perform the
processes that you’re used to in electronic
devices, such as amplification, addition, subtrac-
tion, coincidence detection, and the storage of
memories.
Q: It sounds like robotics. Are living cells just
like machines?
A: They’re certainly not identical, but there is a
fertile interplay between the two disciplines.
Biologists can learn a lot by looking at what
robots can do, and of course much of robotics is
inspired by biology.
Q: How does this relate to what’s happening
in the brain?
A: Well, there’s obviously evolutionary continu-
ity. If you think about single amoebae crawling
around, they have to find food, avoid noxious
substances and predators, or find suitable eco-
logical niches. Early microscopists described in
great detail how single-celled organisms behave
in many ways like higher animals. When you
look into the brains of higher-level animals for
the basis for mentation, motivation, and memo-
ry, you find that these are built from the same
kinds of biochemical circuits as in bacteria and
amoebae.
Q: What new ideas or perspectives do you
hope readers will gain from your book?
A: Every age has its metaphors for life: seven-
teenth century philosophers talked about
machines operating by clockwork or hydraulics;
in the nineteenth century, electricity and mag-
netism were in vogue. The twentieth century
took us down to the level of molecules and pro-
vided explanations based on chemistry. The new
idea I hope to get across in Wetware is that
these molecules perform logical operations like
electronic circuits. It’s a new way of thinking
that explains much that is otherwise incompre-
hensible about living organisms.
A Conve rs ati on wi th
D E N N I S B R AY
o o o
44
P
h
i
l
i
p
M
y
n
o
t
t
“Wetware is science for
General Interest
May Science
256 pp. 23 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
978-0-300-14173-3 $28.00
45
H
ow does a single-cell creature, such as an amoeba,
lead such a sophisticated life? How does it hunt liv-
ing prey, respond to lights, sounds, and smells, and dis-
play complex sequences of movements without the ben-
efit of a nervous system? This book offers a startling and
original answer.
In clear, jargon-free language, Dennis Bray taps the find-
ings of the new discipline of systems biology to show that
the internal chemistry of living cells is a form of compu-
tation. Cells are built out of molecular circuits that perform
logical operations, as electronic devices do, but with
unique properties. Bray argues that the computational
juice of cells provides the basis of all the distinctive prop-
erties of living systems: it allows organisms to embody in
their internal structure an image of the world, and this
accounts for their adaptability, responsiveness, and intelli-
gence.
In Wetware, Bray offers imaginative, wide-ranging, and
perceptive critiques of robotics and complexity theory, as
well as many entertaining and telling anecdotes. For the
general reader, the practicing scientist, and all others with
an interest in the nature of life, the book is an exciting por-
tal to some of biology’s latest discoveries and ideas.
WETWARE
A Computer in Every Living Cell
Dennis Bray
“A provocative topic engaged in fine
style by an author in full command of
the relevant facts and history. This is a
very interesting book.”— Dale Purves,
Center for Cognitive Neuroscience and
Department of Neurobiology, Duke University
Marketi ng Hi ghli ghts
o Major review attention
o Off-the-book page features
o Academic and library marketing
o Online marketing
DENNI S BRAY is professor emeritus, University of
Cambridge, and coauthor of several bestselling and influential
texts on molecular and cell biology. In 2007 he was awarded
the prestigious European Science Prize in Computational
Biology. He lives in Cambridge, UK.
In the tradition of Erwin Schrödinger’s What Is
Life? and Richard Dawkins’s The Selfish Gene,
a distinguished cell biologist explains how
living cells perform computations
the layman at its best.”
—Frank M. Harold, author of The Way of the Cell
General Interest
May Current Events
288 pp. 53 b/w illus. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4
paper 978-0-300-14197-9 $17.00
First edition paper (S ‘05) 978-0-300-10762-3
T
his completely revised edition of Linda Fasulo’s
popular guide to the United Nations surveys the
world body’s programs and activities, and covers key
issues, including human rights, climate change, counter-
terrorism, nuclear proliferation, peacekeeping, and UN
reform. It also offers guidelines for setting up a Model UN.
“No one knows the big picture and inner workings of the
UN better than Linda Fasulo. This book is a must-read for
anyone interested in international affairs.”
—Tom Brokaw, NBC News
“With fine journalistic clarity, the author leads readers
through the complex organizational structure of the
United Nations, shedding light on its mission, evolution,
and controversies.”
—Christine C. Menefee, School Library Journal
“The indispensable source on the United Nations for every-
one from students to diplomats. I keep it handy on my
desk.”—Joseph S. Nye, Kennedy School of Government, Harvard
University
“[A] wonderful insider’s guide, . . . packed with great
information.”
— John McLaughlin, on his One on One television program
“One of the best reference guides for those inside and out-
side the UN system.”
—IPS UN Journal (Inter Press Service)
“A living primer for those interested in finding their way
around the UN.”
—Shashi Tharoor, UN Under-Secretary-General for Public Information
AN INSIDER’S GUIDE TO THE UN
Second Edition
Linda Fasulo
L I NDA FASUL O is a longtime independent correspondent for
National Public Radio (NPR) and NBC News.
A fully updated and revised edition of the
book Tom Brokaw called “must reading for
anyone interested in international affairs.”
46
Marketi ng Hi ghli ghts
o Major review attention
o Academic and library marketing
General Interest
May Science
320 pp. 40 b/w illus. 6 x 9
978-0-300-11556-7 $28.00
For sale in North America only
47
J
ust as daily events are timed by living creatures through
circadian rhythms, so seasonal events are timed
through an internal calendar that signals birds to return to
nesting grounds, salmon to spawn, plants to flower, squir-
rels to hibernate, kelp to stop growing.
In this fascinating book, Russell G. Foster and Leon
Kreitzman draw on remarkable recent scientific advances
to explain how seasonal change affects organisms, and
how plants and animals over countless generations have
evolved exquisite sensitivities and adaptations to the sea-
sons. The authors also highlight the impact of seasonal
change on human health and well-being. They conclude
with a discussion of the dangers posed when climate
changes disrupt the seasonal rhythms on which so much
life depends.
Surprising facts from Seasons of Life:
o The timing of human birth has a small but significant
effect on various later life attributes, such as handedness
and the susceptibility to many illnesses, including multiple
sclerosis and schizophrenia.
o Plants have the ability to measure the length of a period of
light, and they germinate, flower, and successfully reproduce
by using this information.
o Birds migrate not in response to weather changes but by
using an internal calendar.
o Until recently, human birth was tightly coupled to the
seasons, peaking in many societies in the spring.
o Just as internal 24-hour circadian clocks predict daily change,
many animals have a circannual clock in their brains that
predicts the seasons.
SEASONS OF LIFE
The Biological Rhythms That Enable Living
Things to Thrive and Survive
Russell G. Foster and Leon Kreitzman
Praise for Rhythms of Life:
“A fascinating new book. . . .The
authors show how the daily patterns
known as circadian rhythms . . .
influence far more than our sleep.
. . .The book traces the century-long
quest to unravel their mechanism,
with some startling outcomes.”
—Anne Underwood, Newsweek
RUSSEL L G. FOSTER is Professor of Circadian Neuroscience
at the University of Oxford and a leading expert on the neuro-
science of biological time. He was recently elected as a Fellow of
the Royal Society. L EON KREI TZMAN is a science writer and
broadcaster, a widely respected futurologist, and author of |÷
2´ !o·· ooo·÷!, The authors live in Oxford and London.
From the acclaimed authors of Rhythms of Life,
“a lucid and engaging exploration of seasonal
rhythms in all living things.” (Jennifer Ackerman)
Marketi ng Hi ghli ghts
o Major review attention
o Academic and library marketing
o ALSO AVAILABLE BY RUSSELL G. FOSTER
and LEON KREITZMAN:
Rhythms of Life
The Biological Clocks that Control the Daily Lives
of Every Living Thing
paper 978-0-300-10969-6
$19.00
General Interest
May Biography/History
400 pp. 16 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
978-0-300-11911-4 $35.00
E
leanor of Aquitaine’s extraordinary life seems more
likely to be found in the pages of fiction. Proud
daughter of a distinguished French dynasty, she married
the king of France, Louis VII, then the king of England,
Henry II, and gave birth to two sons who rose to take the
English throne—Richard the Lionheart and John.
Renowned for her beauty, hungry for power, headstrong,
and unconventional, Eleanor traveled on crusades, acted
as regent for Henry II and later for Richard, incited rebel-
lion, endured a fifteen-year imprisonment, and as an eld-
erly widow still wielded political power with energy and
enthusiasm.
This gripping biography is the definitive account of the
most important queen of the Middle Ages. Ralph Turner, a
leading historian of the twelfth century, strips away the
myths that have accumulated around Eleanor—the “black
legend” of her sexual appetite, for example—and chal-
lenges the accounts that relegate her to the shadows of the
kings she married and bore. Turner focuses on a wealth of
primary sources, including a collection of Eleanor’s own
documents not previously accessible to scholars, and por-
trays a woman who sought control of her own destiny in
the face of forceful resistance. A queen of unparalleled
appeal, Eleanor of Aquitaine retains her power to fascinate
even 800 years after her death.
ELEANOR OF AQUITAINE
Queen of France, Queen of England
Ralph V. Turner
“Eleanor’s remarkable career is done full
justice in this life, which is readable,
lively and convincing. It provides
insights into many aspects of the
twelfth century as well as a radically
new assessment of the queen herself.
Many myths are exploded, and a
thoroughly realistic picture of a politi-
cally ambitious and independent-
minded woman emerges.”
—Michael Prestwich, University of Durham
RAL PH V. TURNER is emeritus professor of history, Florida
State University. He is the author of ì··o !o|· and |÷ k÷·o· o|
k·o|o·o í·o·|÷o·!, among many other publications on European
medieval history. He lives in Tallahassee.
Untangling the myths and legends of many
centuries, this biography gives us the real
Eleanor—tenacious, defiant, and powerful
48
Marketi ng Hi ghli ghts
o Major review attention
o Academic and library marketing
General Interest
May History/Science
320 pp. 24 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
978-0-300-12439-2 $30.00
49
A
t the Pneumatic Institution in Bristol, England,
founded in the closing years of the eighteenth
century, dramatic experiments with gases precipitated not
only a revolution in scientific medicine but also in the his-
tory of ideas. Guided by the energy of maverick doctor
Thomas Beddoes, the institution was both laboratory and
hospital—the first example of a modern medical research
institution. But when its members discovered the mind-
altering properties of nitrous oxide, or laughing gas, their
experiments devolved into a pioneering exploration of
consciousness with far-reaching and unforeseen effects.
This riveting book is the first to tell the story of Dr. Beddoes
and the brilliant circle who surrounded him: Erasmus
Darwin, Samuel Taylor Coleridge, and Robert Southey,
who supported his ideas; James Watt, who designed and
built his laboratory; Thomas Wedgwood, who funded it;
and the dazzling young chemistry assistant, Humphry
Davy, who identified nitrous oxide and tested it on him-
self, with spectacular results. Medical historian Mike Jay
charts the chaotic rise and fall of the institution in this fast-
paced account, and reveals its crucial influence—on mod-
ern drug culture, attitudes toward objective and subjective
knowledge, the development of anesthetic surgery, and
the birth of the Romantic movement.
THE ATMOSPHERE OF
HEAVEN
The Unnatural Experiments of Dr. Beddoes
and his Sons of Genius
Mike Jay
Praise for The Air Loom Gang:
“The Air Loom Gang is a wonderful book
to read, . . . beautifully written, with
all the drama, the rich characterization,
the subtlety, of a fine novel.”
—Oliver Sacks
MI KE J AY has written extensively on scientific and medical his-
tory and is a specialist in the study of drugs. His books include
the award-winning |÷ /·· íoo· ´o·o |÷ o!·o·o÷ o·o ··÷
o!o·, o| !o·÷. ·||, /o!!|÷v. o·o !·. \·.·o·o·, /oo·÷... He
lives in London.
The stranger-than-fiction story of the
Enlightenment visionaries who discovered the
unexpected effects of inhaling nitrous oxide
Marketi ng Hi ghli ghts
o Major review attention
o Academic and library marketing
General Interest
May History
352 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
978-0-300-12484-2 $35.00
W
hat began as the obscure local case of two
Italian immigrant anarchists accused of rob-
bery and murder flared into an unprecedented political
and legal scandal as the perception grew that their convic-
tion was a judicial travesty and their execution a political
murder. This book is the first to reveal the full national and
international scope of the Sacco-Vanzetti affair, uncovering
how and why the two men became the center of a global
cause célèbre that shook public opinion and transformed
America’s relationship with the world.
Drawing on extensive research on two continents, and
written with verve, this book connects the Sacco-Vanzetti
affair to the most polarizing political and social concerns of
its era. Moshik Temkin contends that the worldwide atten-
tion to the case was generated not only by the conviction
that innocent men had been condemned for their radical
politics and ethnic origins but also as part of a reaction to
U.S. global supremacy and isolationism after World War I.
The author further argues that the international protest,
which helped make Sacco and Vanzetti famous men, ulti-
mately provoked their executions. The book concludes by
investigating the affair’s enduring repercussions and what
they reveal about global political action, terrorism, jingo-
ism, xenophobia, and the politics of our own time.
THE SACCO-VANZETTI AFFAIR
America on Trial
Moshik Temkin
“This exemplary international history
reveals for the first time the full scope
and multiple meanings of the Sacco-
Vanzetti affair.”—Richard Fox, University
of Southern California
MOSHI K TEMKI N is an assistant professor at Harvard
University’s Kennedy School of Government. Previously he taught
American and European history at the École des Hautes Études
en Sciences Sociales in Paris and at Columbia University. He
lives in Paris and Cambridge, MA.
A fresh assessment of the infamous murder
case that exploded into an affair of international
concern
50
Marketi ng Hi ghli ghts
o Major review attention
o Academic and library marketing
General Interest
May History/Politics
304 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
978-0-300-11894-0 $35.00
51
T
his lively book traces the development of American
conservatism from Alexander Hamilton, John
Adams, and Daniel Webster, through Abraham Lincoln,
Teddy Roosevelt, and Herbert Hoover, to William F.
Buckley, Jr., Ronald Reagan, and William Kristol.
Conservatism has assumed a variety of forms, historian
Patrick Allitt argues, because it has been chiefly reactive,
responding to perceived threats and challenges at different
moments in the nation’s history.
While few Americans described themselves as conserva-
tives before the 1930s, certain groups, beginning with the
Federalists in the 1790s, can reasonably be thought of in
that way. The book discusses changing ideas about what
ought to be conserved, and why. Conservatives sometimes
favored but at other times opposed a strong central gov-
ernment, sometimes criticized free-market capitalism but
at other times supported it. Some denigrated democracy
while others championed it. Core elements, however, have
connected thinkers in a specifically American conservative
tradition, in particular a skepticism about human equality
and fears for the survival of civilization. Allitt brings the
story of that tradition to the end of the twentieth century,
examining how conservatives rose to dominance during
the Cold War. Throughout the book he offers original
insights into the connections between the development of
conservatism and the larger history of the nation.
THE CONSERVATIVES
Ideas and Personalities Throughout
American History
Patrick Allitt
“Allitt’s writing is lively, and he has a gift
for summarizing the complicated ideas
he deals with in this welcome history.”
—Leo P. Ribuffo, George Washington University
PATRI CK AL L I TT is Goodrich C. White Professor of History
and Director of the Center for Teaching and Curriculum at Emory
University. He lives in Atlanta.
An even-handed, comprehensive assessment
of conservative thought in America, from the
Constitutional Convention to the present
Marketi ng Hi ghli ghts
o Major review attention
o Academic and library marketing
General Interest
May History
352 pp. 27 b/w illus. 6 x 9
978-0-300-14537-3 $38.00
W
hen J. H. Elliott published Spain and Its World,
1500–1700 some twenty years ago, one of
many enthusiasts declared, “For anyone interested in the
history of empire, of Europe and of Spain, here is a book
to keep within reach, to read, to study and to enjoy” (Times
Literary Supplement). Since then Elliott has continued to
explore the history of Spain and the Hispanic world with
originality and insight, producing some of the most influ-
ential work in the field. In this newvolume he gathers writ-
ings that reflect his recent research and thinking on poli-
tics, art, culture, and ideas in Europe and the colonial
worlds between 1500 and 1800.
The volume includes fourteen essays, lectures, and articles
of remarkable breadth and freshness, written with Elliott’s
characteristic brio. It includes an unpublished lecture in
honor of the late Hugh Trevor-Roper. Organized around
three themes—early modern Europe, European overseas
expansion, and the works and historical context of El
Greco, Velázquez, Rubens, and Van Dyck—the book offers
a rich survey of the themes at the heart of Elliott’s inter-
ests throughout a career distinguished by excellence and
innovation.
SPAIN, EUROPE AND THE
WIDER WORLD, 1500–1800
J. H. Elliott
“Elliott is indefatigable in research,
comprehensive in his vision, magisteri-
al in arraying material, and unerring in
spotting the revealing or representative
evidence. In short, his scholarship is as
close to flawless as one can find.”
—Felipe Fernandez-Armesto, Boston University
J . H. EL L I OTT is Regius Professor Emeritus of Modern History,
University of Oxford, and author of ooo·· o·o !!. \o·|o !.((–
!.(( published by Yale University Press. He has been the
recipient of many honors, including the Wolfson Prize for History,
the Prince of Asturias Prize for the Social Sciences, and the
Balzan Prize for History. He lives in Oxford, United Kingdom.
A vivid and extraordinarily wide-ranging col-
lection of writings by an eminent historian of
Spain and its empire
52
o ALSO AVAILABLE BY J. H. ELLIOTT:
Empires of the Atlantic World
paper 978-0-300-12399-9 $22.00
Marketi ng Hi ghli ghts
o Major review attention
o Academic and library marketing
General Interest–Paperback
May Biography/History
256 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
paper 978-0-300-15118-3 $14.95
Published in cloth as The Authentic Confucius
978-0-7432-4618-7
53
F
or more than two thousand years, Confucius has been
a fundamental part of China’s history. Yet despite this
fame, Confucius the man has been elusive, and what could
be called a definitive biography does not exist. In this
book, the scholar and writer Annping Chin has negotiated
the reconstructions, guesswork, and numerous Chinese
texts in order to establish an absorbing and original
account of the thinker’s life and legacy. It shows how
Confucius lived and thought, along with his habits and
inclinations, his relation to his contemporaries, his work as
a teacher and as a counselor, his worries about the world
and the generations to come.
In this book, Chin brings the historical Confucius within
reach so that he can lead us to his idea of the moral and
to his teachings on family and politics, culture and learn-
ing. Confucius is the culmination of years of research,
and an important contribution to biography and
Chinese history.
CONFUCIUS
A Life of Thought and Politics
Annping Chin
“The teachings of Confucius have
survived through periods of political
upheaval and brutal suppression for
some 2500 years. Gleaned from her
years of study of fragments of ancient
texts, Dr. Chin has sketched a highly
readable and thought provoking por-
trait of the life and times of
Confucius.”—Henry A. Kissinger
ANNPI NG CHI N received her Ph.D. in Chinese Thought
from Columbia University. Formerly on the faculty at Wesleyan
University, she now teaches in the history department at Yale.
She is the author of four previous books.
Now in paperback, a masterful account of the
political life and intellectual development of
the moral thinker who has remained a power-
ful force in China to the present day
Marketi ng Hi ghli ghts
o Major review attention
o Academic and library marketing
“Confucius even now remains the mind
of China, and always returns again,
whatever the regime. But he can be
difficult for Westerners to apprehend,
because our cultures and his are so
different. It is one of the strengths of
Annping Chin’s Confucius that she
clears away most of the difficulties, and
allows us to approach an understanding
of the sage’s life, work, and sayings. Like
Socrates and Jesus, Confucius relied
upon the spoken word, with all its
nuances of enigmatic wisdom. Annping
Chin helps us to recover those nuances,
as no one else has.”—Harold Bloom
General Interest
May History/Military History
304 pp. 16 b/w illus. 6 x 9
978-0-300-14995-1 $35.00
T
he Gallipoli campaign of 1915–16 was an ill-fated
Allied attempt to shorten the war by eliminating
Turkey, creating a Balkan alliance against the Central
Powers, and securing a sea route to Russia. A failure in all
respects, the operation ended in disaster, and the Allied
forces suffered some 390,000 casualties. This conclusive
book assesses the many myths that have emerged about
Gallipoli and provides definitive answers to questions that
have lingered about the operation.
Robin Prior, a renowned military historian, proceeds step
by step through the campaign, dealing with naval, military,
and political matters and surveying the operations of all
the armies involved: British, Anzac, French, Indian, and
Turkish. Relying substantially on original documents,
including neglected war diaries and technical military
sources, Prior evaluates the strategy, the commanders,
and the performance of soldiers on the ground. His con-
clusions are powerful and unsettling: the naval campaign
was not “almost” won, and the land action was not bedev-
iled by “minor misfortunes.” Instead, the badly conceived
Gallipoli campaign was doomed from the start. And even
had it been successful, the operation would not have
shortened the war by a single day. Despite their bravery,
the Allied troops who fell at Gallipoli died in vain.
GALLIPOLI
The End of the Myth
Robin Prior
“History of a very high order. . . . The
best account by far of the campaign in
1915–16.”—Jay Winter, Yale University
ROBI N PRI OR is visiting professorial fellow, University of
Adelaide, and visiting fellow, University of New South Wales,
Australian Defence Force Academy. He is coauthor with Trevor
Wilson of lo..o|÷·oo|÷ |÷ '·!o|o o!o·, and |÷ oo··÷ both
published by Yale University Press. He lives in South Australia.
A decisive account of the dramatic Gallipoli
campaign of World War I, with a devastating
assessment of its pointless losses
54
Marketi ng Hi ghli ghts
o Major review attention
o Academic and library marketing
o ALSO AVAILABLE BY ROBIN PRIOR:
The Somme
paper 978-0-300-11963-3 $20.00
General Interest
55
June Biography
400 pp. 12 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
978-0-300-12076-9 $35.00
D
uring the glory days of the French Renaissance,
young John Calvin (1509–1564) experienced a pro-
found conversion to the faith of the Reformation. For the
rest of his days he lived out the implications of that trans-
formation—as exile, inspired reformer, and ultimately the
dominant figure of the Protestant Reformation. Calvin’s
vision of the Christian religion has inspired many volumes
of analysis, but this engaging biography examines a
remarkable life. Bruce Gordon presents Calvin as a human
being, a man at once brilliant, arrogant, charismatic,
unforgiving, generous, and shrewd.
The book explores with particular insight Calvin’s self-con-
scious view of himself as prophet and apostle for his age
and his struggle to tame a sense of his own superiority,
perceived by others as arrogance. Gordon looks at Calvin’s
character, his maturing vision of God and humanity, his
personal tragedies and failures, his extensive relationships
with others, and the context within which he wrote and
taught. What emerges is a man who devoted himself to
the Church, inspiring and transforming the lives of others,
especially those who suffered persecution for their reli-
gious beliefs.
CALVIN
Bruce Gordon
“A very stimulating book—extensive,
detailed, in many respects brilliant.”
—Euan Cameron, Union Theological Seminary
BRUCE GORDON is professor of Reformation history, Yale
Divinity School. He is author and editor of a number of books,
including |÷ ov·.. k÷|o··o!·o· He lives in New Haven, CT.
A revealing new portrait of John Calvin that
captures his human complexity and the
sixteenth-century world in which he fought
his personal and theological battles
Marketi ng Hi ghli ghts
o Major review attention
o Academic and library marketing
o Timed for Calvin 500th Jubilee
promotions
General Interest
July Biography/History
336 pp. 32 b/w illus. 6 x 9
978-0-300-13935-8 $35.00
G
ertrude Tennant’s life was remarkable for its length
(1819–1918), but even more so for the influence
she achieved as an unsurpassed London hostess. The
salon she established when widowed in her early fifties
attracted legions of celebrities, among them William
Gladstone and Benjamin Disraeli, Oscar Wilde, Mark
Twain, Thomas Huxley, John Everett Millais, Henry James,
and Robert Browning. In her youth she had a fling with
Gustave Flaubert, and in her later years she became the
redoubtable mother-in-law to the explorer Henry Morton
Stanley. But as a woman in a male-dominated world, Mrs.
Tennant has been remembered mainly as a footnote in
the lives of eminent men.
This book recovers the lost life of Gertrude Tennant, draw-
ing on a treasure trove of recently discovered family
papers—thousands of letters, including two dozen original
letters from Flaubert to Tennant; dozens of diaries; and
many other unpublished documents relating to Stanley
and other famous figures of the nineteenth and early
twentieth centuries. David Waller presents Gertrude
Tennant’s life in colorful detail, placing her not only at the
heart of a multigenerational, matriarchal family epic but
also at the center of European social, literary, and intellec-
tual life for the best part of a century.
THE MAGNIFICENT
MRS. TENNANT
David Waller
DAVI D WAL L ER, an author and management consultant, has
written two previous books and holds a postgraduate degree in
Victorian studies from Birkbeck College, University of London. He
lives in London.
The discovery of a cache of thousands of let-
ters and dozens of diaries brings to light the
untold story of Mrs. Tennant and her glittering
social world
56
Marketi ng Hi ghli ghts
o Major review attention
o Academic and library marketing
“Gertrude Tennant was not a celebrity in
her own right, but her life story and
experiences open up a panorama of
social and cultural history. David
Waller’s account is an engaging and
enjoyable read.”—Norma Clarke, author of
Dr. Johnson’s Women and The Rise and Fall of the
Woman of Letters
General Interest
July Biography/History
352 pp. 20 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
978-0-300-12356-2 $40.00
57
N
orwegian writer Knut Hamsun (1859–1952), win-
ner of the Nobel Prize for Literature in 1920, was a
man both brilliant and controversial. Lauded for his liter-
ary achievements by Hemingway, Gide, Hesse, and others,
he also provoked outrage for his open collaboration with
the Fascists during the German occupation of Norway and
for his insistent refusal to renounce his Nazi sympathies.
This gripping biography of Hamsun, now available for the
first time in English, offers a nuanced account of this
morally ambiguous man. Drawing on Hamsun’s extraor-
dinary private archives and on his psychoanalyst’s notes,
Ingar Sletten Kolloen delves deeply into Hamsun’s per-
sonal life and character. In vivid and telling detail, he
describes Hamsun’s early years in a peasant farming fam-
ily, his tempestuous and jealousy-racked second marriage,
his erratic relationship with his children, and his infamous
love affair with Nazi Germany, the roots of which Kolloen
traces to Hamsun’s earliest days. Much like the characters
he created in novels such as Hunger, Growth of the Soil,
Mysteries, and Pan, Hamsun was irrational, eccentric,
strange, and compelling—a man uncomfortable in his
own time.
KNUT HAMSUN
Dreamer and Dissenter
Ingar Sletten Kolloen
Translated by Erik Skuggevik and Deborah Dawkin
“An authoritative study of Norway’s
most gifted novelist. It should help to
make the English-speaking world belat-
edly more aware of the achievements
and fate of this extraordinary man.”
—Janet Garton, University of East Anglia
I NGAR SL ETTEN KOL L OEN won the Norwegian
Readers’ Award 2004 for this biography. He has worked as
publisher, journalist, commentator, and editor for a number of
newspapers. He lives in Norway.
An absorbing biography of Nobel Prize–winning
novelist Knut Hamsun, based on a wealth of
previously unavailable sources
Marketi ng Hi ghli ghts
o Major review attention
o Academic and library marketing
July History/Education
256 pp. 15 b/w illus. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4
978-0-300-12326-5 $26.00
T
he little red schoolhouse has all but disappeared in
the United States, but its importance in national
memory remains unshakable. This engaging book exam-
ines the history of the one-room school and how succes-
sive generations of Americans have remembered—and
just as often forgotten—this powerful national icon.
Drawing on a rich range of sources, from firsthand
accounts to poems, songs, and films, Jonathan Zimmer-
man traces the evolution of attitudes toward the little red
schoolhouse from the late nineteenth century to the pres-
ent day. At times it was celebrated as a symbol of lost rural
virtues or America’s democratic heritage; at others it was
denounced as the epitome of inefficiency and substandard
academics. And because the one-room school has been a
useful emblemfor liberal, conservative, and other agendas,
the truth of its history has sometimes been stretched. Yet
the idyllic image of the schoolhouse still unites Americans.
For more than a century, it has embodied the nation’s best
aspirations and—especially—its continuing faith in educa-
tion itself.
SMALL WONDER
The Little Red Schoolhouse in History and
Memory
Jonathan Zimmerman
“This beautifully written book makes a
unique and original contribution not
only to the history of American
education, specifically, but to American
social history, writ large.”
—Jeffrey Mirel, University of Michigan
J ONATHAN ZI MMERMAN is professor of education and
history, New York University. His previous books include !··oo÷·!.
/o·ooo /·÷··oo· ÷oo|÷·. ·· !|÷ /·÷··oo· ´÷·!··, and \|o.÷
/·÷··oo ´·|!··÷ \o·. ·· !|÷ l·o|·o oo|oo|. He lives in
Narberth, PA.
Today a beloved national icon, the one-room
schoolhouse has played a variety of roles in
America’s popular memory
General Interest
58
Marketi ng Hi ghli ghts
o Major review attention
o Academic and library marketing
o Back to school promotion
o Icons of America
What is America? Why is America America? The Icons of
America Series aims to answer these questions by telling the
immense story of this country through key texts, images,
moments, individuals, and events in American history, the
seemingly familiar landmarks around which we have shaped
our daily lives and which hold an iconic place in our national
history and imagination.
Previously announced
Scholarly Books
of Interest
to the General Trade
Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade
59
BIRDS OF PAKISTAN
Richard Grimmett, Tom Roberts, and Tim Inskipp
T
his is the first field guide devoted entirely to the birds of Pakistan.
Compact yet comprehensive, it is the perfect companion for birders
and ornithologists who need a portable tool to assist them in the accurate
identification of birds in the field. For easy reference, the descriptive text
and map on each bird species appears on the page facing that bird’s illus-
tration. Superb color plates depict hundreds of birds found in Pakistan,
and the text offers identification, voice, habitat, range, distribution, and
status information for each. The guide also provides summaries of the
key characteristics of each bird family, advice on good birdwatching
areas, and much more.
RI CHARD GRI MMETT is a senior conservation manager at BirdLife
International in Cambridge, England, and the author of several field
guides to birds of Asia. TOM ROBERTS lived in Pakistan for many
years and is the author of bird and mammal handbooks to Pakistan.
TI M I NSKI PP is the author of several field guides, including the
groundbreaking o··o. o| ì÷oo|
February Nature
288 pp. 93 color illus. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4
paper 978-0-300-15249-4 $40.00sc
60
Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade
“LIBERTY TO THE DOWNTRODDEN”
Thomas L. Kane, Romantic Reformer
Matthew J. Grow
T
homas L. Kane (1822–1883), a crusader for antislavery, women’s
rights, and the downtrodden, rose to prominence in his day as the
most ardent and persuasive defender of Mormons’ religious liberty.
Though not a Mormon, Kane sought to defend the much-reviled group
from the “Holy War” waged against them by evangelical America. His
courageous personal intervention averted a potentially catastrophic
bloody conflict between federal troops and Mormon settlers in the now
nearly forgotten Utah War of 1857–58.
Drawing on extensive, newly available archives, this book is the first to
tell the full story of Kane’s extraordinary life. The book illuminates his
powerful Philadelphia family, his personal life and eccentricities, his
reform achievements, his place in Mormon history, and his career as a
Civil War general. Further, the book revises previous understandings of
nineteenth-century reform, showing how Kane and likeminded others
fused Democratic Party ideology, anti-evangelicalism, and romanticism.
MATTHEW J . GROW is assistant professor of history and director
of the Center for Communal Studies, University of Southern Indiana.
February Biography/History
368 pp. 16 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
978-0-300-13610-4 $40.00sc
“This is an important book not
simply from the perspective of
Mormon history but also because
it opens to view the extraordinary
length and breadth of reform in
19th-century America.”
—Jan Shipps, Indiana University–Purdue
University Indianapolis
61
Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade
BLOOD AND MISTLETOE
The History of the Druids in Britain
Ronald Hutton
C
rushed by the Romans in the first century A.D., the ancient Druids
of Britain left almost no reliable evidence behind. Because of this,
historian Ronald Hutton shows, succeeding British generations have
been free to reimagine, reinterpret, and reinvent the Druids. Hutton’s
captivating book is the first to encompass two thousand years of Druid
history and to explore the evolution of English, Scottish, and Welsh atti-
tudes toward the forever ambiguous figures of the ancient Celtic world.
Druids have been remembered at different times as patriots, scientists,
philosophers, or priests; sometimes portrayed as corrupt, bloodthirsty,
or ignorant, they were also seen as fomenters of rebellion. Hutton charts
howthe Druids have been written in and out of history, archaeology, and
the public consciousness for some 500 years, with particular focus on
the romantic period, when Druids completely dominated notions of
British prehistory. Sparkling with legends and images, filled with new
perspectives on ancient and modern times, this book is a fascinating cul-
tural study of Druids as catalysts in British history.
RONAL D HUTTON is professor of history, University of Bristol, and
the author of many books including, most recently, |÷ í···o. í÷oo!÷.
·· o!·o·! !·.!o·, and \·!o|÷. í···o. o·o ì··o /·!|·· o!·o·÷. ··
looo··.· /,!| o·o /oo·o He lives in Bristol, UK.
March History
450 pp. 32 b/w illus. 6 x 9
978-0-300-14485-7 $45.00sc
“Everything that is known about the
druids plus everything that is known
about knowing about them! Ronald
Hutton uses the quest for the druids as
a mirror of how Europeans have seen
themselves through the last thousand
years. It’s an enormous undertaking
performed with even-handedness and
a sense of joy in history.”—Terry Jones
KANDER AND EBB
James Leve
C
omposer John Kander and lyricist Fred Ebb collaborated for more
than forty years, longer than any such partnership in Broadway his-
tory. Together they wrote over twenty musicals. Their two most success-
ful works, Cabaret and Chicago, had critically acclaimed Broadway
revivals and were made into Oscar-winning films.
This book, the first study of Kander and Ebb, examines their artistic
accomplishments as individuals and as a team. Drawing on personal
papers and on numerous interviews, James Leve analyzes the unique
nature of this collaboration. Leve discusses their contribution to the con-
cept musical; he examines some of their most popular works including
Cabaret, Chicago, and Kiss of the Spider Woman; and he reassesses their
“flops” as well as their incomplete and abandoned projects. Filled with
fascinating information, the book is a resource for students of musical
theater and lovers of Kander and Ebb’s songs and shows.
J AMES L EVE is associate professor of musicology and coordinator of
music history, Northern Arizona University. He has a forthcoming text-
book on musical theater. He lives in Flagstaff, AZ.
March Music
368 pp. 7 b/w illus. + 45 musical examples
6 1/8 x 9 1/4
978-0-300-11487-4 $40.00sc
“The first important study of Kander
and Ebb. A very useful book,
thoughtfully presenting material not
otherwise readily available.”
—Raymond Knapp, UCLA
o Yale Broadway Masters Series
OWLS OF THE WORLD, Second Edition
Claus König and Friedhelm Weick
A
ctive only at twilight or in the dark of night, most species of owl
are seldom seen. Even the most zealous birders rarely encounter
owls, and attempts to identify them are complicated by the number of
species that are almost indistinguishable by plumage alone. This com-
prehensive guide penetrates the mysterious world of owls with full color
illustrations, detailed species descriptions, useful information on vocal-
izations, and much more.
An important reference book as well as identification guide, Owls of the
World encompasses the 250 known species and many subspecies of owl,
including twelve new species that have been discovered over the last
decade. The book features full-color plates depicting every species and
distinct subspecies, color morphs, and juvenile plumages. Current distri-
bution maps are also provided.
Every ornithologist, birder, and wildlife enthusiast will want to own this
essential guide—the most comprehensive and advanced book ever pub-
lished on owls.
THE MARVELOUS HAIRY GIRLS
The Gonzales Sisters and Their Worlds
Merry E. Wiesner-Hanks
T
his book tells the extraordinary story of three sixteenth-century sis-
ters who, along with their father and brothers, were afflicted with
an extremely rare genetic condition that made them unusually hairy.
Amazingly, the Gonzales sisters were not mocked or shunned, but were
welcomed in the courts of Europe, spending much of their lives among
nobles, musicians, and artists. Their double identity as humans and
beasts made themintriguing, and the girls and their father were the sub-
jects not only of medical investigations but also of a considerable num-
ber of portraits, some of which still hang in European castles today.
Using the Gonzales family as a lens, historian Merry Wiesner-Hanks
examines their varied and wondrous times. The story of this family con-
nects with every important change of their era—political and religious
violence, colonial conquest, new forms of scholarship and science—and
also provides insights into the complex relationships between beastli-
ness, monstrosity, and gender in early modern life.
MERRY E. WI ESNER- HANKS is Distinguished Professor of History,
University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee. Her many books include
´|··.!·o··!, o·o o÷×·o|·!, ·· !|÷ to·|, /oo÷·· \o·|o and the prizewin-
ning \o·÷· o·o ´÷·o÷· ·· to·|, /oo÷·· t··oo÷ now in its third edi-
tion. She lives in Mequon, WI.
April History
256 pp. 40 b/w illus 5 1/2 x 8 1/2
978-0-300-12733-1 $30.00sc
62
Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade
CL AUS KÖNI G is a world authority on owls and has been involved
in owl research in Europe, Africa, and South America for forty-five years.
He is emeritus professor of zoology at Stuttgart University and was direc-
tor of Stuttgart’s Museum of Natural History. FRI EDHEL M WEI CK is
a professional bird artist specializing in owls and other birds of prey. He
has illustrated more than 100 books.
All the facts on:
o Identification features, including how
to distinguish similar species
o Habitat
o Geographical variation
o Food, breeding, and habits
o Species status and conservation
efforts
o The latest owl taxonomy, based on
DNA analysis and vocalizations
o Published in association with
Christopher Helm/A&C Black
Publishers Ltd.
April Nature
512 pp. 68 color plates 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
978-0-300-14227-3 $75.00sc
Not for sale in the British Commonwealth
(excluding Canada) and the European Union
“A stimulating and innovative book.”
—Charles Zilka, author of The Appearance
of Witchcraft
BANNOCKBURN
The Triumph of Robert the Bruce
David Cornell
F
ew battles resonate through British history as strongly as
Bannockburn. On June 24, 1314, the Scots under the leadership of
Robert the Bruce unexpectedly trounced the English, leaving thousands
dead or wounded. The victory was one of Scotland’s greatest, the more
so because the Scottish army was outnumbered by about three to one.
The loss for the English, fighting under Edward II, was staggering.
In this groundbreaking account of Bannockburn, David Cornell sets the
iconic battle in political and military context and focuses new attention
on the roles of Robert and Edward in the events leading to the buildup
of their armies. The author brings the two-day battle to life and reassess-
es both the crucial mêlée fought on the second day and the casualties
suffered by the English. Filled with colorful detail and fresh insights, the
book throws new light on the battle itself, the character of the English
defeat, the effect of that defeat on the course of the Anglo-Scottish wars,
and the powerful impact of the battle’s legacy on English and Scottish
national identity.
DAVI D CORNEL L spent several years researching the Anglo-Scottish
wars while completing his Ph.D. at Durham University. This is his first
book. He lives in Leicester, UK.
April History
320 pp. 16 b/w illus. 6 x 9
978-0-300-14568-7 $45.00sc
63
Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade
SELLING THE TUDOR MONARCHY
Authority and Image in Sixteenth-Century England
Kevin Sharpe
T
he management of image in the service of power is a familiar tool
of twenty-first-century politics. Yet as long ago as the sixteenth cen-
tury, British monarchs deployed what we might now describe as “spin.”
In this book a leading historian reveals how Tudor kings and queens
sought to enhance their authority by presenting themselves to best advan-
tage. Kevin Sharpe offers the first full analysis of the verbal and visual rep-
resentations of Tudor power, embracing disciplines as diverse as art his-
tory, literary studies, and the history of consumption and material culture.
The author finds that those rulers who maintained the delicate balance
between mystification and popularization in the art of royal representa-
tion—notably Henry VIII and Elizabeth I—enjoyed the longest reigns and
often the widest support. But by the end of the sixteenth century, the per-
ception of royalty shifted, becoming less sacred and more familiar and
leaving Stuart successors to the crown to deal with a difficult legacy.
KEVI N SHARPE is professor of Renaissance studies and director of
the Centre for Renaissance and Early Modern Studies, Queen Mary,
University of London. He is author of |÷ l÷·.o·o| k·|÷ o| ´|o·|÷. ! and
k÷oo··o k÷vo|·!·o·. both published by Yale University Press.
April History
512 pp. 66 illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
978-0-300-14098-9 $45.00sc
“A landmark project, of abiding
interest to both scholars and more
general readers. . . . A very major
piece of scholarship.”
—Peter Lake, Princeton University
“This is an intriguing book, present-
ing a full and convincing account of
Bannockburn. . . . Dramatic, solid,
and thoroughly readable.”
—Michael Prestwich, author of Armies and
Warfare in the Middle Ages
PROVERBS 10–31
A New Translation with Introduction and Commentary
by Michael V. Fox
T
his volume completes Bible scholar Michael V. Fox’s comprehensive
commentary on the book of Proverbs. As in his previous volume on
the early chapters of Proverbs, the author here translates and explains in
accessible language the meaning and literary qualities of the sayings and
poems that comprise the final chapters. He gives special attention to
comparable sayings in other wisdom books, particularly from Egypt, and
makes extensive use of medieval Hebrew commentaries, which have
received scant attention in previous Proverb commentaries. In separate
sections set in smaller type, the author addresses technical issues of text
and language for interested scholars.
The author’s essays at the end of the commentary view the book of
Proverbs in its entirety and investigate its ideas of wisdom, ethics, reve-
lation, and knowledge. Out of Proverbs’ great variety of sayings from dif-
ferent times, Fox shows, there emerges a unified vision of life, its obliga-
tions, and its potentials.
MI CHAEL V. FOX is Halls-Bascom Professor of Hebrew, University
of Wisconsin, Madison. His previous books include l·ov÷·o. !–´, avail-
able from Yale University Press. He lives in Madison.
April Religion
704 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
978-0-300-14209-9 $55.00sc
64
Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade
April Religion
656 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
978-0-300-14116-0 $55.00sc
o The Anchor Yale Bible Commentaries
o The New Testament
MARK 8–16
Joel Marcus
I
n the final nine chapters of the Gospel of Mark, Jesus increasingly strug-
gles with his disciples’ incomprehension of his unique concept of suf-
fering messiahship and with the opposition of the religious leaders of his
day. The Gospel recounts the events that led to Jesus’ arrest, trial, and cru-
cifixion by the Roman authorities, concluding with an enigmatic ending
in which Jesus’ resurrection is announced but not displayed.
In this volume New Testament scholar Joel Marcus offers a new transla-
tion of Mark 8–16 as well as extensive commentary and notes. He situ-
ates the narrative within the context of first-century Palestine and the
larger Greco-Roman world; within the political context of the Jewish revolt
against the Romans (66–73 C.E.); and within the religious context of the
early church’s sometimes rancorous engagement with Judaism, pagan
religion, and its own internal problems. For religious scholars, pastors,
and interested lay people alike, the book provides an accessible and
enlightening window on the second of the canonical Gospels.
J OEL MARCUS is professor of New Testament and Christian Origins,
Duke Divinity School, and the author of /o·| !–o, available from Yale
University Press. He lives in Durham, NC.
Yale University Press is pleased to announce that John J. Collins, Holmes Professor of Old Testament Criticism and
Interpretation, Yale Divinity School, has been appointed General Editor of the Anchor Yale Bible Series.
o The Anchor Yale Bible Commentaries
o The Old Testament
KINSHIP BY COVENANT
A Canonical Approach to the Fulfillment of God’s
Saving Promises
Scott Hahn
I
n this deeply researched and thoughtful book, Scott Hahn shows how
divine covenant, as an overarching theme, makes possible a coherent
reading of the diverse traditions found within the canonical scriptures.
Biblical covenants, though varied in form and content, all serve the pur-
pose of extending sacred bonds of kinship, Hahn explains. Specifically,
divine covenants form and shape a father-son bond between God and
the chosen people. Biblical narratives turn on that fact, and biblical the-
ology depends upon it. With meticulous attention to detail, the author
demonstrates how divine sonship represents a covenant relationship
with God that has been consistent throughout salvation history. A canon-
ical reading of this divine plan reveals an illuminating pattern of promise
and fulfillment in both the Old and New Testaments. God’s saving mer-
cies are based upon his sworn commitments, which he keeps even when
his people break the covenant.
SCOTT HAHN is Pope Benedict XVI Chair of Biblical Theology, St.
Vincent Seminary, and professor of scripture and theology, Franciscan
University of Steubenville. He is also founder and president of the St. Paul
Center for Biblical Theology. Among his many best-selling books is |÷
ío·o’. o·oo÷· |÷ /o.. o. !÷ov÷· o· to·!| He lives in Steubenville, OH.
May Religion
704 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
978-0-300-14097-2 $50.00sc
“Both well-written and exhaustive,
this impressive work will fascinate
readers with New Testament truths
about God’s unyielding covenant
with his chosen, fallible people.”
—David Noel Freedman
“Scott Hahn’s central idea of covenant
and ‘kinship’ (family) proves to be a
Rosetta Stone for Scriptural hiero-
glyphics, and a disarmingly simple
one at that. Once you have glanced
through this ‘lens,’ you will never see
the big picture of salvation history in
the same way again.”—Peter Kreeft,
Boston College
65
Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade
A MARGINAL JEW:
RETHINKING THE HISTORICAL JESUS
Volume 4: Law and Love
John P. Meier
J
ohn Meier’s previous volumes in the acclaimed series A Marginal Jew
are founded upon the notion that while solid historical information
about Jesus is quite limited, people of different faiths can nevertheless
arrive at a consensus on fundamental historical facts of his life. In this
eagerly anticipated fourth volume in the series, Meier approaches a
fresh topic—the teachings of the historical Jesus concerning Mosaic Law
and morality—with the same rigor, thoroughness, accuracy, and insight-
fulness on display in his earlier works.
This volume addresses the teachings of Jesus on major legal topics like
divorce, oaths, the Sabbath, purity rules, and the various love com-
mandments in the Gospels. What emerges from Meier’s research is a
profile of a complicated first-century Palestinian Jew who, far from seek-
ing to abolish the Law, was deeply engaged in debates about its obser-
vance. Only by embracing this portrait of the historical Jesus grappling
with questions of the Torah do we avoid the common mistake of con-
structing Christian moral theology under the guise of studying “Jesus
and the Law,” the author concludes.
J OHN P. MEI ER is William K. Warren Chair Professor of Theology
(New Testament), Theology Department, University of Notre Dame. He
lives in South Bend, IN.
May Religion
720 pp. 2 maps 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
978-0-300-14096-5 $55.00sc
o The Anchor Yale Bible Reference Library
o The Anchor Yale Bible Reference Library
“John Meier is the most distinguished
Roman Catholic biographer of
Jesus.”—Harold Bloom
o Previous volumes in this series:
A Marginal Jew
Vol. 1: The Roots of the Problem and the Person
ISBN 978- 0-300-14018-7 $55.00sc
On the birth, early years of development, and
cultural background of Jesus
Vol. 2: Mentor, Message, and Miracles
ISBN 978-0-300-14033-0 $55.00sc
On John the Baptist’s effect on Jesus, Jesus’ concept
of the “kingdom of God,” and the Gospel accounts
of Jesus’ miracles
Vol. 3: Companions and Competitors
ISBN 978-0-300-14032-3 $75.00sc
On the relations between Jesus and those around
him—his companions and his competitors
FLORENCE 1900
The Search for Arcadia
Bernd Roeck
Translated by Stewart Spencer
B
y the end of the nineteenth century, Florence was a key destination
for cultured travelers from Europe and America. Writers such as
Wilde, Rilke, and Mann; painters such as Degas and Klee; and not least,
the young art historian Aby Warburg and his wife, Mary, flocked to
Florence to escape the encroachments of modern life at home and to
revel in the city’s rich artistic and cultural past.
This beguiling book fuses narrative and ideas to consider how the
encounter between modernism and Renaissance culture was experi-
enced by both visitors to Florence and its inhabitants. Based on Aby
Warburg’s letters, diaries, and notebooks; on Italian and German
archives; and on conversations with E. H. Gombrich (director of the
famous Institute that Warburg founded), the book is an intimate guide
to life in Florence and the theaters, restaurants, galleries, and salons fre-
quented by visiting cultural exiles. At the same time, the book paints an
evocative picture of a city at the cusp of the modern age, adjusting to
electricity and the motor car on one hand and to social unrest and a
clash of cultures on the other.
BERND ROECK is professor of history at the University of Zurich. He
lives in Zurich. STEWART SPENCER is an acclaimed translator. He
lives in London.
April History
336 pp. 12 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
978-0-300-09515-9 $35.00sc
“Never has the fascination that
Florence held for artists and intel-
lectuals been so thoroughly por-
trayed as here by Bernd Roeck.”
—Frankfurter Allgemeine Zeitung
66
Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade
SOFT DESPOTISM, DEMOCRACY’S DRIFT
Montesquieu, Rousseau, Tocqueville, and the Modern
Prospect
Paul A. Rahe
I
n 1989, the Cold War abruptly ended, and it seemed as if the world was
at last safe for democracy. But a spirit of uneasiness, discontent, and
world-weariness soon arose and has persisted in Europe, in America, and
elsewhere for two decades. To discern the meaning of this malaise we
must investigate the nature of liberal democracy, says the author of this
provocative book, and he undertakes to do so through a detailed investi-
gation of the thinking of Montesquieu, Rousseau, and Tocqueville.
Paul A. Rahe argues that these political thinkers anticipated the modern
liberal republic’s propensity to drift in the direction of “soft despotism”—
a condition that arises within a democracy when paternalistic state power
expands and gradually undermines the spirit of self-government. Such an
eventuality, feared by Tocqueville in the nineteenth century, has now
become a reality throughout the European Union, Canada, Australia, New
Zealand, and the United States. So Rahe asserts, and he explains what
must be done to reverse this unfortunate trend.
PAUL A. RAHE is professor of history and political science at Hillsdale
College, and author of k÷o·o|·o. /·o·÷·! o·o /oo÷·· ´|o..·oo|
k÷o·o|·oo··.· o·o !|÷ /·÷··oo· k÷vo|·!·o· and /oo··.! |·o·÷ o·o
/|!o· /oo|·ov÷||· o·o lo|·!·oo| |÷o·, ··o÷· !|÷ t·o|·.| k÷o·o|·o
April History/Political Thought
384 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
978–0-300–14492–5 $38.00sc
SAN MARTÍN
Argentinian Soldier, American Hero
John Lynch
J
osé de San Martín (1778–1850) was an enigmatic figure—a revolution-
ary and a conservative, a professional soldier and an intellectual, a tac-
iturn man who nevertheless was able to inspire the peoples of South
America to follow his armies and accept his battle strategies. One of the
great leaders in the wars for independence, he was a pivotal force in the
liberation of Chile and Peru from Spanish rule.
In the first full English-language biography of San Martín in more than
half a century, John Lynch shines new light on San Martín and on the
story of Spanish America’s revolutionary wars. Lynch offers a series of
dramatic set pieces: the Peninsular War, in which San Martín fought the
French and learned his military skills; the crossing of the Andes, when his
army battled the forces of nature as well as enemy fire; the confrontation
with imperial Spain in Peru; and the standoff with Bolívar which led to
San Martín’s resignation and exile in Europe. Based on the latest docu-
mentation, San Martín enhances our understanding of the modern his-
tory of Latin America and one of its most brilliant leaders.
J OHN LYNCH is emeritus professor of Latin American history at the
University of London and former director of the Institute of Latin American
Studies. He lives in London.
May Biography
320 pp. 16 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
978-0-300-12643-3 $35.00sc
67
Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade
THE FEDERALIST PAPERS
Alexander Hamilton, James Madison, and John Jay
Edited and with an Introduction by Ian Shapiro
T
his authoritative edition of the complete texts of the Federalist
Papers, the Articles of Confederation, the U.S. Constitution, and the
Amendments to the U.S. Constitution features supporting essays in
which leading scholars provide historical context and analysis.
An introduction by Ian Shapiro offers an overview of the publication of
the Federalist Papers and their importance. In three additional essays,
John Dunn explores the composition of the Federalist Papers and the
conflicting agendas of its authors; Eileen Hunt Botting explains how early
advocates of women’s rights, most prominently Mercy Otis Warren,
Judith Sargent Murray, and Charles Brockden Brown, responded to the
Federalist-Antifederalist debates; and Donald Horowitz discusses the
Federalist Papers from the perspective of recent experiments with
democracy and constitution-making around the world. These essays both
illuminate the original texts and encourage active engagement with
them.
I AN SHAPI RO is Sterling Professor of Political Science at Yale
University and Henry R. Luce Director of the MacMillan Center for
International and Area Studies. His many books include í÷·oo·o!·o
!·.!·o÷ and |÷ /o·o| !o··oo!·o·. o| lo|·!·o. both published by Yale
University Press. He lives in Guilford, CT.
April History/Political Thought
592 pp. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4
paper 978-0-300-11890-2 $20.00sc
o Rethinking the Western Tradition
68
Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade
BETWEEN FIRE AND SLEEP
Essays on Modern Polish Poetry and Prose
Jaroslaw Anders
T
wentieth-century Polish literature is often said to be a “witness to
history,” a narrative of the historical and political disasters that vis-
ited the nation. In this insightful book, Jaroslaw Anders examines
Poland’s modern poetry and fiction and explains that the best Polish
writing of the period 1918–1989 was much more than testimony.
Rather, it constantly transformed historical experience into metaphysi-
cal reflection, a philosophical or religious exploration of human exis-
tence.
Anders analyzes and contextualizes the work of nine modern Polish
writers. These include the “three madmen” of the interwar period—
Schulz, Gombrowicz, and Witkiewicz, whom he calls the fathers of
Polish modernist prose; the great poets of the war generation—Milosz,
Herbert, and Szymborska; Herling-Grudzinski and Konwicki, with their
dark philosophical subtexts; and the mystical-ecstatic poet Zagajewski.
A collection of essays representing Anders’s thinking over several
decades, Between Fire and Sleep offers a fresh understanding of modern
Polish literature and cultural identity.
J AROSL AW ANDERS has served as editor, writer, broadcaster,
and producer for Voice of America since 1984. He has translated sev-
eral books from English into Polish and from Polish into English. He
lives in Washington, D.C.
May Literary Studies/Poetry Studies
224 pp. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4
978-0-300-11167-5 $35.00sc
“Anders’ approach as essayist and
guide is highly personal, engaging,
and authoritative.”
—Daniel Gerould, CUNY
THE AMERICAN PLAY
1787–2000
Marc Robinson
I
n this brilliant study, Marc Robinson explores more than two hundred
years of plays, styles, and stagings of American theater. Mapping the
changing cultural landscape from the late eighteenth century to the start
of the twenty-first, he explores how theater has—and has not—changed
and offers close readings of plays by O’Neill, Stein, Wilder, Miller, and
Albee, as well as by important but perhaps lesser known dramatists such
as Wallace Stevens, Jean Toomer, Djuna Barnes, and many others.
Robinson reads each work in an ambitiously interdisciplinary context,
linking advances in theater to developments in American literature,
dance, and visual art.
The author is particularly attentive to the continuities in American drama,
and expertly teases out recurring themes, such as the significance of visu-
ality. He avoids neatly categorizing nineteenth- and twentieth-century
plays and depicts a theater more restive and mercurial than has been rec-
ognized before. Robinson proves both a fascinating and thought-provok-
ing critic and a spirited guide to the history of American drama.
MARC ROBI NSON is professor of theater studies, English, and
American studies at Yale University and adjunct professor of dramaturgy
and dramatic criticism at the Yale School of Drama. He is the author of
|÷ ´!|÷· /·÷··oo· í·o·o and a frequent contributor to theater jour-
nals. He lives in Guilford, CT.
May Literary Studies/American Studies
416 pp. 20 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
978-0-300-11649-6 $45.00sc
“Rarely has such a good writer on
drama undertaken such a project,
and even more rarely executed it
with such panache.”
—Don B. Wilmeth, Editor,
Cambridge Guide to American Theatre
May Law
640 pp. 121 b/w photos 7 x 10
978-0-300-11300-6 $75.00sc
69
T
his book is the first to gather in a single volume con-
cise biographies of the most eminent men and
women in the history of American law. Encompassing a
wide range of individuals who have devised, replenished,
expounded, and explained law, The Yale Biographical
Dictionary of American Law presents succinct and lively
entries devoted to more than 700 subjects selected for
their significant and lasting influence on American law.
Casting a wide net, editor Roger K. Newman includes indi-
viduals from around the country, from colonial times to
the present, encompassing the spectrum of ideologies
from left-wing to right, and including a diversity of racial,
ethnic, and religious groups. Entries are devoted to the liv-
ing and dead, the famous and infamous, many who
upheld the lawand some who broke it. Supreme Court jus-
tices, private practice lawyers, presidents, professors, jour-
nalists, philosophers, novelists, prosecutors, and others—
the individuals in the volume are as diverse as the nation
itself.
Entries written by more than 600 expert contributors
outline basic biographical facts on their subjects, offer
well-chosen anecdotes and incidents to reveal accom-
plishments, and include brief bibliographies. Readers will
turn to this dictionary as an authoritative and useful
resource, but they will also discover a volume that
delights and entertains.
o Biographies included in
The Yale Biographical Dictionary of
American Law:
John Ashcroft
Robert H. Bork
Bill Clinton
Ruth Bader Ginsburg
Patrick Henry
J. Edgar Hoover
James Madison
Thurgood Marshall
Sandra Day O’Connor
Janet Reno
Franklin D. Roosevelt
Julius and Ethel Rosenberg
John T. Scopes
O. J. Simpson
Alexis de Tocqueville
Scott Turow
And more than 700 others
ROGER K. NEWMAN teaches at the Columbia University
School of Journalism and has devoted nearly 40 years to study-
ing and writing about the Supreme Court and American law. He
is author of !·oo o|oo| / o·oo·oo|, which won the Scribes
book award and was a finalist for the Pulitzer prize, and editor-
in-chief of |÷ ´o·.!·!·!·o· o·o !!. /·÷·o·÷·!. (4 volumes). He
lives in the Bronx, New York.
More than 700 concise biographies of leading
figures in the history of American law, from
the colonial era to the present day
THE YALE BIOGRAPHICAL
DICTIONARY OF
AMERICAN LAW
Roger K. Newman
Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade
May Economics/Food Culture & Studies
288 pp. 12 b/w illus. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4
978-0-300-12471-2 $30.00sc
C
lose to three quarters of U.S. households buy
orange juice. Its popularity crosses class, cultural,
racial, and regional divides. Why do so many of us drink
orange juice? How did it turn from a luxury into a staple in
just a few years? More important, how is it that we don’t
know the real reasons behind OJ’s popularity or under-
stand the processes by which the juice is produced?
In this enlightening book, Alissa Hamilton explores the
hidden history of orange juice. She looks at the early forces
that propelled orange juice to prominence, including a sur-
plus of oranges that plagued Florida during most of the
twentieth century and the army’s need to provide vitamin
C to troops overseas during World War II. She tells the sto-
ries of the FDA’s decision in the early 1960s to standardize
orange juice, and of the juice equivalent of the cola wars
that followed between Coca-Cola (which owns Minute
Maid) and Pepsi (which owns Tropicana). Of particular
interest to OJ drinkers will be the revelation that most
orange juice comes from Brazil, not Florida, and that even
“not from concentrate” orange juice is heated, stripped of
flavor, stored for up to a year, and then reflavored before it
is packaged and sold. The book concludes with a thought-
provoking discussion of why consumers have the right to
know how their food is produced.
SQUEEZED
What You Don’t Know About Orange Juice
Alissa Hamilton
In the tradition of Fast Food Nation, this book
will make you want to stop and think before
you ever drink another glass of orange juice
AL I SSA HAMI LTON is a Woodcock Foundation Food and
Society Policy Fellow. She lives in Toronto.
70
Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade
THE EMPIRE’S NEW CLOTHES
A History of the Russian Fashion Industry, 1700–1917
Christine Ruane
I
n 1701 Tsar Peter the Great decreed that all residents of Moscow must abandon their traditional dress and wear
European fashion. Those who produced or sold Russian clothing would face “dreadful punishment.” Peter’s dress
decree, part of his drive to make Russia more like Western Europe, had a profound impact on the history of Imperial
Russia.
This engrossing book explores the impact of Westernization on Russia in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries and
presents a wealth of photographs of ordinary Russians in all their finery. Christine Ruane draws on memoirs, mail-order
catalogues, fashion magazines, and other period sources to demonstrate that Russia’s adoption of Western fashion had
symbolic, economic, and social ramifications and was inseparably linked to the development of capitalism, industrial
production, and new forms of communication. This book shows how the fashion industry became a forum through
which Russians debated and formulated a new national identity.
May History/Fashion
256 pp. 70 b/w + 50 color illus. 9 x 11
978-0-300-14155-9 $65.00sc
CHRI STI NE RUANE is director of graduate studies and professor of
history at the University of Tulsa.
Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade
71
IMPORTING POVERTY
Immigration and the Changing Face of Rural America
Philip Martin
A
merican agriculture employs some 2.5 million workers during a typical year, most for fewer than six months.
Three fourths of these farm workers are immigrants, half are unauthorized, and most will leave seasonal farm
work within a decade. What do these statistics mean for farmers, for laborers, for rural America? This book addresses
the question by reviewing what is happening on farms and in the towns and cities where immigrant farm workers set-
tle with their families. Philip Martin finds that the business-labor model that has evolved in rural America is neither desir-
able nor sustainable. He proposes regularizing U.S. farm workers and rationalizing the farm labor market, an approach
that will help American farmers stay globally competitive while also improving conditions for farm workers.
June Economics/Current Events
256 pp. 9 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
978-0-300-13917-4 $45.00sc
PHI L I P MARTI N is professor of agricultural and resource economics,
University of California, Davis; chair of the UC Comparative Immigration and
Integration Program; and editor of the quarterlies /·o·o!·o· ì÷v. and k··o|
/·o·o!·o· ì÷v. He is the author of /o·oo··o íooo· /·o·o!·o· ·· !|÷ v÷·!,
!··.! ´÷·!··, published by Yale University Press. He lives in Davis, CA.
THE ETHIOPIAN REVOLUTION
War in the Horn of Africa
Gebru Tareke
R
evolution, civil wars, and guerilla warfare wracked Ethiopia during three turbulent decades at the end of the twen-
tieth century. This book is a pioneering study of the military history and political significance of this crucial Horn
of Africa region during that period. Drawing on new archival materials and interviews, Gebru Tareke illuminates the
conflicts, comparing them to the Russian and Iranian revolutions in terms of regional impact.
Writing in vigorous and accessible prose, Tareke brings to life the leading personalities in the domestic political strug-
gles, strategies of the warring parties, international actors, and key battles. He demonstrates how the brutal dictator-
ship of Mengistu Haile Mariam lacked imagination in responding to crises and alienated the peasantry by destroying
human and material resources. And he describes the delicate balance of persuasion and force with which northern
insurgents mobilized the peasantry and triumphed. The book sheds invaluable light not only on modern Ethiopia but
also on post-colonial state formation and insurrectionary politics worldwide.
GEBRU TAREKE is professor of history at Hobart and William Smith
Colleges and author of t!|·oo·o lov÷· o·o l·o!÷.! l÷o.o·! k÷vo|!. ·· !|÷
v÷·!·÷!| ´÷·!··, He lives in Rochester, NY.
June History/Military History
448 pp. 8 b/w maps 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
978-0-300-14163-4 $45.00sc
o Yale Library of Military History
PACIFIC ALLIANCE
Reviving U.S.–Japan Relations
Kent E. Calder
D
espite the enduring importance of the U.S.–Japan security alliance,
the broader relationship between the two countries is today beset
by sobering new difficulties. In this comprehensive comparative analy-
sis of the transpacific alliance and its political, economic, and social
foundations, Kent E. Calder, a leading Japan specialist, asserts that bilat-
eral relations between the two countries are dangerously eroding as
both seek broader options in a globally oriented world.
Calder documents the quiet erosion of America’s multidimensional ties
with Japan as China rises, generations change, and new forces arise in
both American and Japanese politics. He then assesses consequences
for a twenty-first-century military alliance with formidable coordination
requirements, explores alternative foreign paradigms for dealing with
the United States, adopted by Britain, Germany, and China, and offers
prescriptions for restoring U.S.–Japan relations to vitality once again.
KENT E. CAL DER is director of the Reischauer Center for East Asian
Studies at SAIS, Johns Hopkins University, Washington, D.C. He has
served as special advisor to the U.S. Ambassador to Japan and Japan
Chair at the Center for Strategic and International Studies (CSIS). He has
also taught and initiated U.S.– Japan research programs at Princeton and
Harvard Universities.
June Economics/Current Events
288 pp. 26 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
978-0-300-14672-1 $40.00sc
72
Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade
THE TRAGEDY OF CHILD CARE IN
AMERICA
Edward Zigler, Katherine Marsland, and Heather Lord
W
hy the United States has failed to establish a comprehensive
high-quality child care program is the question at the center of
this book. Edward Zigler has been intimately involved in this issue since
the 1970s, and here he presents a firsthand history of the policy making
and politics surrounding this important debate.
Good-quality child care supports cognitive, social, and emotional devel-
opment, school readiness, and academic achievement. This book exam-
ines the history of child care policy since 1969, including the inside story
of America’s one great attempt to create a comprehensive system of
child care, its failure, and the lack of subsequent progress. Identifying
specific issues that persist today, Zigler and his coauthors conclude with
an agenda designed to lead us successfully toward quality care for
America’s children.
EDWARD ZI GL ER is Sterling Professor of Psychology Emeritus at
Yale University and director emeritus of the Yale Edward Zigler Center
in Child Development and Social Policy. He lives in North Haven, CT.
KATHERI NE MARSL AND is associate professor of psychology at
Southern Connecticut State University. HEATHER L ORD is a consul-
tant at the Boston Consulting Group in New York.
June Public Policy/Psychology
288 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
978-0-300-12233-6 $40.00sc
“This book will help those on both
sides of the aisle to frame and justify
policy in this area and to better
understand the complexity of the
issues involved.”
—Shannon Christian, former associate com-
missioner, Child Care Bureau, U.S.
Department of Health and Human Services
WRITING SUCCESSFUL SCIENCE
PROPOSALS, Second Edition
Andrew J. Friedland and Carol L. Folt
T
his fully revised edition of the most authoritative guide to science
proposal writing is essential for any scientist embarking on a thesis
or grant application. Completely updated and with entirely new chapters
on private foundation funding and interdisciplinary research, the book
explains each step of the proposal process in detail.
Praise for the first edition:
“This exceptionally useful and affordable handbook will serve as
a refresher to seasoned writers and as a guide and source of
encouragement for first-time authors.”—C. L. Sagers, Ecology
“This inexpensive book could prove to be your best investment
of the year.”—Bioscience
ANDREW J . FRI EDL AND is professor in the environmental studies
program at Dartmouth College. CAROL L . FOLT is dean of the facul-
ty and professor in the department of biological sciences at Dartmouth
College.
June Reference/Science
192 pp. 9 b/w illus. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4
paper 978-0-300-11939-8 $18.00sc
Previous edition: 978-0-300-08141-1
73
Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade
HITLER’S GIFT TO AMERICAN MUSIC
Exiles and Émigrés in Southern California
Dorothy Lamb Crawford
T
his book is the first to examine the brilliant gathering of composers,
conductors, and other musicians who fled Nazi Germany and
arrived in the Los Angeles area. Musicologist Dorothy Lamb Crawford
looks closely at the lives, creative work, and influence of sixteen per-
formers, fourteen composers, and one opera stage director, who joined
this immense migration beginning in the 1930s. Some in this group were
famous when they fled Europe, others would gain recognition in the
young musical culture of Los Angeles, and still others struggled to estab-
lish themselves in an environment often resistant to musical innovation.
Emphasizing individual voices, Crawford presents short portraits of Igor
Stravinsky, Arnold Schoenberg, and the other musicians while also con-
sidering their influence as a group—in the film industry, in music institu-
tions in and around Los Angeles, and as teachers who trained the next
generation. The book reveals a uniquely vibrant era when Southern
California became a hub of unprecedented musical talent.
DOROTHY L AMB CRAWFORD has lived and worked in music
throughout her career, teaching and lecturing, performing as a singer,
directing opera, and hosting broadcast interviews with musicians. The
author of tv÷···o. ´· o·o ´|| !|÷ koo| and (with John C. Crawford) of
t×o·÷..·o··.· ·· v÷·!·÷!|´÷·!··, /·.·o .he lives in Cambridge, MA.
June Music
320 pp. 25 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
978-0-300-12734-8 $35.00sc
“Dorothy Lamb Crawford offers
valuable material on such individ-
uals as Klemperer, Stravinsky, and
Schoenberg, and this book does
much to highlight lesser-known
figures usually forgotten.”
—Leon Botstein, president, Bard College
74
Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade
Born in England, HENRY FAI RL I E (1924–1990) was a frequent
contributor to newspapers and magazines including the \o.|··o!o·
lo.! and the ì÷v k÷o·o|·o He was the author of |÷ o÷v÷· í÷oo|,
o··. ooo, and other acclaimed books on politics and culture.
J EREMY MCCARTER is a senior writer at ì÷v.v÷÷|. He
lives in New York.
June Essays/Politics
320 pp. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4
978-0-300-12383-8 $30.00sc
H
enry Fairlie was one of the most colorful and
trenchant journalists of the twentieth century. The
British-born writer made his name on Fleet Street, where
he coined the term “The Establishment,” sparred in print
with the likes of Kenneth Tynan, and caroused with
Kingsley Amis, among many others. In America his writ-
ing found a home in the pages of the NewYorker and other
top magazines and newspapers. When he died, he was
remembered as “quite simply the best political journalist,
writing in English, in the last fifty years.”
Remarkable for their prescience and relevance, Fairlie’s
essays celebrate Winston Churchill, old-fashioned bath-
tubs, and American empire; they ridicule Republicans who
think they are conservatives and yuppies who want to live
forever. Fairlie is caustic, controversial, and unwavering—
especially when attacking his employers. With an intro-
duction by Jeremy McCarter, Bite the Hand That Feeds You
restores a compelling voice that, among its many virtues,
helps Americans appreciate their country anew.
BITE THE HAND THAT FEEDS
YOU
Essays and Provocations
Henry Fairlie
Edited by Jeremy McCarter
A collection of timely essays by one of the
most fearless and provocative social observers
of his era
o A ì÷v k÷o·o|·o ooo|
LIVING WITH HITLER
Liberal Democrats in the Third Reich
Eric Kurlander
T
his book addresses key questions about liberal democrats and
their activities in Germany from 1933 to the end of the Nazi
regime. While it is commonly assumed that liberals fled their home-
land at the first sign of jackboots, in reality most stayed. Some even
thrived under Hitler, personally as well as professionally.
Historian Eric Kurlander examines the motivations, hopes, and fears of
liberal democrats—Germans who best exemplified the middle-class
progressivism of the Weimar Republic—to discover why so few resis-
ted and so many embraced elements of the Third Reich.
German liberalism was not only the opponent and victim of National
Socialism, Kurlander suggests, but in some ways its ideological and
sociological antecedent. That liberalism could be both has crucial impli-
cations for understanding the genesis of authoritarian regimes every-
where. Indeed, Weimar democrats’ prolonged reluctance to oppose the
regime demonstrates how easily a liberal democracy may gradually
succumb to fascism.
A SMART ENERGY POLICY
An Economist’s Rx for Balancing Cheap, Clean, and
Secure Energy
James M. Griffin
W
hile everyone wants energy that is clean, cheap, and secure,
these goals often conflict: traditional fossil fuels tend to be
cheaper than alternative fuels, but they are hardly clean or (in the case
of oil) secure. This timely book provides an easy-to-understand expla-
nation of the issues as well as sensible proposals for a truly sustainable
energy policy.
Economist James Griffin points out that current energy policies are
fatally flawed and that government policies should focus on “getting the
prices right” so that the prices of fossil fuels reflect their true costs to
society—including greenhouse gas and security costs. By using carbon
and security taxes, alternative energy forms will be able to compete on
a more even playing field against fossil fuels. This will unleash advances
in alternative energy and conservation technologies, enabling the mar-
ketplace and consumers to find the right balance among energy
sources that are cheap, clean, and secure.
ERI C KURL ANDER is associate professor of history at Stetson
University. He lives in Deland, Florida.
J AMES M. GRI FFI N is professor of economics and public policy
and holder of the Bob Bullock Chair at the George Bush School of
Government and Public Service, Texas A&M University. He lives in
College Station, TX.
July History
288 pp. 16 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
978-0-300-11666-3 $35.00sc
“A provocative study: Eric Kurlander
exposes the spaces that liberals and
democrats could make for themselves
in the Third Reich and explores the
aspects of National Socialism that
those same liberals and democrats
found appealing and even necessary.
In this trenchant analysis, liberals are
both resilient and complicit.”
—Peter Fritzsche, author of
Life and Death in the Third Reich
75
Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade
July Economics
224 pp. 24 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
978-0-300-14985-2 $35.00sc
July Religion/Politics
224 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
978-0-300-12433-0 $30.00sc
T
his timely book investigates the increasing visibility
and influence of evangelical Christians in recent
American politics with a focus on racial justice. Peter
Goodwin Heltzel considers four evangelical social move-
ments: Focus on the Family, the National Association of
Evangelicals, Christian Community Development Asso-
ciation, and Sojourners.
The political motives and actions of evangelical groups are
founded upon their conceptions of Jesus Christ, Heltzel
contends. He traces the roots of contemporary evangelical
politics to the prophetic black Christianity tradition of
Martin Luther King, Jr., and the socially engaged evangeli-
cal tradition of Carl F. H. Henry. Heltzel shows that the
basic tenets of King’s and Henry’s theologies have led their
evangelical heirs toward a prophetic evangelicalism in a
shade of blue-green—blue symbolizing the tragedy of
black suffering in the Americas, and green symbolizing the
hope of a prophetic evangelical engagement with poverty,
AIDS, and the environment. This fresh theological under-
standing of evangelical political groups shines new light on
the ways evangelicals shape and are shaped by broader
American culture.
JESUS AND JUSTICE
Evangelicals, Race, and American Politics
Peter Goodwin Heltzel
Foreword by Mark Noll
“A splendid text. Heltzel’s book will be
of high interest to any observer of
recent and current relations between
politics and religion in the U.S.”
—Catherine Keller, author of God and Power:
Counter-Apocalyptic Journeys
PETER GOODWI N HELTZEL is assistant professor of theolo-
gy, New York Theological Seminary, and an ordained minister in
the Christian Church (Disciples of Christ). He lives in New York City.
An examination of the rise of political
evangelicalism and what it tells us about the
relations between religion, race, and politics
in America
76
Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade
BRITONS
Forging the Nation, 1707–1837
Third Edition
Linda Colley
H
ow was Great Britain made? And what does it mean to be British?
This brilliant and seminal book examines how a more cohesive
British nation was invented after 1707 and how this new national identi-
ty was nurtured through war, religion, trade, and empire. Lavishly illus-
trated and powerful, Britons remains a major contribution to our under-
standing of Britain’s past, and continues to influence ongoing controver-
sies about this polity’s survival and future. This edition contains an exten-
sive new preface by the author.
“A sweeping survey, . . . evocatively illustrated and engagingly
written.”—Harriet Ritvo, New York Times Book Review
“Challenging, fascinating, enormously well informed.”
—John Barrell, London Review of Books
“Linda Colley writes with clarity and grace. . . . Her stimulating
book will be, and deserves to be influential.”
—E. P. Thompson, Dissent
L I NDA COL L EY is Shelby M. C. Davis 1958 Professor of History at
Princeton University.
May History
448 pp. 81 illus. 5 x 7 3/4
paper 978-0-300-15280-7 $22.00sc
Previous edition: 978-0-300-10759-3
o Winner of the Wolfson History Prize
o A ì÷v `o·| ··÷. Notable Book
77
Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade
A RIGHT TO DISCRIMINATE?
How the Case of Boy Scouts of America v. James Dale
Warped the Law of Free Association
Andrew Koppelman
With Tobias Barrington Wolff
S
hould the Boy Scouts of America and other noncommercial associa-
tions have a right to discriminate when selecting their members?
Does the state have a legitimate interest in regulating the membership
practices of private associations? These questions—raised by Boy Scouts
of America v. Dale, in which the Supreme Court ruled that the Scouts had
a right to expel gay members—are at the core of this provocative book,
an in-depth exploration of the tension between freedom of association
and antidiscrimination law.
The book demonstrates that the “right” to discriminate has a long and
unpleasant history. Andrew Koppelman and Tobias Wolff bring together
legal history, constitutional theory, and political philosophy to analyze
how the law ought to deal with discriminatory private organizations.
July Law
192 pp. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4
978-0-300-12127-8 $38.00sc
ANDREW KOPPEL MAN is John Paul Stevens Professor of Law and
professor of political science at Northwestern University School of Law.
He lives in Evanston, IL. TOBI AS BARRI NGTON WOL FF is pro-
fessor of law, University of Pennsylvania Law School. He lives in
Philadelphia.
General Interest–Paperback
78
General Interest
–Paperback
General Interest–Paperback
N
orth Korean radios that are altered to receive only
the official stations. Cars that listen in on their
owners’ conversations. Digital video recorders ordered to
self-destruct in viewers’ homes thanks to a lawsuit against
the manufacturer thousands of miles away . . .
Now in paperback, this extraordinary book explains the
engine that has catapulted the Internet frombackwater to
ubiquity—and reveals that it is sputtering precisely
because of its runaway success. With the unwitting help
of its users, the generative Internet is on a path to a lock-
down, ending its cycle of innovation—and facilitating
unsettling new kinds of control.
“The most compelling book ever written on why a trans-
formative technology’s trajectory threatens to stifle that
technology’s greatest promise for society. Zittrain offers
convincing road maps for redeeming that promise.”
—Laurence H. Tribe, Carl M. Loeb University Professor and
Professor of Constitutional Law, Harvard Law School
“Jonathan Zittrain does what no one has before—
he eloquently and subtly pinpoints the magic that makes
Wikipedia, and the Internet as a whole, work. The best
way to save the Internet is to turn off your laptop until
you’ve read this book.”
—Jimbo Wales, Founder, Wikipedia
“The thrust of Zittrain’s book is that the shift back toward
sterile technology cannot be entirely avoided, though the
dangers can be mitigated. . . . Ignore Zittrain’s warnings
and we may prove his forecast right.”
—Paul Starr, The American Prospect
THE FUTURE OF THE INTERNET
—AND HOW TO STOP IT
Jonathan Zittrain
With a new Foreword by Lawrence Lessig and
a new Preface by the author
Marketi ng Hi ghli ghts
o National radio campaign
o National print advertising
o Online marketing
Now in paperback: A member of the digerati
debunks the reputed invincibility of the internet,
warning of the dangers that lie ahead
February Current Events/Law
352 pp. 6 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
paper 978-0-300-15124-4 $17.00
cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-12487-3 $30.00
For sale in North America only
79
J ONATHAN ZI TTRAI N is professor of law at Harvard Law
School and co-founder and faculty co-director of the Berkman
Center for Internet & Society.
o A Caravan Book. For more information,
visit www.caravanbooks.org
“This book is fundamental. It will define
the debate about the future of the
Internet, long after we haven't stopped
it. Absolutely required reading.”
—Lawrence Lessig, Professor, Stanford Law
School, and author of Remix: Making Art and
Commerce Thrive in the Hybrid Economy
FORGOTTEN CONTINENT
The Battle for Latin America’s Soul
Michael Reid
H
ome to half a billion people, the world’s largest reserves of arable
land, and 8.5 percent of global oil, Latin America is in the midst of
a vast transformation. Michael Reid, a journalist with many years of expe-
rience in the region, offers an absorbing analysis of the state of Latin
America today.
“Probably the best general book available on Latin America, and
one not likely to be superseded for some time.”
—Mark Falcoff, The Weekly Standard
“A brilliantly researched and annotated work of scholarship.”
—Carolyn Curiel, New York Times Book Review
“Excellent. . . . A comprehensive primer on the history, politics,
and culture of the hemisphere for those who are not familiar
with the region . . . [and] an interesting argument about the
state of contemporary Latin American politics for people who
already are.”—Francis Fukuyama, Foreign Affairs
BLOOD AND SOIL
A World History of Genocide and Extermination
from Sparta to Darfur
Ben Kiernan
T
he first global history of genocide and extermination from ancient
times to the present.
“Ben Kiernan has provided the most extensive history of our
genocidal propensities that I have ever read. . . . This is a formi-
dable and important book.”—Michael Ignatieff, New Republic
“Humans have been slaughtering each other for thousands of
years, but only now is the field of genocide studies blooming.
This grim account of history notes remarkable parallels in the
patterns of mass slaughter, from Carthage to Darfur. With refer-
ences to the genocides sanctioned by the Bible, it’s ghastly
reading. Yet you also can’t help feeling a measure of progress
over the centuries. Today, we’re still far too passive about stop-
ping genocide, but even those leaders who engage in it tend to
be embarrassed, rather than boastful.”
—Nicholas D. Kristof, New-York Historical Society series
“Books That Matter,” New York Times Book Review
MI CHAEL REI D is editor of the Americas section of the too·o··.!
Previously based in Brazil, Mexico, and Peru, he has traveled throughout
Latin America and reported for the BBC, the ´·o·o·o·, and the
too·o··.! since 1982.
BEN KI ERNAN is the A. Whitney Griswold Professor of History,
professor of international and area studies, and the founding director of
the Genocide Studies Program at Yale University (www.yale.edu/gsp).
February Current Events/History
400 pp. 16 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
paper 978-0-300-15120-6 $20.00
cloth (F ’07) 978-0-300-11616-8 $30.00
February History
768 pp. 38 b/w illus. + 31 maps
6 1/8 x 9 1/4
paper 978-0-300-14425-3 $26.00
cloth (F ’07) 978-0-300-10098-3 $40.00
Not for sale in Australia and New Zealand
o ALSO BY BEN KIERNAN:
The Pol Pot Regime
Race, Power, and Genocide in Cambodia under
the Khmer Rouge, 1975–79, Third Edition
paper 978-0-300-14434-5 $25.00sc
80
General Interest–Paperback
General Interest–Paperback
T
he author of Red Sky at Morning would be the first
to agree that we are in deep environmental trouble,
but he offers hope that there is still time to avert global
catastrophe. Gus Speth explores a wide variety of promis-
ing and even radical ideas for transforming modern capi-
talism so as to protect and restore the natural world.
“Speth is a maestro—conducting a mighty chorus of voices
from a dozen disciplines all of which are calling for trans-
formative change before it is too late. The result is the
most compelling plea we have for changing our lives and
our politics. And it is a compelling case indeed.”
—Robert F. Kennedy, Jr.
“An extremely probing and thoughtful diagnosis of the
root causes of planetary distress.”—Ross Gelbspan, Washington
Post Book World
“With candor, cadence and clarity, Speth presents a com-
pelling case for prompt action, making this book a must-
read on the subject.”—Le-Min Lim, Chicago Tribune
“Speth pulls no punches. He offers a sharp, sometimes lac-
erating critique of the movement he helped establish. . . .
[Speth says] ‘the environmental community needs to
become a political reform group.’ It’s a call we’re hearing
with increasing frequency, but this time it comes from a
uniquely authoritative voice.”
—Molly Webster, OnEarth Magazine (NRDC)
THE BRIDGE AT THE EDGE OF
THE WORLD
Capitalism, the Environment, and Crossing
from Crisis to Sustainability
James Gustave Speth
o With over 13,000 hardcover copies sold,
|÷ o··oo÷ o! !|÷ too÷ o| !|÷ \o·|o was
selected as a Top 5 Environment Book in
New England by the Boston Globe and
named a 2008 top seller in Environmental
Sciences by Yankee Book Peddler Library
Services.
Marketi ng Hi ghli ghts
o National print advertising
o Earth Day promotions
o Academic marketing
o Online marketing
Now in paperback from an acclaimed environ-
mentalist, the book Bill McKibben called “an
eloquent, accurate, and no-holds-barred brief
for change large enough to matter.”
February Environment/Economics/Current Events
320 pp. 8 b/w illus. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4
paper 978-0-300-15115-2 $18.00
cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-13611-1 $28.00
81
J AMES GUSTAVE SPETH is dean of the School of Forestry
and Environmental Studies at Yale University. He was awarded
Japan’s Blue Planet Prize for “a lifetime of creative and visionary
leadership in the search for science-based solutions to global
environmental problems.”
o ALSO AVAILABLE BY JAMES GUSTAVE SPETH:
Red Sky at Morning, Second Edition
paper 978-0-300-10776-0 $16.00
o A Caravan Book. For more information,
visit www.caravanbooks.org
THE NEIGHBORHOODS OF QUEENS
Claudia Gryvatz Copquin
Introduction by Kenneth T. Jackson
T
his up-to-date, intimate portrait of the 99 neighborhoods of
Queens is a wonderful tribute to the borough’s past history and
present diversity. Detailing the history, people, and cultural activities of
each neighborhood, the book is generously illustrated with more than
200 photographs and over 50 new maps.
“For anyone who lives in Queens, visits its neighborhoods or
remembers it from earlier times, this book is an unsurpassed
treasure.”—Linda J. Wilson, The Queens Gazette
The Citizens Committee for New York City helps New Yorkers improve their
neighborhoods by providing small grants, workshops, information, and assis-
tance to grassroots volunteer groups throughout the city.
A joint publication of the Citizens Committee for New York City and
Yale University Press
CL AUDI A GRYVATZ COPQUI N is an award-winning freelance
journalist who immigrated to Queens from South America with her fam-
ily in the late 1960s.
March Travel/History
300 pp. 225 b/w illus. + 56 maps 8 x 10
paper 978-0-300-15133-6 $22.00
cloth (F ’07) 978-0-300-11299-3 $35.00
o Neighborhoods of New York City
82
FRANCO AND HITLER
Spain, Germany, and World War II
Stanley G. Payne
W
as Franco sympathetic to Nazi Germany? Why didn’t Spain
enter World War II? In what ways did Spain collaborate with the
Third Reich? How much did Spain assist Jewish refugees? Now in paper-
back, this book answers these intriguing questions.
“Immensely detailed and finely argued. . . . It is a study of the
entire role of Spain during the war, preceded by an introduction
setting out the Civil War and its aftermath with a snap and
succinctness that only a master could achieve.”
—Richard Eder, Boston Sunday Globe
“Franco and Hitler shatters many myths, especially those fostered
by the Franco regime, concerning Spain’s role in the conflict. It
is compelling, iconoclastic, and insightful.”—Michael Seidman,
author of Republic of Egos: A Social History of the Spanish Civil War
STANL EY G. PAYNE is Hilldale-Jaume Vicens Vives Professor of
History Emeritus, University of Wisconsin–Madison. He is a world
authority on the history of European fascism and is the author of many
books on Spanish and modern European history, including |÷ ooo··.|
´·v·| \o· !|÷ oov·÷! '··o· o·o ´o·····.· and |÷ ´o||oo.÷ o| !|÷
ooo··.| k÷o·o|·o !´²²–!´²O, both published by Yale University Press.
February History
336 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
paper 978-0-300-15122-0 $20.00
cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-12282-4 $30.00
o ALSO AVAILABLE BY
STANLEY G. PAYNE:
The Collapse of the Spanish Republic,
1933–1936
cloth 978-0-300-11065-4 $45.00sc
o ALSO AVAILABLE:
The Neighborhoods of Brooklyn
paper 978-0-300-10310-6 $21.00
The Encyclopedia of New York City
cloth 978-0-300-05536-8 $70.00
General Interest–Paperback
General Interest–Paperback
T
his beautifully illustrated anthology presents a
selection of 48 stories, recollections, essays, and
poems featured in the Yale Anglers’ Journal during its first
remarkable decade. Celebrating fish and the experience of
fishing, the diverse contributors to the volume include
such well-known figures as Jimmy Carter, Skip Morris,
William Butler Yeats, and James Prosek, whose original
watercolors are nothing short of transcendent.
“Tight Lines is a collection of writings that appeared in the
pages of the Journal during its first decade, and a brilliant
collection it is, a perfect companion for the long cold
months between seasons. And of course, it is illustrated
by James Prosek, which fact alone makes it worth the
asking price.”—Nick Mills, Maine Today
“This is the liveliest collection of angling (and angling-
related) pieces I have read in a long time. And we can be
confident that James Prosek’s wonderful watercolors,
included as a bonus here, will be a part of the sport
permanently.”—Ian Frazier, author of The Fish’s Eye
“The Yale Angler’s Journal is a triumph of literacy and
enthusiasm, a combination rarely seen these days.”
—Thomas McGuane, author of The Longest Silence: A Life in Fishing
“One of the finest anthologies of contemporary angling I
have read in the past 20 years. Tight Lines is full of inter-
esting voices, vivid prose, and wonderfully original takes
on the angling passion.”—Christopher Camuto, author of A Fly
Fisherman’s Blue Ridge and professor of English at Bucknell University
TIGHT LINES
Ten Years of the Yale Anglers’ Journal
Illustrated by James Prosek
Edited by Joseph Furia, Wyatt Golding,
David Haltom, Steven Hayhurst,
Joseph Kingsbery, and Alexis Surovov
With a Foreword by Nick Lyons
With a Preface by James Prosek and Joseph Furia
Among the contributors to this volume:
o Skip Morris
o Jimmy Carter
o John Hollander
o Christopher Buckley
o Dana Lamb
o Elliot Richardson
o Ron McFarland
o Scott Bowen
o John E. Smelcer
o Robert Behnke
o Homer
o William Butler Yeats
This entertaining and beautifully illustrated
anthology celebrating fish and fishing is quite
a catch in paperback
March Sports/Nature
272 pp. 52 color illus. 9 x 6
paper 978-0-300-15140-4 $18.00
cloth (F ’07) 978-0-300-12630-3 $28.00
83
J AMES PROSEK and J OSEPH FURI A cofounded the `o|÷
/·o|÷·.’ !o···o|. J OSEPH FURI A, STEVEN HAYHURST,
AL EXI S SUROVOV, DAVI D HALTOM, WYATT GOL DI NG,
and J OSEPH KI NGSBERY have served as editors of the journal.
N
ow in paperback, The Craftsman names a basic
human impulse: the desire to do a job well for its
own sake. Although the word may suggest a way of life
that waned with the advent of industrial society, Sennett
argues that the craftsman’s realm is far broader than
skilled manual labor; the computer programmer, the doc-
tor, the parent, and the citizen need to learn the values of
good craftsmanship today.
“[Sennett] compellingly explores the universe of skilled
work, where ‘the desire to do a job well done for its own
sake’ still flourishes.”—Brian C. Anderson, Wall Street Journal
“As Richard Sennett makes clear in this lucid and com-
pelling book, craftsmanship once connected people to
their work by conferring pride and meaning. The loss of
craftsmanship—and of a society that values it—has
impoverished us in ways we have long forgotten but
Sennett helps us understand.”
—Robert B. Reich, Professor of Public Policy, University of California
at Berkeley, and author of Supercapitalism: The Transformation of
Business, Democracy, and Everyday Life
“Sennett reaches out to the craftsman in all of us.”
—James H. Dulebohn, People & Strategy
THE CRAFTSMAN
Richard Sennett
o ALSO BY RICHARD SENNETT:
The Culture of the New Capitalism
paper 978-0-300-11992-3 $15.00
March History/Sociology
336 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
paper 978-0-300-15119-0 $18.00
cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-11909-1 $27.50
For sale in the United States and Canada exclusively.
RI CHARD SENNETT is professor of sociology at New York
University and at The London School of Economics. Before
becoming a sociologist, he studied music professionally. He has
received many awards and honors, most recently the 2006
Hegel Prize for lifetime achievement in the humanities and social
sciences.
84
General Interest–Paperback
Now in paperback, “An inquiring, intelligent
look at how the work of the hand informs the
work of the mind.”
—New York Times Book Review (Editors’ Choice)
Marketi ng Hi ghli ghts
o National print advertising
o Academic marketing
o |÷ ´·o|!.·o· has sold more than 12,000
copies in hardcover in four printings and
was named a ì÷v `o·| ··÷. ooo|
k÷·v÷v Editor’s Choice selection
General Interest–Paperback
NAPOLEON
The Path to Power
Philip Dwyer
N
ow available in paperback, this groundbreaking biography focuses
on the thrilling rise of young Napoleon. Debunking many of the
myths that Napoleon himself promulgated as an early manipulator of the
media, Philip Dwyer sheds new light on Napoleon’s inner life and char-
acter and on the twisting path that led from his boyhood in Corsica to the
coup that gave him leadership of France at the age of thirty.
“This is the best biography of Napoleon that has ever been writ-
ten in the English language, and conceivably the best biography
of Napoleon ever, in any language.”
—Charles J. Esdaile, professor of history, University of Liverpool, and author
of Napoleon’s Wars
“Remarkable. . . . A satisfying, psychologically convincing
account of Napoleon’s early years and ascent to power.
Even-handed and authoritative, this fascinating and highly
enjoyable book will be an eye opener even to those who think
they know the subject well.”—Adam Zamoyski, Sunday Times of London
THE LEGACY OF THE MASTODON
The Golden Age of Fossils in America
Keith Thomson
A
history of the early days of fossil hunting in America, replete with
high adventure, ruthless competitors, and amazing scientific dis-
coveries.
“In the mid-1700s frontiersmen uncovered mastodon bones in
present-day Kentucky. In this unique and fascinating book,
Thomson . . . takes us from the mastodon bones through finds
of many unsuspected kinds of animals—tiny ancestors of
horses and camels, birds with teeth, cattlelike creatures with
claws and, of course, dinosaurs. All this is fascinating, but what
makes the book unique is that Thomson links the emergence of
the new nation to the discovery of its fossils. Along the way,
he turns up many surprising gems.”
—Michelle Press, Scientific American
“A delicious read, instructive and amusing. . . . Will entertain
anyone who has wondered how we came to know the
mastodon and its tribe.” —Ross MacPhee, Nature
PHI L I P DWYER is senior lecturer at the University of Newcastle in
Australia.
KEI TH THOMSON is professor emeritus of natural history,
University of Oxford, where he also served as director of the Oxford
University Museum of Natural History.
March Biography
672 pp. 64 b/w illus. + 4 maps
6 1/8 x 9 1/4
paper 978-0-300-15132-9 $23.00
cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-13754-5 $35.00
For sale in the U.S. only
April History/Natural History/Archaeology
424 pp. 38 b/w illus. + 6 maps 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
paper 978-0-300-15129-9 $23.00
cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-11704-2 $35.00
o 2008 winner of the National Biography
Award of Australia
o ALSO BY KEITH THOMSON
The Young Charles Darwin
(see page 9)
Before Darwin
Reconciling God and Nature
paper 978-0-300-12600-6 $18.00sc
For sale in North America only
85
General Interest–Paperback
86
March Poetry Studies/Literary Studies
224 pp. 5 1/4 x 7 3/4
paper 978-0-300-15146-6 $14.00
cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-12423-1 $24.00
J
ay Parini knows that poetry doesn’t matter to most peo-
ple. But he also recognizes this as a serious problem,
one which he tackles in this focused and passionate
book—now available in paperback—about the nature of
poetry and its uses in the world. A primer for the general
reader, students, and novices and experts alike, this is a
candid and personal plea for the relevance of an art form
that lies at the center of Western culture—an art form we
need now more than ever.
“Jay Parini is a commanding presence on the page,
whether writing in poetry or prose.”
—Donna Seaman, Booklist
“Jay Parini is an ambitious poet whose quiet voice belies
his achievement. That achievement is to have taken
poetry back to his source, to bring the classical spirit of
subtlety and independence into American poetry just
when it needs it most.”—Christian Science Monitor
“Concise, cogent, and convincing, Jay Parini clarifies a
complex subject with common sense and uncommon
insight. This is a book for both the newcomer and the old
hand—a rousing and eloquent survey of an art that goes
to the very center of our lives.”—J. D. McClatchy
“Jay Parini celebrates not simply poetry but glorious life
itself. He shows that poetry can quicken the mind, purge
damp melancholy from the cold heart, and spread gold-
enrod across fallen days.”—Sam Pickering
WHY POETRY MATTERS
Jay Parini
Marketi ng Hi ghli ghts
o Poetry Month promotions
o Academic Marketing
Now in paperback, a deeply felt meditation on
poetry and its place in the world by the noted
poet, novelist, and biographer Jay Parini
J AY PARI NI , a poet, novelist, and biographer, is D. E. Axinn
Professor of English at Middlebury College. Among his many
books are five volumes of poetry, most recently |÷ /·! o|
o·o!·oo!·o· ì÷v o·o o÷|÷o!÷o lo÷·. His poems, articles,
and reviews appear regularly in such journals as the /!|o·!·o,
the ì÷v `o·|÷· !o·o÷·’. lo÷!·, the ì÷v `o·| ··÷. ooo|
k÷v·÷v the ´·o·o·o· and the ··÷. í·!÷·o·, o·oo|÷·÷·!
o Why X Matters
Featuring intriguing pairings of authors with subjects, each
volume in the Why X Matters series presents a concise
argument for the continuing relevance of an important
person or idea.
o A Caravan Book. For more information,
visit www.caravanbooks.org
General Interest–Paperback
M
anguel’s creation of an idyllic place to read and
store his books on his fifteenth-century proper-
ty near the Loire becomes a luminous journey through the
still-greater library contained within his mind and the
many unexpected forms that libraries—with their pecu-
liarly “labyrinthine logic”—have taken through history.
“A richly enjoyable book, absolutely enthralling for anyone
who loves to read and an inspiration for anybody who has
ever dreamed of building a library of his or her own.”
—Michael Dirda, Washington Post Book World
“The Library at Night is crowded with memorable tales of
reading as rescue, as solace, as liberation, in times of
want, fear or tyranny. They range from the donkey-back
libraries that trek through the mountains of Colombia to
the treasured copy of Mann’s The Magic Mountain passed
around by inmates of the Bergen-Belsen camp.”
—Boyd Tonkin, Independent
“Remarkable.”—Financial Times
“For bibliophiles, The Library at Night is a pleasure—espe-
cially at this time of expansion, reinvention and internet
related uncertainty for libraries. For those like Manguel
who are distressed by the amnesia of the Web, this book
is also an excellent example of how to rejuvenate the past
and continue its conversations.”—Ben Carlson, The Atlantic
“The Library at Night is for readers who take books
seriously.”—Bob Minzesheimer, USA Today
THE LIBRARY AT NIGHT
Alberto Manguel
Marketi ng Hi ghli ghts
o National print advertising
o Reading group outreach
o Online marketing
A magnificent understanding of the meaning
of libraries in civilization by the international-
ly acclaimed author and reader, now available
in paperback
April Literary Studies/Books about Books/History
384 pp. 76 b/w illus. 5 1/2 x 9
paper 978-0-300-15130-5 $17.00
cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-13914-3 $27.50
Not for sale in Canada
87
AL BERTO MANGUEL is an internationally acclaimed anthol-
ogist, translator, essayist, novelist, and editor, and the author of
several award-winning books, including / í·o!·o·o·, o|
!·oo··o·, l|oo÷. and / !·.!o·, o| k÷oo··o
o |÷ í·o·o·, o! ì·o|! has sold more
than 12,000 copies in hardcover in
six printings.
General Interest–Paperback
88
April History/Cultural History/Business
208 pp. 6 b/w illus. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4
paper 978-0-300-15143-5 $14.00
cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-11755-4 $22.00
F
raming this fascinating analysis around the roles of
four iconic Wall Street types—the aristocrat, the con-
fidence man, the hero, and the immoralist—Steve Fraser
yields surprising insights about how the nation has wres-
tled, and still wrestles, with fundamental questions of
wealth and work, democracy and elitism, greed and
salvation.
“In this age of agitated amnesiacs, Americans have forgot-
ten that nothing is new—that in other times money and
power were forged into a conspiracy against the public.
Steve Fraser connects vividly to that past, reminding us
that this present financial crisis is not the first time our
hearts have been broken by Wall Street peddlers of the
American Dream.”—Bill Moyers
“Steve Fraser, the author of . . . the best long cultural histo-
ry of Wall Street, has now written the best short history.”
—David Nasaw, American Studies
“The history of American attitudes toward the financiers of
Wall Street, as shown in newspapers, novels and prosecu-
tions, is the subject of Fraser’s book. It’s a remarkable
tale.”—Floyd Norris, New York Times Book Review
“This book is written with Fraser’s customary panache and
scrupulous attention to detail. If you’re after a fascinating
take on one of our ultimate icons, this is it.”
—Mike Wallace, John Jay College (CUNY), coauthor of
Gotham: A History of New York City to 1898
“I don’t know of a better book about Wall Street’s hold on
the American imagination. Were it to be listed as a stock
on the New York exchange, I’d bet on the quadrupling of
its price in the first day’s trading.”—Lewis Lapham
WALL STREET
America’s Dream Palace
Steve Fraser
With a new introduction by the author
o Selected for Bill Moyers’s “Be a More
Engaged Citizen” book list, August 2008
Marketi ng Hi ghli ghts
o National print advertising
The author of Every Man a Speculator presents
a colorful history of America’s love-hate
relationship with Wall Street, from the first panic
of 1792 to the days of dot.coms and Enron
STEVE FRASER is an author, an editor, and a historian. He is
cofounder of the American Empire Project, Metropolitan Books.
o Icons of America
What is America? Why is America America? The Icons of America
Series aims to answer these questions by telling the immense story
of this country through key texts, images, moments, individuals, and
events in American history, the seemingly familiar landmarks around
which we have shaped our daily lives and which hold an iconic
place in our national history and imagination.
General Interest–Paperback
Marketi ng Hi ghli ghts
o Cross-promotion with hardcover
release of One State, Two States
o National print advertising
89
T
his groundbreaking account of the 1948 Israeli-Arab
war is history at its best: meticulously accurate,
objective, and told with drama and flair. Benny Morris
demolishes misconceptions and brings to light the political
and military facts of the war that led to the birth of the state
of Israel and the shattering of Palestinian Arab society.
“A commanding, superbly documented, and fair-minded
study of the events that, in the wake of the Holocaust,
gave a sovereign home to one people and dispossessed
another.”—David Remnick, New Yorker
“Morris relates the story of his new book soberly and
somberly, evenhandedly and exhaustively. . . . An authori-
tative and fair-minded account of an epochal and volatile
event.”—David Margolick, New York Times Book Review
“An ambitious, detailed and engaging portrait of the war
itself—from its origins to its unresolved aftermath—that
further shatters myths on both sides of the Israeli-Arab
divide.”—Glenn Frankel, Washington Post Book World
“This volume is a must read. . . . A courageous narrative.”
—Michael Bell, Toronto Globe and Mail
“This is the best book by far on the war of 1948.”
—Benjamin Kedar, The Hebrew University of Jerusalem
1948
A History of the First Arab-Israeli War
Benny Morris
o ALSO BY BENNY MORRIS:
One State, Two States
(see pages 32–33)
April History
544 pp. 25 b/w illus. + 30 maps 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
paper 978-0-300-15112-1 $22.00
cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-12696-9 $32.50
BENNY MORRI S is professor of history in the Middle East
Studies Department of Ben-Gurion University, Israel. He is the
leading figure among Israel’s “New Historians,” who over the
past two decades have reshaped our understanding of the
Israeli-Arab conflict.
Now available in paperback, Benny Morris’s
acclaimed history of the Israeli-Arab war of 1948
o The hardcover edition of !´´o was
featured in the ì÷v `o·|÷· in a major
piece by David Remnick and has sold
more than 12,000 copies.
THE COMANCHE EMPIRE
Pekka Hämäläinen
T
his groundbreaking book uncovers the lost story of the Comanche
Indians and the vast and powerful empire they built in the eigh-
teenth and early nineteenth centuries. The volume challenges the idea of
indigenous peoples as victims of European expansion and offers a new
perspective on the history of the colonization of North America.
“Cutting-edge revisionist western history.”
—Larry McMurtry, New York Review of Books
“Exhilarating. . . . A nuanced account of the complex social, cul-
tural, and biological interactions that the acquisition of the
horse unleashed in North America, and a brilliant analysis of a
Comanche social formation that dominated the Southern Plains.
The book as a whole is a tour de force.”
—Richard White, author of The Middle Ground: Indians, Empires, and Republics
in the Great Lakes Region, 1650–1815
“Hämäläinen succeeds in introducing a new perspective on
Southwestern history.”—Library Journal
WHITE GUARD
Mikhail Bulgakov
Translated by Marian Schwartz
With an Introduction by Evgeny Dobrenko
T
his new translation for the first time offers a complete and accu-
rate English rendition of Mikhail Bulgakov’s first novel. Recounting
the saga of a Russian family plunged into the chaos of civil war, Bulgakov
contrasts the cruelty and violence of the era with individual acts of
humanity, addressing important themes that concerned him throughout
his writing life.
“With this edition of White Guard, translator Marian Schwartz
has done a handsome job of matching Bulgakov’s rich Russian
vocabulary and attention to meticulous detail. In a thoughtful
introduction, the scholar Evgeny Dobrenko observes that, with
the Russian Civil War, ‘history intruded, suddenly and menac-
ingly.’ Bulgakov’s novel evokes the suffering of the conflict and
the still greater horrors that lay ahead.”
—Joshua Rubenstein, Wall Street Journal
PEKKA HÄMÄL ÄI NEN is associate professor of history, University
of California, Santa Barbara.
MI KHAI L BUL GAKOV was a prolific Russian novelist and play-
wright whose works have been hailed as some of the greatest novels of
the twentieth century and among the foremost critiques of the Soviet
social hierarchy. MARI AN SCHWARTZ is a prize-winning translator
of Russian. EVGENY DOBRENKO is professor in the Department of
Russian and Slavonic Studies at the University of Sheffield.
May History/American Indian Studies
512 pp. 12 b/w illus. + 8 maps 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
paper 978-0-300-15117-6 $22.00
cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-12654-9 $35.00
May Literature
352 pp. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4
paper 978-0-300-15145-9 $18.00
cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-12242-8 $27.00
o Published in association with the
William P. Clements Center for
Southwest Studies, Southern
Methodist University.
o The Lamar Series in Western History
90
General Interest–Paperback
General Interest–Paperback
T
his fast-paced and entertaining book unfolds the
immense significance of the hamburger as an
American icon. Josh Ozersky shows how the history of the
burger is entwined with American business and culture
and, unexpectedly, how the burger’s story is in many ways
the story of the country that invented (and reinvented) it.
America has run on hamburgers for almost a century. This
is the story of their sizzle and their symbolism, where they
came from and how they conquered the world, told with
insight, humor, and gusto.
“This book is too good and too smart to be categorized as
mere ‘food writing.’ It’s like a meeting between Jane &
Michael Stern and Ken Burns: bright, funny pop
commentary mixed with vivid, rigorously reported
American history. All compactly served on a
golden-brown bun!”
—David Kamp, author of The United States of Arugula
“A short, utterly brilliant chronicle of this storied
American morsel.”
—Katherine A. Powers, Boston Sunday Globe
“Colorful reading. . . . This is a country that needed some-
thing to unite it, and, however improbably, Ozersky con-
vinces us that the hamburger has done just that.”
—Holly Brubach, New York Times Magazine
“Lively, well-reported. . . . A tasty cultural history that
appreciates the sizzle and symbolism of its subject.”
—Bob Minzesheimer, USA Today
“Hugely satisfying. . . . Both scholarly and witty.”
—Daniel Okrent, Fortune
THE HAMBURGER
A History
Josh Ozersky
May History/Cultural Studies/Food
160 pp. 15 b/w illus. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4
paper 978-0-300-15125-1 $14.00
cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-11758-5 $22.00
Not for sale in Australia, New Zealand and their territories
91
An American cultural historian and recognized authority on food,
J OSH OZERSKY is food editor/online for ì÷v `o·|
/ooo2··÷ He has written for the ì÷v `o·| ··÷. the ì÷v `o·|
lo.! oov÷·· and many other publications. His books include
/÷o! /÷ ·· /o·|o!!o· / ´o···vo·÷’. ´··o÷ !o ì÷v `o·| and
/·o|·÷ o··|÷·’. /·÷··oo \ ·· o· t·o o| ´|o·o··o ··÷.
o A Caravan Book. For more information,
visit www.caravanbooks.org
o Icons of America
What is America? Why is America America? The Icons of
America Series aims to answer these questions by telling the
immense story of this country through key texts, images,
moments, individuals, and events in American history, the seem-
ingly familiar landmarks around which we have shaped our
daily lives and which hold an iconic place in our national his-
tory and imagination.
Be sure to order fries with this sizzling, enter-
taining history, now being served in paperback
o In hardcover, |÷ !o·o··o÷· impressed
critics from the too·o··.! and !o·o÷. for
its approach to the burger business and
was called “a tasty cultural history” by
'o/ ooo,
Marketi ng Hi ghli ghts
o Off-the-book page features
o Memorial Day grilling promotions
JACOB’S LEGACY
A Genetic View of Jewish History
David B. Goldstein
I
n this engaging book, a geneticist uses everyday language to
explain the science of genetic history and what it can tell us about
Jewish history.
“To paraphrase the old ad for rye bread, you don’t have to be
Jewish to love this book. It is a specific—and gripping—example
of how the lens of genetics will eventually inform our under-
standing of all peoples.”—Michelle Press, Scientific American
“Dr. Goldstein is a superb scientist and a captivating storyteller.
Jacob’s Legacy is a gem.”
—Eric Lander, Director of the Broad Institute of MIT and Harvard, and one of
the principal leaders of the Human Genome Project
“[An] important and illuminating book—written with keen intel-
ligence and deep love of its subject. . . . Masterful.”
—Jerome Groopman, New Republic
May History/Jewish Studies/Science
176 pp. 5 b/w illus. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4
paper 978-0-300-15128-2 $17.00
cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-12583-2 $26.00
DAVI D B. GOL DSTEI N is professor of molecular genetics and
director of the Institute for Genome Science and Policy’s Center for
Population Genomics and Pharmacogenetics, Duke University.
92
May Classics/Poetry/Literature
320 pp. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4
paper 978-0-300-15141-1 $20.00
cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-11904-6 $30.00
SARAH RUDEN’ S previous translations include Aristophanes’
í,.·.!·o!o and Petronius’ oo!,··oo· She is a visiting scholar at Yale
Divinity School.
General Interest–Paperback
THE AENEID
Vergil
Translated by Sarah Ruden
T
his extraordinary new translation of the Aeneid stands alone among
modern Vergil translations for its accuracy and poetic appeal. Sarah
Ruden, a lyric poet in her own right, is the first woman to translate Vergil’s
great epic, and she renders the poem in the same number of lines as the
original work—a very rare feat that maintains technical fidelity to the
original without diminishing its emotional power.
“Fast, clean, and clear, sometimes terribly clever, and often strik-
ingly beautiful. . . . Ruden has found ingenious solutions to echo
some of Vergil’s great sound effects—solutions I’ve not seen in
other translations, prose or verse. . . . Many human achieve-
ments deserve our praise, and this excellent translation is cer-
tainly one of them.”—Richard Garner, The New Criterion
General Interest–Paperback
T
hrough Inventing a Nation, Gore Vidal transports the
reader into the minds, the living rooms (and bed-
rooms), the convention halls, and the salons of George
Washington, Thomas Jefferson, and John Adams. We
come to know these men, through Vidal’s splendid and
percipient prose, in ways we have not up to now—their
opinions of one another, their worries about money, their
concerns about creating a viable democracy.
“He has brought a novelist’s gifts to history . . . and a
graceful, wicked stiletto to the polemical public essay.
Now, in Inventing a Nation, Gore Vidal swirls these talents
together for a brief, idiosyncratic (of course) conversation
about three American founders: Washington, Jefferson
and Adams.”—Richard Eder, New York Times
“Trust Gore Vidal to teach us things we never learned in
school. In Inventing a Nation, his quick wit flickers over
the canonical tale of our republic’s founding, turning it
into a dark and deliciously nuanced comedy of men,
manners, and ideas.”
—Amanda Heller, Boston Sunday Globe
“An unblinking view of our national heroes by one who
cherishes them, warts and all.”
—Edmund S. Morgan, New York Review of Books
INVENTING A NATION
Washington, Adams, Jefferson
Gore Vidal
o With more than 100,000 hardcover
and paperback copies sold, !·v÷·!··o o
ìo!·o· is a ì÷v `o·| ··÷. and ío.
/·o÷|÷. ··÷. bestseller and was called
“pure Vidal” by the ío. /·o÷|÷. ··÷.
ooo| k÷v·÷v
Marketi ng Hi ghli ghts
o July 4th promotions
o Academic marketing
In this newly repackaged paperback, a master
stylist of American literature offers a uniquely
irreverent take on America’s founding fathers
June History
208 pp. 5 x 8
paper (F ‘04) 978-0-300-10592-6 $14.00
cloth (F ’03) 978-0-300-10171-3 $22.00sc
93
GORE VI DAL , novelist, essayist, and playwright, is one of
America’s great men of letters. Among his many books are '··!÷o
o!o!÷. t..o,. !´.!–!´´! (winner of the National Book Award),
o··· / ìov÷| í··oo|· and l÷·o÷!·o| \o· |o· l÷·o÷!·o| l÷oo÷
o Icons of America
What is America? Why is America America? The Icons of
America Series aims to answer these questions by telling the
immense story of this country through key texts, images,
moments, individuals, and events in American history, the seem-
ingly familiar landmarks around which we have shaped our
daily lives and which hold an iconic place in our national history
and imagination.
NETWORK POWER
The Social Dynamics of Globalization
David Singh Grewal
D
rawing on several centuries of political and social thought, David Grewal
shows how globalization is best understood in terms of a power inher-
ent in social relations, which he calls network power. Using this framework,
he demonstrates how our standards of social coordination both gain in value
the more they are used and undermine the viability of alternative forms of
cooperation.
“Excellent.”—Roger Cohen, International Herald Tribune
“A splendid book. Grewal’s account of network power is elegant and
compelling, and his approach to debates on globalization is bold.”
—Jedediah Purdy, author of For Common Things and Being America
“A brilliant and subtle book. . . . It may [offer] the
richest and most hard-headed explanation yet of the relationship
between globalisation and diversity.”
—Christopher Caldwell, Financial Times
“This is a major, learned and wide-ranging contribution to our
understanding of the processes of globalization.
An indispensable work.”—Stanley Hoffmann, Harvard University
THE ARAB CENTER
The Promise of Moderation
Marwan Muasher
O
ne of Jordan’s top diplomats provides an insider’s perspective on
the promise and perils of taking the “middle road” toward peace
in the Middle East. Marwan Muasher recounts the details of diplomatic
efforts over the past two decades and discusses what must be done to
encourage the development of moderate, pragmatic Arab voices.
“This book is a must read to understand how to address the
challenges facing the Middle East today.”
—President Bill Clinton
“Few Arab thinkers are better positioned to discuss the
challenge to moderation in the Middle East, and I hope that
Marwan Muasher’s distinguished voice of reason and
pragmatism will be heard well beyond our region.”
—His Majesty King Abdullah II of Jordan
“A gem of memoir as history.”—L. Carl Brown, Foreign Affairs
DAVI D SI NGH GREWAL holds a J.D. from Yale Law School and is
currently a doctoral student in the Department of Government, Harvard
University, and a fellow of the Project on Justice, Welfare, and Economics.
MARWAN MUASHER has held many high-level positions within
the government of Jordan, including deputy prime minister, foreign
minister, ambassador to the United States, and first Jordanian ambas-
sador to Israel.
94
General Interest–Paperback
o A Caravan Book.
For more information,
visit www.caravanbooks.org
June
Cultural Studies/Political Thought/Economics
416 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
paper 978-0-300-15134-3 $18.00
cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-11240-5 $30.00
June Current Events/History
336 pp. 21 b/w illus. + 4 maps 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
paper 978-0-300-15114-5 $20.00
cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-12300-5 $30.00
General Interest–Paperback
HITLER, THE GERMANS, AND
THE FINAL SOLUTION
Ian Kershaw
A
deeply insightful social history of Hitler’s rise to power and the atti-
tudes of the German people during the era of the Third Reich.
“Ian Kershaw, the author of a magisterial two-volume biography
of Hitler, has spent the last quarter-century trying to explain
Nazism’s origins and appeals. By bringing together 14 essays
written . . . between 1983 and 2006, Hitler, The Germans, and
the Final Solution provides a splendid summary of his
accomplishments. In a characteristically candid and thoughtful
introduction, Kershaw reflects on how his views have changed in
response to new scholarly challenges and opportunities.”
—James J. Sheehan, Washington Post Book World
“A comprehensive view of the destructive force of the Nazi
leadership and of the attitudes and behavior of Germans in the
persecution of the Jews. . . . A precise and sensitive account.”
—Booklist
WHY ARENDT MATTERS
Elisabeth Young-Bruehl
I
n this book—now available in paperback—Hannah Arendt’s prizewin-
ning biographer provides a concise and fascinating guide to the core
of the great political philosopher’s work. Elisabeth Young-Bruehl shows
how the ideas Arendt developed in the wake of the Second World War
are deeply connected to the contemporary world, through consideration
of crucial topics such as totalitarianism, terrorism, globalization, war,
and “radical evil.”
“Young-Bruehl repeatedly and successfully unpacks Arendt’s
views of such concepts as action, power, forgiveness, judgment,
radical evil, revolution, and the human condition itself.”
—Carlin Romano, Chronicle of Higher Education
“A text both clear and urgent.”
—Lawrence Weschler, author of
Everything that Rises: A Book of Convergences
I AN KERSHAW is a highly acclaimed historian and professor of mod-
ern history at the University of Sheffield. He is well known for his writings
on Nazi Germany, especially his definitive two-volume biography of Adolf
Hitler, !·!|÷· !oo´–!´²O !·o··. and !·!|÷· !´²O–!´´. ì÷·÷.·.
EL I SABETH YOUNG- BRUEHL is a faculty member at the Columbia
Center for Psychoanalytic Training and Research and a practicing psycho-
analyst. She received her Ph.D. in philosophy under Hannah Arendt’s
supervision at the Graduate Faculty of the New School for Social Research.
June History
400 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
paper 978-0-300-15127-5 $22.00
cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-12427-9 $35.00
July Essays/Biography
240 pp. 5 1/4 x 7 3/4
paper 978-0-300-13619-7 $14.00
cloth (F ’07) 978-0-300-12044-8 $22.00
o Finalist for the C. Wright Mills
Award sponsored by the Society for
the Study of Social Problems
95
o Why X Matters
Featuring intriguing pairings of authors with subjects, each volume in the Why X Matters series
presents a concise argument for the continuing relevance of an important person or idea.
o ALSO BY ELISABETH YOUNG-BRUEHL:
Hannah Arendt, Second Edition
paper 978-0-300-10588-9 $23.00sc
Anna Freud, Second Edition
paper 978-0-300-14023-1 $20.00
96
Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade–Paperback
Scholarly Books of
Interest to
the General Trade
–Paperback
Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade–Paperback
97
THE ESSENTIAL REINHOLD NIEBUHR
Selected Essays and Addresses
Edited and Introduced by Robert McAfee Brown
T
heologian, ethicist, and political analyst, Reinhold Niebuhr was a
towering figure of twentieth-century religious thought. Now newly
repackaged, this important book gathers the best of Niebuhr’s essays
together in a single volume. Selected, edited, and introduced by Robert
McAfee Brown—a student and friend of Niebuhr’s and himself a distin-
guished theologian—the works included here testify to the brilliant
polemics, incisive analysis, and deep faith that characterized the whole of
Niebuhr’s life.
“The Essential Reinhold Niebuhr is a treasure of little-known
essays and sermons framed by a brilliant introduction. It
reminds us, once again, how eloquently Niebuhr speaks to the
problems of our age.”
—Peter Beinart, Senior Fellow, Council on Foreign Relations
“To return to these penetrating reflections is to be reminded yet
again of the intellectual void—still today unfilled—left by
Reinhold Niebuhr’s passing.”—Andrew J. Bacevich, Boston University
(on the new edition)
WE SHALL OVERCOME
A History of Civil Rights and the Law
Alexander Tsesis
T
he history of America’s successes and failures in the battles for civil
rights, from the Revolutionary period to today.
“One of our leading constitutional scholars superbly
demonstrates how the struggle for civil rights in the United
States has evolved over the past two centuries. His sweeping
synthesis provides a perfect foundation for understanding why
the issues surrounding minority rights and grievances remain
such a dominant force in our nation today.”
—David Oshinsky, University of Texas
“All citizens would be wise to read We Shall Overcome.”
—Eleanor J. Bader, New York Law Journal
“A full, thoughtful, and readable history of civil rights in the
United States.”
—Michael Les Benedict, author of The Blessings of Liberty
As pastor of a parish in Detroit and then as professor of Christian ethics
at Union Theological Seminary, REI NHOL D NI EBUHR became
widely known for his forceful expression of Protestant faith and its rela-
tion to liberal social thought. ROBERT MCAFEE BROWN was
professor of theology and ethics at the Pacific School of Religion.
AL EXANDER TSESI S is assistant professor of law at Loyola
University of Chicago, School of Law.
February Religion
264 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
paper 978-0-300-04001-2 (F ‘87) $20.00sc
April History/Law
384 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
paper 978-0-300-15144-2 $23.00sc
cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-11837-7 $35.00
BLOOD SPORT
Hunting in Britain since 1066
Emma Griffin
T
his lively book recounts the long and colorful history of hunting in Britain, from William the Conqueror’s estab-
lishment of royal forests to the fierce debates provoked by the Hunting with Dogs Act of 2004.
“[A] brilliant work of social history. . . . Excellent breadth, readability, and erudition. Highly recommended.”
—Choice
“Thorough and insightful. . . . Endlessly fascinating.”—James Delingpole, Literary Review
“Emma Griffin’s incisively argued and highly entertaining study fills a major gap in the social history of
[Great Britain].”—Tim Blanning, author of The Pursuit of Glory: Europe 1648–1815
THE MYTH OF AMERICAN DIPLOMACY
National Identity and U.S. Foreign Policy
Walter L. Hixson
I
n this provocative book—now made available in paperback—Walter L. Hixson presents a major re-conceptualization
of the history of U.S. foreign policy, how it reflects our national identity, and why it so regularly involves the use of
military force.
“A major accomplishment. . . . Hixson’s book is the best kind of synthesis. It pulls together several decades
of scholarship into a sorely-needed single narrative. Themes of religion, race, gender, modernization, and
nationalism emerge as undeniable influences on U.S. foreign policy.”—Christopher Endy, SHAFR Passport
“Hixson’s message may be one we are better off hearing now, before it is too late.”
—Timothy Renick, Christian Century
SPIRITUAL RADICAL
Abraham Joshua Heschel in America, 1940–1972
Edward K. Kaplan
I
n this powerful sequel to Abraham Joshua Heschel: Prophetic Witness, Edward Kaplan tells the story of Heschel’s life
and work in America after his escape from Nazism.
“This religiously contentious world needs the noble witness of Abraham Joshua Heschel more than ever.
Edward K. Kaplan’s lucid and compelling account of Heschel’s life in America is an urgently important book.”
—James Carroll, author of House of War
“Kaplan has managed to capture the magnitude of the man—and that is the real achievement of this book.
. . . Spellbinding.”—Jack Riemer, Jerusalem Post
o Winner of the 2007 National Jewish Book Award in the American Jewish Studies category
March History
392 pp. 9 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
paper 978-0-300-15131-2 $23.00sc
cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-11912-1 $35.00
March Biography
544 pp. 53 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
paper 978-0-300-15139-8 $26.00sc
cloth (F ’07) 978-0-300-11540-6 $40.00
EDWARD K. KAPL AN is Kevy and Hortense Kaiserman Professor in the
Humanities at Brandeis University, where he teaches courses in French,
comparative literature, and religious studies.
WALTER L . HI XSON is professor and chair, Department of History,
University of Akron. He has published numerous books and articles on the
history of U.S. foreign policy, including the prize-winning book ´÷o·o÷ !
ì÷··o· ´o|o \o· !oo·oo|o.!
98
Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade–Paperback
History February
296 pp. 32 b/w illus. 5 x 7 3/4
paper 978-0-300-14545-8 $25.00tx
cloth (F ’07) 978-0-300-11628-1 $55.00tx EMMA GRI FFI N is lecturer in history, University of East Anglia.
Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade–Paperback
OUT OF THE EAST
Spices and the Medieval Imagination
Paul Freedman
T
he demand for spices in medieval Europe was extravagant and was
reflected in the pursuit of fashion, the formation of taste, and the
growth of luxury trade. This engaging book explores the demand for
spices in the Middle Ages and how they drove the engines of commerce
and conquest at the dawn of the modern era, leading to the discovery of
new worlds and the era of colonial expansion.
“This is a magical book. Freedman has done more than uncover
the taste buds of a forgotten Europe. He has rewritten a fateful
chapter in the history of the world.”
—Peter Brown, Princeton University
“Like the spices—flavors, perfumes, and medicinals—so urgently
sought by medieval populations, Out of the East is a
consummate delight.”
—Marion Nestle, New York University
RESURRECTION
The Power of God for Christians and Jews
Kevin J. Madigan and Jon D. Levenson
T
wo highly respected religious scholars, one a Christian and the
other a Jew, explore the origins of the belief in resurrection. They
clarify what is surprising to many—that the Jews believed in resurrection
long before the emergence of Christianity—and they discuss deep and
meaningful connections between their two faiths.
“Cogent and accessible. . . . The deft historical arguments of
Resurrection will draw adherents of both [Christianity and
Judaism] to explore their ‘neglected continuity.’”
—Michael Peppard, Commonweal
“Unique and groundbreaking. . . . Truly a landmark work.”
—Gary A. Anderson, First Things
“Provides subtle readings of important biblical passages relating
to life and death, and is extremely helpful to anyone looking to
understand resurrection and immortality in Judaism.”
—Jewish Book World
PAUL FREEDMAN is Chester D. Tripp Professor of History, Yale
University.
March History
288 pp. 21 b/w illus. 5 5/8 x 9 1/4
paper 978-0-300-15135-0 $20.00sc
cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-11199-6 $30.00
Not for sale in India, Pakistan, Bhutan, Nepal, Sri Lanka
and the Maldives
April Religion
304 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
paper 978-0-300-15137-4 $20.00sc
cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-12277-0 $30.00
KEVI N J . MADI GAN is professor of the history of Christianity,
Divinity School, Harvard University. J ON D. L EVENSON is Albert
A. List Professor of Jewish Studies, Divinity School and Department of
Near Eastern Languages and Civilizations, Harvard University. He is
the author of k÷.···÷o!·o· o·o !|÷ k÷.!o·o!·o· o| !.·o÷| |÷ '|!··o!÷
\·o!o·, o| !|÷ ´oo o| í·|÷, published by Yale University Press.
o ALSO AVAILABLE:
Resurrection and the Restoration
of Israel
JON D. LEVENSON
paper 978-0-300-13635-7 $14.00sc
99
HISTORY LESSON
A Race Odyssey
Mary Lefkowitz
F
rom the author of Not Out of Africa comes a gripping first-person
account of the tyranny of political correctness in academe. In the early
1990s, Mary Lefkowitz discovered that one of her faculty colleagues at
Wellesley College was teaching his students that Greek culture had been
stolen from Africa and that Jews were responsible for the slave trade. This
book tells the disturbing story of what happened when she spoke out.
“[Lefkowitz’s] account asks—and answers—provocative questions
about the limits of [academic] freedom and about what scholars
owe to their disciplines, their students and their colleagues.”
—Amanda Heller, Boston Sunday Globe
THE SPIRIT OF THE AGE
Victorian Essays
Edited by Gertrude Himmelfarb
A
wide-ranging collection of Victorian writings by John Stuart Mill,
Charles Dickens, Oscar Wilde, and other leading lights of the era
“It is time for a broader audience to have a fresh encounter with
the actual words of these eminent Victorians, and Professor
Himmelfarb’s careful selection of writings adds up to a
thoroughly stimulating, and profitable, reading experience.”
—Wilfred McClay, University of Tennessee at Chattanooga
“The collection illustrates Himmelfarb’s view that the spirit of
the Victorian age defined itself as much in its books and ideas
as in political battles and societal strife.”
—Alexandra Mullen, New Criterion
MARY L EFKOWI TZ is Mellon Professor in the Humanities, Emerita,
Wellesley College. In 2006 she was awarded a National Humanities
Medal for outstanding excellence in teaching and scholarship and for
championing high standards and integrity in the study of Ancient Greece
and its relevance to contemporary thought.
GERTRUDE HI MMEL FARB is professor emeritus, Graduate
School, City University of New York.
100
Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade–Paperback
April Essays/Literature
336 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
paper 978-0-300-15138-1 $23.00sc
cloth (F ’07) 978-0-300-12330-2 $35.00
April Education/Biography
208 pp. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4
paper 978-0-300-15126-8 $17.50sc
cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-12659-4 $25.00
o ALSO BY MARY LEFKOWITZ:
Greek Gods, Human Lives
paper 978-0-300-10769-2 $19.00sc
ANDREW LLOYD WEBBER
John Snelson
C
ats, Jesus Christ Superstar, Phantom of the Opera, Evita—composer Andrew Lloyd Webber’s phenomenal musicals
are familiar to hundreds of millions of audience members. This book, the first comprehensive survey of Webber’s
creative career, explores his impact, the vast range of influences on his works, and the reasons for the controversies that
surround him.
“A valuable contribution to the field and a goldmine for anyone doing dramaturgical work on a production.”
—Annette Thornton, Theatre Journal
“A welcome [volume]. . . . Snelson’s contribution to our understanding of this music theater giant lies in his
ability to explicate Webber’s musical creations, both the successes and the failures.”—Library Journal
“A meaty comprehensive study.”—Jessica Duchen, Classic FM Magazine
FROM THE NEW DEAL TO THE NEW
RIGHT
Race and the Southern Origins of Modern Conservatism
Joseph E. Lowndes
A
compelling account of the rise of the modern Right in America
“Evocative and analytical, this historical portrait shows how racial change in the South opened the door to
conservative mobilization. Its powerful account of how a cross-regional alliance of white supremacists
and business-oriented anti-New Dealers fundamentally reoriented American politics advances our
understanding not just of pathways to the present, but of prospects for the future.”
—Ira Katznelson, author of When Affirmative Action Was White
“Lowndes breaks fresh ground. . . . A valuable contribution to the study of contemporary conservatism.”
—Publishers Weekly
THE PERSISTENCE OF POVERTY
Why the Economics of the Well-Off Can’t Help the Poor
Charles Karelis
I
n this important book, one of our boldest and most original thinkers proposes a new and persuasive explanation
for what keeps people poor and shows how this fresh perspective can reinspire the long-stalled campaign against
poverty.
“The Persistence of Poverty is an original and enlightening book with a startling thesis. Written with verve
and inviting clarity, it will be of interest to philosophers, economists, and public policy planners alike. Its
theoretical arguments and practical proposals are sure to be the subject of debate for years to come.”
—Anthony Kronman, Sterling Professor of Law, Yale Law School
o Finalist for the 2007 ForeWord Magazine Book of the Year Award in the Philosophy category
June Performing Arts
288 pp. 34 b/w illus. + 27 musical examples
6 1/8 x 9 1/4
paper 978-0-300-15113-8 $19.00sc
cloth (F ’04) 978-0-300-10459-2 $19.00sc
June History/Political Science
256 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
paper 978-0-300-15123-7 $20.00sc
cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-12183-4 $35.00sc
J OHN SNEL SON is Editor of Publications at the Royal Opera House,
Covent Garden.
J OSEPH E. L OWNDES is assistant professor of political science,
University of Oregon.
July Current Events
208 pp. 6 b/w line illus. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4
paper 978-0-300-15136-7 $18.00sc
cloth (S ’07) 978-0-300-12090-5 $30.00sc
CHARL ES KAREL I S is Research Professor of Philosophy at
The George Washington University.
Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade–Paperback
101
o Yale Broadway Masters Series
Academic Titles
102
Academic
March History/Jewish Studies
288 pp. 31 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
paper 978-0-300-15164-0 $24.00tx
cloth (F ’07) 978-0-300-11094-4 $38.00sc
DEBORAH HERTZ is Herman Wouk Chair in Modern Jewish Studies,
University of California at San Diego, and the author of !÷v·.| !·o|
ooo·÷!, ·· ´|o k÷o··÷ o÷·|··
103
Academic
BORDERLINES IN BORDERLANDS
James Madison and the Spanish-American Frontier, 1776–1821
J. C. A. Stagg
I
n examining how the United States gained control over the northern borderlands of Spanish America, this work
reassesses the diplomacy of President James Madison. Historians have assumed Madison’s motive in sending agents
into the Spanish borderlands between 1810 and 1813 was to subvert Spanish rule, but J. C. A. Stagg argues that his real
intent was to find peaceful and legal resolutions to long-standing disputes over the boundaries of Louisiana at a time
when the Spanish-American empire was in the process of dissolution. Drawing on an array of American, British,
French, and Spanish sources, the author describes how a myriad cast of local leaders, officials, and other small players
affected the borderlands diplomacy between the United States and Spain, and he casts new light on Madison’s contri-
bution to early American expansionism.
February History
320 pp. 4 maps 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
978-0-300-13905-1 $50.00tx
J . C. A. STAGG is professor, Department of History, and editor in chief, |÷
loo÷·. o| !o·÷. /oo·.o· at the University of Virginia. He lives in Charlottesville, VA.
THE BUS KIDS
Ira W. Lit
T
he Bus Kids offers a compelling and uniquely detailed examination of the experiences of kindergarten students
in California participating in a voluntary school desegregation program. Ira Lit focuses on the day-to-day school
life of a group of minority children bused from their poor-performing home school district to an affluent neighboring
district with high-performing schools. Through these kindergarteners’ experiences, the book sensitively illuminates the
processes of school transition, socialization, and adaptation and addresses an array of important issues relating to
American education.
Lit acutely observes these “bus kids” and the quality of their social, emotional, cultural, and academic experiences. He
presents a moving picture of the complexity of challenges, often unrecognized by teachers and parents, that each
young student confronts every day.
I RA W. L I T is assistant professor and director, Elementary Teacher
Education Program, School of Education, Stanford University, and a for-
mer elementary school teacher. He lives in Menlo Park, CA.
February Education/Sociology
224 pp. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4
978-0-300-10579-7 $35.00tx
HOW JEWS BECAME GERMANS
The History of Conversion and Assimilation in Berlin
Deborah Hertz
A
compelling exploration of the lives of Jewish converts to Christianity in Berlin from 1645 to 1833.
“There is no book more exciting to read than one by an author who believes he or she was born to write it.
. . . [This] is such a book.”—Steven Ozment, Weekly Standard
“A brilliant and sensitive account of Jewish conversion to Christianity in Berlin from the end of the
seventeenth through the middle of the nineteenth century. This is the exemplary work on German-Jewish
relationships for our time and a formative book for the writing of a new narrative history.”
—Sander L. Gilman, author of Jewish Self-Hatred
Now available in paper
IDEOLOGY AND U.S. FOREIGN POLICY
Michael H. Hunt
With a New Afterword by the Author
T
his new edition of Michael H. Hunt’s classic reinterpretation of American diplomatic history includes an afterword
that reflects on the personal experience and intellectual agenda behind the writing of the book, surveys the broad
impact of the book’s argument, and addresses the challenges to the thesis since the book’s original publication. In the
wake of 9/11 this interpretation is more pertinent than ever.
Praise for the previous edition:
“Clearly written and historically sound. . . . A subtle critique and analysis.”—Gaddis Smith, Foreign Affairs
“A lean, plain-spoken treatment of a grand subject. . . . A bold piece of criticism and advocacy. . . . The
right focus of the argument may insure its survival as one of the basic postwar critiques of U.S. policy.”
—John W. Dower, Bulletin of the Atomic Scientists
April History/International Affairs
288 pp. 32 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
paper 978-0-300-13925-9 $20.00tx
MI CHAEL H. HUNT is Everett H. Emerson Professor of History Emeritus,
University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill.
104
Academic
DENI SE GI GANTE is associate professor of English, Stanford
University, and editor of |÷ ´·÷o! /o÷ o| !|÷ t·o|·.| t..o, pub-
lished by Yale University Press.
April Literary Studies/History of Science
320 pp. 5 b/w and 16 color illus. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4
978-0-300-13685-2 $40.00tx
LIFE
Organic Form and Romanticism
Denise Gigante
W
hat makes something alive? Or, more to the point, what is life? The question is as old as the ages and has
not been (and may never be) resolved. Life springs from life, and liveliness motivates matter to act the way
it does. Yet vitality in its very unpredictability often appears as a threat. In this intellectually stimulating work, Denise
Gigante looks at how major writers of the Romantic period strove to produce living forms of art on an analogy with
biological form, often finding themselves face to face with a power known as monstrous.
The poets Christopher Smart, William Blake, Percy Bysshe Shelley, and John Keats were all immersed in a culture
obsessed with scientific ideas about vital power and its generation, and they broke with poetic convention in imagin-
ing new forms of “life.” In Life: Organic Form and Romanticism, Gigante offers a way to read ostensibly difficult poet-
ry and reflects on the natural-philosophical idea of organic form and the discipline of literary studies.
THE FAMILIARITY OF STRANGERS
The Sephardic Diaspora, Livorno, and Cross-Cultural Trade in the Early Modern Period
Francesca Trivellato
T
aking a new approach to the study of cross-cultural trade, this book blends archival research with historical nar-
rative and economic analysis to understand how the Sephardic Jews of Livorno, Tuscany, traded in regions near
and far in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. Francesca Trivellato tests assumptions about ethnic and religious
trading diasporas and networks of exchange and trust. Her extensive research in international archives—including a
vast cache of merchants’ letters written between 1704 and 1746—reveals a more nuanced view of the business rela-
tions between Jews and non-Jews across the Mediterranean, Atlantic Europe, and the Indian Ocean than ever before.
The book argues that cross-cultural trade was predicated on and generated familiarity among strangers, but could coex-
ist easily with religious prejudice. It analyzes instances in which business cooperation among coreligionists and between
strangers relied on language, customary norms, and social networks more than the progressive rise of state and legal
institutions.
April History
480 pp. 19 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
978-0-300-13683-8 $50.00tx
FRANCESCA TRI VEL L ATO is professor of history at Yale University. She
lives in Cranston, RI.
Edited by Robert A. King, M.D., Samuel Abrams, M.D.,
A. Scott Dowling, M.D., and Paul M. Brinich, Ph.D.
ALTERNATIVE PATHWAYS TO PARENTHOOD
Diane Ehrensaft: When Baby Makes Three or Four or More
CONTRIBUTIONS FROM DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY
Patrick Luyten, Nicole Vliegen, Boudewijn Van Houdenhove,
and Sidney J. Blatt: Equifinality, Multifinality, and the
Rediscovery of the Importance of Early Experiences
Susan P. Sherkow, Lissa Weinstein, Sarah R. Kamens, Matthew
Megyes, Lynn P. Tishman, and Cheryl Williams: Stock-Still
Behavior
CLINICAL CONTRIBUTIONS
Virginia M. Shiller: Therapeutic Work with a Physically
Abused Preschooler
Thomas F. Barrett: Manic Defenses against Loneliness in
Adolescence
Ruth Sharabany and Etziona Israeli: The Dual Process of
Adolescent Immigration and Relocation
APPLIED PSYCHOANALYSIS
Susan Scheftel: The Children’s Books of William Steig
Richard M. Gottlieb: Maurice Sendak’s Trilogy
HISTORICAL CONTRIBUTIONS
Moshe Halevi Spero: The Civilization of Discontent
Harold P. Blum: A Further Excavation of Seduction,
Seduction Trauma, and the Seduction Theory
STUDY GROUP ON TRANSFORMATIONS IN PSYCHOANALYSIS
Wendy Olesker and Claudia Lament: Conceptualizing
Transformations in Child and Adult Psychoanalysis
Claudia Lament: Transformation into Adolescence
Rona Knight: Blood, Sweat, and Tears—The Effort of
Narrative Change in Psychoanalysis
Samuel Abrams: Transformation: Identifying a Specific
Mode of Change
THE ART OF FRENCH PIANO MUSIC
Debussy, Ravel, Fauré, Chabrier
Roy Howat
A
n essential resource for scholars and performers, this study by a world-renowned specialist illuminates the piano
music of four major French composers, in comparative and reciprocal context. Howat explores the musical lan-
guage and artistic ethos of this repertoire, juxtaposing structural analysis with editorial and performing issues. He also
relates his four composers historically and stylistically to such predecessors as Chopin, Schumann, Liszt, the French
harpsichord school, and Russian and Spanish music.
Challenging long-held assumptions about performance practice, Howat elucidates the rhythmic vitality and invention
inherent in French music. In granting Fauré and Chabrier equal consideration with Debussy and Ravel, he redresses a
historic imbalance and reshapes our perceptions of this entire musical tradition.
April Psychology
352 pp. 30 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
978-0-300-14099-6 $65.00tx
May Music
384 pp. 3 b/w illus. +
308 musical examples 6 1/2 x 9 1/4
978-0-300-14547-2 $45.00tx
ROY HOWAT is a concert pianist, scholar, editor, lecturer, and broadcaster.
He lives in London and Paris and holds the position of Keyboard Research
Fellow at the Royal Academy of Music, London.
105
Academic
THE ANTI-IMPERIAL CHOICE
The Making of the Ukrainian Jew
Yohanan Petrovsky-Shtern
T
his book is the first to explore the Jewish contribution to, and integration with, Ukrainian culture. Yohanan
Petrovsky-Shtern focuses on five writers and poets of Jewish descent whose literary activities span the 1880s to
the 1990s. Unlike their East European contemporaries who disparaged the culture of Ukraine as second-rate, stateless,
and colonial, these individuals embraced the Russian- and Soviet-dominated Ukrainian community, incorporating their
Jewish concerns in their Ukrainian-language writings.
The author argues that the marginality of these literati as Jews fuelled their sympathy toward Ukrainians and their
national cause. Providing extensive historical background, biographical detail, and analysis of each writer’s poetry and
prose, Petrovsky-Shtern shows how a Ukrainian-Jewish literary tradition emerged. Along the way, he challenges assump-
tions about modern Jewish acculturation and Ukrainian-Jewish relations.
April
History/Jewish Studies/Soviet Studies
384 pp. 29 b/w illus. in gallery
6 1/8 x 9 1/4
978-0-300-13731-6 $65.00tx
YOHANAN PETROVSKY- SHTERN teaches Jewish history in the History
Department and the Crown Family Center for Jewish Studies, Northwestern
University. He publishes frequently in the areas of East European history and
culture and Jewish studies. He lives in Chicago.
THE PSYCHOANALYTIC STUDY OF THE CHILD
Volume 63
BUGS AND THE VICTORIANS
John F. McDiarmid Clark
I
n the wake of the Scientific Revolution, the impulse to name and classify the natural world accelerated, and insects
presented a particularly inviting challenge. This lively book explores how science became increasingly important in
nineteenth-century British culture and how the systematic study of insects permitted entomologists to engage with the
most pressing questions of Victorian times: the nature of God, mind, and governance, and the origins of life.
By placing insects in a myriad of contexts—politics, religion, gender, and empire—John F. McDiarmid Clark demon-
strates the impact of Victorian culture on the science of insects and on the systematic knowledge of the natural world.
Through engaging accounts of famous and eccentric innovators who sought to define social roles for themselves
through a specialist study of insects—among them a Tory clergyman, a banker and member of Parliament, a wealthy
spinster, and an entrepreneurial academic—Clark highlights the role of insects in the making of modern Britain and
maintains that the legacy of Victorian entomologists continues to this day.
I. French National/Transnational
Cinema
ROGER CELESTIN
Conquering Globalized Space? A
Certain French Cinema Abroad
GRACE AN
The Future Past of the French Auteur
CATHERINE PORTUGUES
The NewWave of Women Filmmakers
MICHEL MARIE
New Spaces in French Cinema: Off
the Beaten Path: The Periphery of the
May
History/History of Science/Victorian Studies
384 pp. 48 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
978-0-300-15091-9 $55.00tx
J OHN F. MCDI ARMI D CL ARK is director, Institute for Environmental
History, and lecturer, School of History, University of St. Andrews. He lives
in the Kingdom of Fife, Scotland.
106
Academic
THE POLITICS OF FOOD SUPPLY
U.S. Agricultural Policy in the World Economy
Bill Winders
Foreword by James Scott
T
his book deals with an important and timely issue: the political and economic forces that have shaped agricul-
tural policies in the United States during the past eighty years. It explores the complex interactions of class, mar-
ket, and state as they have affected the formulation and application of agricultural policy decisions since the New Deal,
showing how divisions and coalitions within Southern, Corn Belt, and Wheat Belt agriculture were central to the ebb
and flow of price supports and production controls. In addition, the book highlights the roles played by the world econ-
omy, the civil rights movement, and existing national policy to provide an invaluable analysis of past and recent trends
in supply management policy.
May Economics
304 pp. 18 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
978-0-300-13924-2 $55.00tx
BI L L WI NDERS is assistant professor of sociology, the School of History,
Technology, and Society, Georgia Institute of Technology. He lives in Atlanta.
YALE FRENCH STUDIES,
NUMBER 115
New Spaces for French and
Francophile Cinema
James Austin and Grace An, Special Editors
Editors’ Preface: New Spaces for French and
Francophone Cinema
Hexagon and its Geographical
Limits
SUE HARRIS
The Place of Comedy at the French
Box Office in the 21st Century
II. Representing Space in
Cinema and New Media
LUDOVIC CORTADE
The Spatial Evacuation of Politics:
Landscape, Power, and the Monarch
in Robert Guédiguian’s The Last
Mitterand
JAMES AUSTIN
Destroying the banlieue: Re-configu-
ration of Suburban Space in French
Film
MARGARET FLINN
Signs of the Times: Chris Marker’s
Chats perchés
May Language
224 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
paper 978-0-300-11822-3 $22.00tx
TIMOTHY MURRAY
Voyage to the Center of the Virtual
Universe
III. Postcolonial Locations:
Francophone Film and Algeria
GUY AUSTIN
Algeria and Colonial Trauma in
Contemporary French Cinema
PANIVONG NORINDR
On Filmic Pedagogy and
Performance: Rachid Bouchareb’s
Indigènes
DOMINIC THOMAS
Africa/France: Contest(ed)ing
Space in the Hexagon
o Yale Agrarian Studies Series
107
Academic
JAMES BOSWELL
The Journal of His German and Swiss Travels, 1764
Edited by Marlies K. Danziger
T
his volume, first in the Yale Research Series of Boswell’s journals, covers his emotionally eventful travels as a young
man through the German and Swiss territories. It begins in mid-June 1764 and ends on New Year’s Day 1765,
when he crossed the Alps for the next stages of his European tour in Italy, Corsica, and France. The volume includes
the complete text of Boswell’s diaries and memoranda, as well as a daily record of expenses and his frequently reveal-
ing “Ten Lines a Day” poems. This volume is the Research Series parallel to the 1953 trade series edition, oo.v÷|| o·
!|÷ ´·o·o o·· ´÷··o·, o·o ov·!2÷·|o·o !.O´ whose annotation the editor, Marlies K. Danziger, expands, sup-
plements, and, in many instances, corrects.
o The Yale Editions of the Private Papers of James Boswell
Gordon Turnbull, General Editor
September Editions
490 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
978-0-300-12360-9 $110.00tx
For sale in North America, Central America, South
America, and the Philippine Republic only.
MARL I ES K. DANZI GER is Professor Emerita of English, Hunter College
and the Graduate School, City University of New York.
LAW AND THE CONTRADICTIONS OF
THE DISABILITY RIGHTS MOVEMENT
Samuel R. Bagenstos
T
he passage of the Americans with Disabilities Act in 1990 was hailed as revolutionary legislation, but in the ensu-
ing years restrictive Supreme Court decisions have prompted accusations that the Court has betrayed the disabil-
ity rights movement. The ADA can lay claim to notable successes, yet people with disabilities continue to be unem-
ployed at extremely high rates. In this timely book, Samuel R. Bagenstos examines the history of the movement and
discusses the various, often-conflicting projects of diverse participants. He argues that while the courts deserve some
criticism, some may also be fairly aimed at the choices made by prominent disability rights activists as they crafted
and argued for the ADA. The author concludes with an assessment of the limits of antidiscrimination law in integrat-
ing and empowering people with disabilities, and he suggests new policy directions to make these goals a reality.
SHANGHAI’S BUND AND BEYOND
British Banks, Banknote Issuance, and Monetary Policy in China, 1842–1937
Niv Horesh
A
s China emerges as a global powerhouse, this timely book examines its economic past and the shaping of its
financial institutions. The first comparative study of foreign banking in prewar China, the book surveys the
impact of British overseas bank notes on China’s economy before the outbreak of the Sino-Japanese War in 1937.
Focusing on the two leading British banks in the region, it assesses the favorable and unfavorable effects of the British
presence in China, with particular emphasis on Shanghai, and traces instructive links between the changing political
climate and banknote circulation volumes.
Drawing on recently declassified archival materials, Niv Horesh revises previous assumptions about China’s prewar
economy, including the extent of foreign banknote circulation and the economic significance of the May Thirtieth
Movement of 1925.
o Yale Series in Economic and Financial History
SAMUEL R. BAGENSTOS is professor of law, Washington University
School of Law. He lives in St. Louis, MO.
June Law
256 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
978-0-300-12449-1 $48.00tx
June Economics/History
224 pp. 13 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
978-0-300-14356-0 $48.00tx
NI V HORESH is lecturer, Department of Chinese Studies, University of New
South Wales, Australia. He lives in Sydney.
Recently published
THE SPANISH FRONTIER IN NORTH AMERICA
The Brief Edition
David J. Weber
T
his compact synthesis of David J. Weber’s prize-winning history of
colonial Spanish North America vividly tells the story of Spain’s
three-hundred-year tenure on the continent. From the first Spanish-Indian
contact through Spain’s gradual retreat, Weber offers a balanced assess-
ment of the impact of each civilization upon the other.
Praise for the previous edition:
“I cannot imagine a single book giving a more comprehensive and
balanced study of Spain’s presence in North America.”
—Louis Kleber, History Today
“For readers seeking to understand the larger meaning of the
Spanish heritage in North America, Weber’s vivid narrative is a
must. This is social and cultural history at its best.”
—Howard R. Lamar, Yale University
March History
320 pp. 40 b/w illus. & 16 maps 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
paper 978-0-300-14068-2 $20.00tx
108
Academic
THE TRIUMPH OF PROVOCATION
Józef Mackiewicz
Translation by Jerzy Hauptmann, S. D. Lukac, and Martin
Dewhirst; Foreword by Jeremy Black; Chronology by
Nina Karsov
T
his masterful political treatise, first published in 1962, examines the
history and nature of Communism as it developed in the Soviet Union
and in Poland. Józef Mackiewicz, known for his relentless opposition to
Communism, argues that accommodation with the Communists simply
helped them to impose their vision of the world and pursue their goal of
global domination. He compares Communism to Nazism and insists that
the former was the greater threat to the future of humanity.
Now available in English for the first time, The Triumph of Provocation will
be compelling reading for those interested in Polish history, Communism,
and Nazism. Mackiewicz’s unique interpretation of the differences and sim-
ilarities between Communism and Nazism is highly relevant to debates
about these two systems and to major contemporary issues which are of
particular importance to the U.S. and Europe, including radical Islam and
the necessity of war and the responsibility for war.
J ÓZEF MACKI EWI CZ (1902–1985) was an eminent Polish writer of
fiction and nonfiction. The late J ERZY HAUPTMANN was professor
emeritus of political science and public administration at Park University.
S. D. L UKAC is a retired translator living in the U.S. MARTI N DEWHI RST
is honorary research fellow, Department of Slavonic Studies, University of Glasgow.
July History/Soviet History
256 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
978-0-300-14569-4 $48.00tx
Awards given to The Spanish Frontier
in North America:
o Winner of the 1993 Caughey
Western History Association Prize
o Winner of the National Cowboy Hall
of Fame Western Heritage Award.
o Winner of the 1993 “Spain and
America in the Quincentennial of
the Discovery” Award
o Winner of the 1993 Carr P. Collins
Award given by the Texas Institute
of Letters
o The Lamar Series in Western History
DAVI D J . WEBER is Robert and Nancy Dedman Professor of
History and director, Clements Center for Southwest Studies, Southern
Methodist University. Spain and Mexico have given him the highest
awards they bestow on foreigners, and he is a fellow of the American
Academy of Arts and Sciences. His previous books include the award-
winning |÷ /÷×·oo· !·o·!·÷· !o2!–!o´O and oo·oo·o. ooo··o·o.
o·o |÷·· oovoo÷. ·· !|÷ /o÷ o| t·|·o|!÷··÷·! He lives in Dallas
and in Ramah, NM.
AHLAN WA SAHLAN: FUNCTIONAL MODERN STANDARD ARABIC
FOR BEGINNERS Second Edition
Mahdi Alosh; Revised with Allen Clark
T
he new edition of this widely used text covers the first year of instruction in Modern Standard Arabic. It will teach
students to read, speak, and write Arabic, while presenting an engaging story that involves Adnan, a Syrian
student studying in the United States, and Michael, an American student studying in Cairo. In diaries, letters, and post-
cards, the two students describe their thoughts and activities, revealing how a non-American views American culture
and how the Arabic culture is experienced by an American student. This new
edition features a DVD video, filmed in Syria; expanded communicative activi-
ties; an updated audio program; and material designed according to proficiency
principles.
April Language
672 pp. 396 color & 47 b/w illus.
8 1/2 x 10 7/8
Hardcover with DVD and CD
978-0-300-12272-5 $69.95tx
Sound and Script Workbook:
176 pp 152 b/w illus.
8 1/2 x 10 7/8
paper 978-0-300-14048-4 $29.95tx
MAHDI AL OSH is associate dean for international affairs at the United
States Military Academy. AL L EN CL ARK is an Arabic instructor and the
director of the Arabic program at the University of Mississippi.
109
TRAME
A Contemporary Italian Reader
Edited by Cristina Abbona-Sneider, Antonello Borra, and Cristina Pausini
T
rame: A Contemporary Italian Reader brings together short stories, poems, interviews, and other works by 33
renowned authors. The readings cover familiar themes—youth, family, immigration, politics, women’s voices,
identity—from the fresh perspective of a new generation of Italian writers. By presenting a rich array of materials and
many points of view, Trame highlights the cultural complexity of contemporary Italy.
Each text is accompanied by a diverse selection of activities and exercises that help students read authentic texts and
build their language skills. These include pre-reading activities that introduce important themes, vocabulary lists with
definitions in Italian, writing exercises, and post-reading activities in discussion and analysis.
With its range of readings and exercises, Trame is designed to be easily adaptable to instructors’ different needs and
class levels. It is ideally suited to high-intermediate and advanced Italian language and culture courses.
ARABIC SECOND LANGUAGE ACQUISITION OF MORPHOSYNTAX
Mohammad T. Alhawary
W
hile the demand for Arabic classes and preparation programs for Arabic language teachers has increased,
there is a notable gap in the field of linguistic research on learning Arabic as a second language. This book
presents a data-driven and systematic analysis of Arabic language acquisition that responds to this growing need.
Based on large data samples collected from longitudinal and cross-sectional studies, it explores a broad range of struc-
tures and acquisition issues. It also introduces new and comprehensive research, and it documents the successes and
problems that native speakers of other languages, including English, Spanish, French, and Japanese, are likely to
encounter in learning Arabic.
By integrating previously published findings with new research, the author has created a unified and streamlined
resource for teachers, teachers-in-training, linguists, Arabic textbook authors, and second-language acquisition experts.
March Language
288 pp. 7 x 10
paper 978-0-300-12495-8 $38.00tx
May Language
224 pp. 7 x 10
paper 978-0-300-14129-0 $45.00tx
MOHAMMAD T. AL HAWARY is associate professor and ConocoPhillips
Professor of Arabic Language, Literature, and Culture at the University of
Oklahoma.
CRI STI NA ABBONA- SNEI DER is lecturer and director of Italian Language
Studies at Brown University. ANTONELLO BORRA is associate professor of Italian
at University of Vermont. CRI STI NA PAUSI NI is lecturer at Wellesley College.
Academic
CONTORNOS DEL HABLA
Fonología y Fonética del Español
Denise Cloonan Cortez de Andersen
C
ontornos del Habla is designed to introduce students of
diverse backgrounds and different levels of language ability to
Spanish phonetics and phonology. Written completely in Spanish, it
provides clear and engaging explanations of important linguistic
concepts, from the more basic to the more challenging.
Contornos del Habla includes several unique features:
o New concepts are recycled throughout the book to help
students synthesize information and develop critical thinking
skills.
o Many exercises use realia to engage students in real-life
activities and to represent the diversity of the Spanish language.
o The early chapters provide essential background knowledge on
the history of the Spanish language and how it evolved from
Latin, which gives students the proper context for studying
current dialectal change.
July Language
384 pp. 32 b/w illus. 7 1/2 x 9 1/4
paper 978-0-300-14130-6 $79.95tx
MARVA BARNETT is professor at the University of Virginia,
where she also serves as director of the Teaching Resource Center.
DENI SE CL OONAN CORTEZ DE ANDERSEN is associ-
ate professor of Spanish at Northeastern Illinois University.
110
Academic
VICTOR HUGO ON THINGS
THAT MATTER
A Reader
Edited by Marva A. Barnett
V
ictor Hugo on Things That Matter gives English speakers the
social, historical, cultural, and biographical context that is
essential for enjoying the writing and art of this genius of nineteenth-
century France. Unlike other Hugo anthologies, Victor Hugo on Things
That Matter offers introductions and notes in English and includes
twenty-five of Hugo’s watercolors and drawings. Readers will find key
Hugo texts in the original French, along with the following supple-
mental information in English:
o an overview of Hugo’s importance and his private and public
personas;
o introductions to each chapter;
o historical and cultural explanatory notes;
o a time line of Hugo’s life and work;
o suggestions for further reading.
July Language
416 pp. 26 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
paper 978-0-300-12245-9 $45.00tx
HERITAGES FRANCOPHONES
Enquetes culturelles
Jean-Claude Redonnet, Ronald St. Onge,
Susan St. Onge, and Julianna Neilsen
A
n innovative program of cultural readings designed for college
French classes at the upper-intermediate level and beyond,
Héritages francophones is an introduction to several living Francophone
cultures in the United States. The communities that are introduced
include the descendants of the Acadians in the St. John Valley of Maine;
the Haitian community of Miami; and immigrant peoples from Africa,
Asia, and Europe. The focus then widens to the countries or areas of ori-
gin of these various groups. This emphasis on the diversity of interre-
lated Francophone issues shows students that French is indeed an
international language, with relevance to their own world.
¡A SU SALUD!
Spanish for Health Professionals,
Classroom Edition
Christine E. Cotton, Elizabeth Ely Tolman, and
Julia Cardona Mack
Revised by Elizabeth Bruno
A
Su Salud!: Spanish for Health Professionals, Classroom
Edition is an intermediate-level Spanish language program
designed for students and practicing health-care professionals.
Learners work with vocabulary and grammar within the context of a
telenovela called La comunidad, which features authentic Spanish
spoken by native speakers with a variety of accents.
This revised edition of the original multimedia package is ideal for
classroom use. It includes a text and DVD with dozens of dramatic
video clips related to exercises in the book.
J EAN- CL AUDE REDONNET is professor emeritus and director
of research in post-colonial studies at the Université de Paris-Sorbonne,
and he served as the director of the Middlebury College French
School from 1998–2003. RONAL D ST. ONGE is professor of
French and chair of the Department of Modern Languages and
Literatures at the College of William and Mary. SUSAN ST.
ONGE is Distinguished Professor of French and former chair of the
Department of Modern and Classical Languages at Christopher
Newport University. J UL I ANNA NI EL SEN is the Managing Editor
of Sloane Intercultural.
March Language
336 pp. 70 color illus. 8 x 10
978-0-300-12545-0 $65.00tx
May Langauge
448 pp. 109 b/w illus. 8 1/2 x 11
Paper with DVD 978-0-300-11966-4 $55.00tx
111
Academic
o !÷··!oo÷. |·o·ooo|o·÷. was grant-
ed the official patronage of the
Académie française in 2007.
!
Art & Architecture
113
Art & Architecture
YAL E CENT ER F OR BRI TI S H ART
Art & Architecture
February Natural History/Art
288 pp. 100 b/w + 150 color illus. 9 1/2 x 12
978-0-300-14826-8 $75.00
114
DI ANA DONAL D is the former Head of the Department of
History of Art and Design at Manchester Metropolitan University.
J ANE MUNRO is Senior Assistant Keeper of Paintings,
Drawings, and Prints at the Fitzwilliam Museum, Cambridge.
C
harles Darwin’s revolutionary theories of evolution
and natural selection have not only had a pro-
found influence on the fields of biology and natural histo-
ry, but also provided fertile territory for the creative imag-
ination. This lavishly illustrated book accompanies an
exhibition organized by the Fitzwilliam Museum,
University of Cambridge, in association with the Yale
Center for British Art, which will coincide with the global
celebration of the bicentenary of Darwin’s birth and the
150th anniversary of the publication of On the Origin of
Species by Means of Natural Selection (1859).
The essays in this exceptionally wide-ranging book exam-
ine both the profound impact that Darwin’s ideas had on
European and American artists and the ways in which his
theories were influenced by the visual traditions he inher-
ited. In works by artists as diverse as Church, Landseer,
Liljefors, Heade, Redon, Cézanne, Lear, Tissot, Rossetti,
and Monet, from imaginative projections of prehistory to
troubled evocations of a life dominated by the struggle for
existence, Darwin’s sense of the interplay of all living
things and his response to the beauties of the natural
world proved inspirational.
ENDLESS FORMS
Charles Darwin, Natural Science, and the
Visual Arts
Edited by Diana Donald and Jane Munro
A gorgeously illustrated book that is the first to
explore the impact of Darwin’s ideas about man
and nature on 19th-century visual arts
o ALSO AVAILABLE:
The Young Charles Darwin
Influences and Ideas
KEITH THOMSON
(see page 9)
Exhibition schedule:
o Yale Center for British Art
(2/12/09 – 5/3/09)
o Fitzwilliam Museum
(6/16/09 – 10/4/09)
Published in association with the Fitzwilliam
Museum, Cambridge, and the Yale Center for
British Art
o Publication coincides with Darwin’s 200th
birthday on February 12, 2009, and the
150th anniversary of the publication of the
controversial masterpiece On the Origin of
Species.
Art & Architecture
Exhibition schedule:
o The Metropolitan Museum of Art
(1/27/09 – 4/19/09)
Published in association with
The Metropolitan Museum of Art
DI TA AMORY is Associate Curator, Robert Lehman
Collection, The Metropolitan Museum of Art, New York.
115
February Art
200 pp. 75 b/w + 125 color illus. 9 x 12
978-0-300-14889-3 $50.00
T HE MET ROPOL I TAN MUS EUM OF ART
W
orking in his villa in the south of France,
Pierre Bonnard (1867–1947) suffused his late
canvases with radiant Mediterranean light and dazzling
color. Although his subjects were close at hand—usually
everyday domestic scenes—Bonnard rarely painted from
life. Instead, he made pencil sketches in diaries and relied
on these, along with his memory, as he executed the
works in his studio. These interiors thus often conflate
details from the artist’s daily life with fleeting, mysterious
evocations of his past. The spectral figures who appear at
the margins of the canvases, overshadowed by brilliantly
colored baskets of fruit or other props, create an atmos-
phere of profound ambiguity and puzzling abstraction: the
mundane rendered in a wholly new pictorial language.
The 75 paintings, drawings, and watercolors in this vol-
ume, some rarely seen treasures from private collections,
all made between 1923 and 1947, are central to the ongo-
ing reappraisal of Bonnard as a leading figure of French
modernism.
PIERRE BONNARD
The Late Still Lifes and Interiors
Dita Amory
With contributions from Rika Burnham, Jack Flam,
Rémi Labrusse, and Jacqueline Munck
A beautiful look at Bonnard’s late interior
and still-life imagery, considered among his
finest work
Art & Architecture
Exhibition schedule:
o The Art Institute of Chicago
(2/14/09 – 4/26/09)
Distributed for the Art Institute of Chicago
February Art
232 pp. 50 b/w + 170 color illus. 9 x 12
978-0-300-11950-3 $50.00
116
J AY A. CL ARKE is Associate Curator of Prints and Drawings
at the Art Institute of Chicago.
T HE ART I NS T I T UT E OF CHI CAGO
T
wo potent myths have traditionally defined our
understanding of the artist Edvard Munch
(1862–1944): he was mentally unstable, as his iconic work
The Scream (1893) suggests, and he was radically inde-
pendent, following his own singular vision. Becoming
Edvard Munch: Influence, Anxiety, and Myth persuasively
challenges these entrenched perceptions.
In this book, Jay A. Clarke demonstrates that Munch was
thoroughly in control of his artistic identity, a savvy busi-
nessman skilled in responding to the market and shap-
ing popular opinion. Moreover, the author shows that
Munch was keenly aware of the art world of his day,
adopting motifs, styles, and techniques from a wide vari-
ety of sources, including many Scandinavian artists. By
presenting Munch’s paintings, prints, and drawings in
relation to those of European contemporaries, including
Harriet Backer, James Ensor, Vincent van Gogh, Max
Klinger, Christian Krohg, and Claude Monet, Clarke
reveals often surprising connections and influences. This
interpretive approach, grounded in Munch’s diaries and
letters, period criticism, and the artworks themselves,
reintroduces Munch as an artist who cultivated myths
both visual and personal.
Becoming Edvard Munch features beautiful color reproduc-
tions of approximately 150 works, including 75 paintings
and 75 works on paper by Munch and his peers.
BECOMING EDVARD MUNCH
Influence, Anxiety, and Myth
Jay A. Clarke
A compelling, revisionist approach to Edvard
Munch that explores his work and persona in
relation to the art and criticism of his time
Art & Architecture
Exhibition schedule:
o Philadelphia Museum of Art
(2/26/09 – 5/17/09)
Published in association with
the Philadelphia Museum of Art
J OSEPH J . RI SHEL is the Gisela and Dennis Alter Senior
Curator of European Painting before 1900 and Senior Curator
of the John G. Johnson Collection and the Rodin Museum,
Philadelphia Museum of Art. He is the co-editor of The Arts in
Latin America, 1492–1820. KATHERI NE SACHS is an
Adjunct Curator in the Department of European Painting before
1900, Philadelphia Museum of Art.
117
February Art
550 pp. 50 b/w + 400 color illus. 9 3/4 x 13
978-0-300-14106-1 $65.00
T
he famous proclamation that Cézanne “is the father
of us all” has been attributed to both Matisse and
Picasso, and his influence has extended to a great diversity
of artists thereafter. In this monumental book, a teamof dis-
tinguished scholars offers the most comprehensive view to
date on Cézanne’s vital role in shaping European and
American art throughout the 20th century and into the 21st.
More than forty paintings and ten works on paper by
Cézanne—many of his best-known and most admired—are
juxtaposed throughout the catalogue with approximately
120 works by a range of modern and contemporary artists
who found in Cézanne a central inspiration. They include
Max Beckmann, Georges Braque, Charles Demuth, Alberto
Giacometti, Arshile Gorky, Marsden Hartley, Fernand Léger,
Brice Marden, Piet Mondrian, Giorgio Morandi, Liubov
Popova, and Jeff Wall, as well as Picasso, Matisse, Johns, and
Kelly. The essays offer insights into the “conversation”
between Cézanne and each of these other artists, who stand
on a par with his greatness. Among its many features, this
book contains conceptual overviews by Richard Shiff and
Robert Storr as well as an illustrated chronology.
CÉZANNE + BEYOND
Edited by Joseph J. Rishel and Katherine Sachs
With contributions by Roberta Bernstein, Yve-Alain Bois,
Jean-François Chevrier, John Elderfield, John Golding,
Christopher Green, Jennie Hirsh, Joop Joosten, Anabelle Kienle,
Albert Kostenevich, Carolyn Lanchner, Mark D. Mitchell,
Joseph J. Rishel, Katherine Sachs, Richard Shiff, Robert Storr,
and Michael R. Taylor
A stunning look at Cézanne’s relationship to
modern artists ranging from Pablo Picasso and
Henri Matisse to Jasper Johns and Ellsworth Kelly
PHI L ADEL PHI A MUS EUM OF ART
O
nce a strategic trading post that channeled the
flow of riches and ideas among countries situat-
ed along the South China Sea and places as far away as
India and Rome, Viet Namhas a fascinating history and an
artistic heritage to match it. This lavishly produced cata-
logue will help introduce English-speaking audiences to
Viet Nam’s amazing body of artwork, ranging from the
first millennium B.C. to the 18th century.
The authors begin by discussing, for example, the elegant
burial jars, iron axes, bronze artifacts, and jewelry of the
early Sa Huynh culture; the bronze ritual drums of the
Dong Son; and the jeweled gold pieces, excavated from
the walled center of Oc Eo in the kingdomof Fu Nan. New
scholarship investigates the trade in gold and Chinese
ceramics between Cham and the Philippine kingdom of
Butuan. The final section is devoted to art from Hoi An,
once a major international port. Of note are the ceramic
wares produced in northern and central Viet Nam from
the 16th to 18th century.
ARTS OF ANCIENT VIET NAM
From River Plain to Open Sea
Nancy Tingley
With Andreas Reinecke, Pierre-Yves Manguin,
Kerry Nguyen-Long, and Nguyen Dinh Chien
An unprecedented survey of ancient and
traditional Vietnamese art
Art & Architecture
Exhibition schedule:
o The Museum of Fine Arts, Houston
(9/13/09 – 1/3/10)
o Asia Society Museum, New York
(2/10 – 5/10)
Distributed for The Museum of Fine Arts,
Houston, and Asia Society Museum
March Art
368 pp. 252 color illus. + 3 maps
7 1/2 x 11 1/2
paper over board 978-0-300-14696-7 $60.00
118
NANCY TI NGL EY is an independent scholar who previously
served as Wattis Curator of Southeast Asian Art at the Asian Art
Museum of San Francisco.
T HE MUS EUM OF F I NE ARTS , HOUS TON
Art & Architecture
o Winner of the 2007 Wolfson Prize
for History and the James Tait Black
Memorial Prize for Biography
ROSEMARY HI L L is a writer and historian, and has published
widely on 19th- and 20th-century cultural history.
119
February Biography/Architecture/History
656 pp. 32 b/w + 31 color illus. 6 x 9 1/4
978-0-300-15161-9 $45.00
For sale in the U.S., its dependencies, and the Philippines only
A
ugustus Welby Northmore Pugin (1812–1852)
was one of Britain’s greatest architects, and his
short career one of the most dramatic in architectural his-
tory. Born in 1812, the son of a French draftsman, at fif-
teen Pugin was working for King George IV at Windsor
Castle. By the time he was twenty-one he had been ship-
wrecked, bankrupted, and widowed. Nineteen years later
he died, insane and disillusioned, having changed the face
and the mind of British architecture in works as revered as
the House of Lords and the clock tower at Westminster,
known as Big Ben.
God’s Architect is the first modern biography of this
extraordinary figure. Rosemary Hill draws upon thousands
of unpublished letters and drawings to re-create Pugin’s
life and work as architect, propagandist, and Gothic
designer, as well as the turbulent story of his three mar-
riages, the bitterness of his last years, and his sudden
death at forty. It is the work of an exceptional historian
and biographer.
GOD’S ARCHITECT
Pugin and the Building of Romantic Britain
Rosemary Hill
The acclaimed biography of one of the
19th century’s most important architects
“A magnificent biography, as
sumptuous and intricate as any-
thing Pugin built. . . . A properly
glorious monument.”
—John Carey, Sunday Times, London
“This is surely the best biography
of a British architect yet written:
an enthralling book.”
—Stephen Bayley, Observer
Art & Architecture
120
February Architecture
288 pp. 163 b/w + 53 color illus. 8 3/4 x 10 1/2
978-0-300-12181-0 $60.00
EMMANUEL PETI T is assistant professor at the Yale School
of Architecture.
W
itty, wealthy, and well connected, the archi-
tect Philip Johnson was for years the most
powerful figure in the cultural politics of his profession. As
the Museumof Modern Art’s founding architecture curator
in the early 1930s, he helped establish modernism in the
United States; as the architect of New York’s AT&T build-
ing—the “Chippendale skyscraper”—he gave postmod-
ernism commercial viability on a large scale during the
1980s.
In this book, sixteen eminent voices in the architectural
establishment present their ideas on Johnson, focusing on
both his eclectic design approach and his vivid intellect.
Among the topics covered are Johnson’s wide-ranging
knowledge of art history, his endorsement of different ver-
sions of architectural modernism, his use of rhetoric and
the mass media, his social persona, and his politics of
patronage.
Owing perhaps to the control he exerted over critiques of
his work, few scholarly treatments of Johnson exist. This
“unauthorized” account, the first in-depth study to follow
his death, constitutes a milestone in the analysis of one of
America’s most renowned architects.
PHILIP JOHNSON
The Constancy of Change
Edited by Emmanuel Petit
Foreword by Robert A. M. Stern
Essays by Beatriz Colomina, Peter Eisenman, Kurt W. Forster,
Mark Jarzombek, Charles Jencks, Phyllis Lambert, Reinhold
Martin, Detlef Mertins, Joan Ockman, Terence Riley, Vincent
Scully, Michael Sorkin, Kazys Varnelis, Stanislaus von Moos,
Ujjval Vyas, and Mark Wigley
The first comprehensive examination of the
fascinating career of Philip Johnson since
his death
“Philip Johnson was the most
emblematic of modern men, the
most Protean of figures, always
changing, and living almost a
hundred years, brilliant, elusive,
ambiguous to the last. A true work
of modern art himself.”
—Vincent Scully
Art & Architecture
Exhibition schedule:
o Portland Museum of Art, Maine
(1/20/09 – 3/22/09)
Published in association with
the Portland Museum of Art
GL ENN O’ BRI EN is editorial director of Brandt Publications.
ANNE WI L KES TUCKER is Gus and Lyndall Wortham Curator
of Photography at The Museum of Fine Arts, Houston. L AURA
L EVI NE is a photographer whose work has appeared in Rolling
Stone. THOMAS ANDREW DENENBERG is Acting
Director and Chief Curator at the Portland Museum of Art. KATE
SI MON is a photographer whose work has appeared in publi-
cations around the world. GREI L MARCUS is an author, music
journalist, and cultural critic.
121
February Photography/Performing Arts
128 pp. 63 b/w + 27 color illus.
9 3/4 x 11
Paper with flaps 978-0-300-15163-3 $29.95
T
his striking collection of photographs features near-
ly every important figure in the world of rock &
roll, from Elvis to Eric Clapton, the Beatles to Bob Dylan,
Jimi Hendrix to John Coltrane. Many of the nearly one
hundred images have rarely been published, and all reveal
fascinating glimpses of celebrities off stage, away from the
glare of the spotlights. Shot fromthe mid-fifties to the mid-
nineties, the portraits often have a spontaneous, informal,
and everyday feel, and most record their subjects before
they had become immensely famous—and well practiced
in posing for photographs. The more than fifty photogra-
phers who contribute to the volume are among the most
talented in their field, including Lee Friedlander, Lynn
Goldsmith, Bob Gruen, Mick Rock, and many more.
Three original essays address topics suggested by the
photographs. The authors discuss the coded nature of
celebrity portraiture, the 1970s music scene in New York
City, the frank sexuality of rock musicians, and how the
Beatles’ look evolved over time. This book will be treas-
ured not only by fans of rock & roll music and admirers
of photographic portraits, but also by those who remem-
ber the vanished time when photographers had genuine
access to performers, and were a crucial element in the
worlds they were documenting.
BACKSTAGE PASS
Rock & Roll Photography
Preface by Greil Marcus
Glenn O’Brien, Anne Wilkes Tucker, and
Laura Levine
Contributions by Thomas Andrew Denenberg and Kate Simon
Captivating, candid off-stage photographs of
rock & roll superstars by the most talented
photographers of the era
Art & Architecture
o ALSO BY PAUL MOORHOUSE:
Pop Art Portraits
978-0-300-13588-6 $55.00
For sale in North America only
March Art
176 pp. 100 color illus. 9 7/8 x 13 3/8
978-0-300-15159-6 $60.00
For sale in North America only
122
PAUL MOORHOUSE is Twentieth-Century Curator at the
National Portrait Gallery, London.
“A
ppearance, semblance is the theme of my life.”
This statement by Gerhard Richter (b. 1932) sug-
gests the importance of portraiture to his career. One of
the greatest artists working today, Richter has been inten-
sively engaged with portraiture since 1962. His portraits
invite critical consideration of both portraiture and paint-
ing; they include images of specific people—whether
sensational subjects of people in the media, icons of the
popular imagination, or close friends and relatives.
However, all are transformed when Richter puts them
onto canvas, for they often become anonymous in the
process or become significant simply for being included.
Richter’s investigation into how we understand what sur-
rounds us is at the heart of all his work.
In this large-scale book—ideal for Richter’s portraits—Paul
Moorhouse offers a major advance in the understanding
and appreciation of the renowned artist’s work. With keen
insight, Moorhouse studies the portraits in close detail,
examining the sophisticated ways in which Richter has
challenged and extended the genre of portraiture and
revealing the startling range of the artist’s source material.
Featuring never-before-published images, this book clearly
eclipses any previous publication on Richter’s portraiture.
GERHARD RICHTER PORTRAITS
Painting Appearances
Paul Moorhouse
A remarkable new overview of the iconic artist’s
portraits, dating from the 1960s to the present day
Art & Architecture
123
Exhibition schedule:
o San Francisco Museum of Modern Art
(3/14/09 – 5/31/09)
o Modern Art Museum of Fort Worth, Texas
(7/11/09 – 9/27/09)
o Norton Museum of Art, West Palm Beach,
Florida
(11/7/09 – 1/24/10)
o Museum of Modern Art, New York
(3/7/10 – 5/24/10)
o Additional European venues to be
announced
Published in association with the
San Francisco Museum of Modern Art
and the Norton Museum of Art
W
ith a searing body of work ranging from draw-
ings and films to prints, tapestries, and sculp-
tures, William Kentridge (b. 1955) has offered a fresh and
distinctive glimpse of the daily lives of South Africans—
both during the apartheid regime and after its collapse. This
extraordinary catalogue, produced in close collaboration
with the artist, investigates the five primary themes that
have engaged Kentridge over the course of his career:
o Soho and Felix: works featuring Kentridge’s best-known
characters, the businessman Soho Eckstein and his
alter ego, the anxiety-ridden Felix Teitlebaum.
o Ubu and the Procession: inspired by Ubu Roi, these
projects reflect the excitement, conflict, and rapid social
changes in post-apartheid South Africa.
o Artist in the Studio: an examination of Kentridge’s
practice and his emergence as an installation artist.
o The Magic Flute: work related to the artist’s set designs
for Mozart’s opera.
o The Nose: Kentridge’s most recent production,
including work inspired by his staging of the
Shostakovich opera for New York’s Metropolitan
Opera in spring 2010.
Kentridge has created a DVD especially for this publication;
it includes fragments from significant film projects (both
known and newly completed) as well as commentary that
sheds further light on the artist’s work.
WILLIAM KENTRIDGE
Five Themes
Edited by Mark Rosenthal
With essays by Carolyn Christov-Bakargiev and
Rudolf Frieling and an interview by Michael Auping
A major new retrospective of the influential
and innovative artist’s career, including an
illuminating DVD of his film projects
March Art
240 pp. 160 color illus. 9 1/2 x 10 1/8
Hardcover with DVD 978-0-300-15048-3 $50.00
MARK ROSENTHAL is adjunct curator of contemporary art at
the Norton Museum of Art in West Palm Beach, Florida. Among
his many publications are Joseph Beuys: Actions, Vitrines,
Environments and The Surreal Calder, both published by Yale.
Art & Architecture
Exhibition schedule:
o National Gallery, London
(opens 2/25/09)
Published by National Gallery Company/
Distributed by Yale University Press
March Art
172 pp. 150 color illus. 8 2/3 x 10 2/3
978-1-85709-452-7 $40.00
DVD (approx. 30 minutes)
978-1-85709-454-1 $28.00
124
EL I ZABETH COWL I NG is Professor Emeritus of History of Art
at Edinburgh University. Her publications include Picasso: Style and
Meaning and Degas/Picasso (distributed by Yale). SUSAN
GRACE GAL ASSI is senior curator at the Frick Collection, New
York. She is the author of Picasso’s Variations on the Masters.
CHRI STOPHER RI OPEL L E is curator of post-1800 painting at
the National Gallery, London. He is co-author of Renoir Landscapes:
1865–1883 (distributed by Yale), among many other books.
ANNE ROBBI NS is assistant curator of post-1800 painting at
the National Gallery, London, and the author of Cézanne in Britain
(distributed by Yale).
NAT I ONAL GAL L ERY LONDON
F
rom his earliest years Pablo Picasso was a passionate
student of the European painting tradition. He was
naturally drawn to the Spanish masters Velázquez and
Goya, but such figures as Rembrandt, Delacroix, Ingres,
Manet, and Cézanne were also important artistic heroes.
Picasso repeatedly pitted himself against these masters,
taking up their signature themes, techniques, and artistic
concerns in audacious paintings of his own. Sometimes
his “quotations” were direct, other times highly allusive.
Always Picasso made the implicit case that it was he in the
20th century who most forcefully reinvigorated the
European tradition.
Liberally illustrated with 150 full-color plates of works by
Picasso and those who inspired him, the book showcases
the technical dexterity, independence, and vitality of
Picasso’s creative processes as he daringly transformed
the art of the past into, as he described it, “something else
entirely.”
PICASSO
Challenging the Past
Elizabeth Cowling, Susan Grace Galassi,
Christopher Riopelle, and Anne Robbins
How the past masters of European painting
fired the imagination of Picasso, the supreme
Modernist master
Art & Architecture
RI CHARD ORMOND is a Sargent scholar and independent
art historian. He is a great-nephew of John Singer Sargent.
EL AI NE KI L MURRAY is coauthor and research director of
the John Singer Sargent catalogue raisonné project, of which this
is the sixth volume.
125
March Art
272 pp. 18 b/w + 256 color illus. 9 3/4 x 12
978-0-300-14140-5 $75.00
T
hroughout his career—and particularly in the
period from 1898 to 1913—John Singer Sargent
painted the spectacular architecture and scenes of every-
day life in Venice, as he sat alongside the Grand Canal or
in a gondola in the sleepy side canals. This lavishly illus-
trated book presents all the luminous masterworks that
Sargent completed during that fertile fifteen-year period:
oils and watercolors that reveal his taste for the
Renaissance, Baroque, and high style in art and architec-
ture as they were seen in the city’s unique light.
The book reproduces and documents 141 works, includ-
ing several that are published for the first time. An author-
itative essay explores the aesthetics of Sargent’s Venetian
work, places it in the context of his oeuvre as a whole,
explains Sargent’s relationships with his patrons in Venice,
and discusses the exhibitions and marketing of this work
in London and New York. The book also provides a map
of Venice marking every known location that Sargent
painted and displays dozens of contemporary color pho-
tographs of the sites.
JOHN SINGER SARGENT
Venetian Figures and Landscapes,
1898–1913
Complete Paintings: Volume VI
Richard Ormond and Elaine Kilmurray
Sargent’s entrancing Venetian oils and
watercolors are displayed and discussed in
this gorgeous book
o ALSO AVAILABLE:
John Singer Sargent
The Early Portraits; Complete Paintings: Volume I
RICHARD ORMOND and ELAINE KILMURRAY
978-0-300-07245-7 $75.00
John Singer Sargent
Portraits of the 1890s; Complete Paintings: Volume II
RICHARD ORMOND and ELAINE KILMURRAY
978-0-300-09067-3 $75.00
John Singer Sargent
The Later Portraits; Complete Paintings: Volume III
RICHARD ORMOND and ELAINE KILMURRAY
978-0-300-09806-8 $75.00
John Singer Sargent
Figures and Landscapes, 1874–1882; Complete
Paintings: Volume IV
RICHARD ORMOND and ELAINE KILMURRAY
978-0-300-11716-5 $75.00
Published in association with the Paul Mellon
Centre for Studies in British Art
Art & Architecture
126
F
ew designers did more to influence the appearance
of postwar American interiors than the furniture
designer Gilbert Rohde (1894–1944). This first in-depth
book on Rohde explores how he brought an industrial
design perspective to the furniture industry and, in the
process, introduced modernism to a broad range of
Americans, especially through his modular furnishings.
By tracing his career at the Herman Miller Furniture
Company, where Rohde was a designer in the 1930s and
1940s, Phyllis Ross places his work in a broad cultural and
economic context. The book shows how Rohde’s focus on
comfort, informality, multifunctionality, and flexibility
transposed European design antecedents into furnishings
suitable for American lifestyles. A champion of modular
components, he experimented with new industrial mate-
rials, including Plexiglas, and produced furniture with bio-
morphic forms. Not only did Rohde introduce modern
designs, but he also devised a complete merchandising
strategy for their promotion.
Today Rohde’s furniture and decorative designs are cov-
eted by collectors. The story of his career rounds out
our understanding of his fascinating contributions to
American culture.
A comprehensive exploration of the designer
who transformed American furniture by
bringing modernism to the middle class
GILBERT ROHDE
Modern Design for Modern Living
Phyllis Ross
“A quantum leap over anything that has
been previously published on this
seminal figure that makes a significant
contribution to the study of American
design of the period.”
—Christopher Long, University of Texas at Austin
March Design/Decorative Arts
388 pp. 144 b/w + 46 color illus. 8 1/2 x 11
978-0-300-12064-6 $60.00
PHYL L I S ROSS is an independent scholar specializing in
20th-century design.
Art & Architecture
Published in association with the
Pisano/Chase Catalogue Raisonné
Project
RONAL D G. PI SANO, who was curator of the Heckscher
Museum of Art and director of the Parrish Art Museum, researched
and prepared the complete catalogue of Chase’s work for over
thirty years before his untimely death in 2000. CAROLYN K.
L ANE is a Ph.D. candidate in American art at the Graduate Center
of the City University of New York. D. FREDERI CK BAKER is a
director of the Pisano/Chase Catalogue Raisonné Project.
127
April Art
192 pp. 49 b/w + 209 color illus. 9 1/2 x 12
978-0-300-11020-3 $65.00
A
dmired for finding beauty in everyday surround-
ings, WilliamMerritt Chase (1849–1916) brought an
autobiographical element to his work, earning him a
unique place in late-19th-century American art history.
This book, the third of four volumes to document the com-
plete works of Chase, traces his career as a landscape
painter.
Following Chase’s training in Munich in the 1870s and his
many trips to Spain in the early 1880s, his works became
light filled and colorful. These paintings anticipate Chase’s
well-known park scenes of the 1880s painted in Brooklyn
and New York and his 1890s works depicting the hills and
shoreline adjacent to his home in Shinnecock Hills, Long
Island, now recognized as being among the most impor-
tant examples of American Impressionism. This book
presents all of his known landscapes painted in oil, which
include many of his best-loved works, in beautiful repro-
duction, accompanied by the most current and thorough
documentation on them.
WILLIAM MERRITT CHASE
Landscapes in Oil
Ronald G. Pisano
Completed by Carolyn K. Lane
With a chronology by D. Frederick Baker
A beautiful exploration of Chase’s beloved
park scenes, landscapes, and seascapes
o ALSO AVAILABLE:
William Merritt Chase
The Paintings in Pastel, Monotypes, Painted Tiles
and Ceramic Plates, Watercolors, and Prints
RONALD G. PISANO
Completed by D. FREDERICK BAKER
With an essay by MARJORIE SHELLEY
978-0-300-10996-2 $55.00
William Merritt Chase
Portraits in Oil
RONALD G. PISANO
Completed by CAROLYN K. LANE and
D. FREDERICK BAKER
978-0-300-11021-0 $75.00
J AMES CUNO is President and Eloise W. Martin Director of the Art
Institute of Chicago.
PIONEERS OF CONTEMPORARY GLASS
Highlights from the Barbara and Dennis DuBois
Collection
Cindi Strauss
With Rebecca Elliot and Susie Silbert
F
rom small objects to large-scale sculptures, glass is an art form of cap-
tivating beauty, fragility, and diversity. This book features outstanding
contemporary works in glass from the Barbara and Dennis DuBois
Collection in Dallas, Texas.
The catalogue examines the pioneering contributions of such interna-
tional master artists as Dale Chihuly, Dan Dailey, Stanislav Libensky and
Jaroslava Brychtova, Harvey Littleton, William Morris, Tom Patti, Marc
Peiser, Lino Tagliapietra, Oiva Toikka, Frantisek Vizner, and Toots Zynsky.
In addition to color reproductions of their works, the book includes an
introductory essay by Cindi Strauss and individual entries by Strauss,
Rebecca Elliot, and Susie Silbert that place the highlighted 25 works in
context, explaining the importance of each artist’s contribution to the
field as well as the object’s aesthetic and technical innovations. The book
also includes an interview between Strauss and the collectors Barbara
and Dennis DuBois.
MASTER PAINTINGS IN
THE ART INSTITUTE OF CHICAGO
With an introduction by James Cuno
T
his revised, expanded, and redesigned edition of a best-selling
book from the Art Institute of Chicago features many favorite
paintings from the collection—approximately 150 works from Europe
and the Americas, ranging from the 15th to the early 21st century.
Twenty-three images from the previous edition have been replaced with
other key or recently acquired works, and the majority of the text entries
have been updated. Celebrated artwork by Impressionists and Post-
Impressionists like Renoir and Seurat join paintings by Old Master
artists like Rubens and Rembrandt; works by 18th- and 19th-century
American artists including Copley and Whistler appear with recently
acquired paintings by Lichtenstein and Twombly—works displayed in
the museum’s new Modern Wing (opening spring 2009).
CI NDI STRAUSS is the curator of and REBECCA EL L I OT is cura-
torial assistant for modern and contemporary decorative arts and design
at The Museum of Fine Arts, Houston. SUSI E SI L BERT is the 2008
Windgate Museum Fellow at The Museum of Fine Arts, Houston.
April Art/Decorative Arts
96 pp. 25 color illus. 8 1/2 x 11
paper 978-0-300-14695-0 $19.95
April Art
168 pp. 150 color illus. 11 x 11
978-0-300-15103-9 $39.95
Exhibition schedule:
o The Museum of Fine Arts, Houston
(3/7/09—7/26/09)
Distributed for The Museum of Fine Arts,
Houston
Distributed for the Art Institute of Chicago
128
Art & Architecture
Harvey Littleton, Mobile Arc from the Descending Arc
Series, 1989. Glass
Art & Architecture
Exhibition schedule:
o The Metropolitan Museum of Art
(5/6/09 – 8/9/09)
Published in association with
The Metropolitan Museum of Art
HAROL D KODA is Curator in Charge at The Costume Institute
at The Metropolitan Museum of Art, New York, and the author of
many fashion books including Extreme Beauty: The Body
Transformed, Chanel, and Poiret, all available from Yale. KOHLE
YOHANNAN is an independent curator and the author of Clair
McCardell and John Rawlings: 30 Years in Vogue.
129
May Fashion
200 pp. 175 color illus. 9 1/2 x 11 1/2
978-0-300-14893-0 $50.00
T HE MET ROPOL I TAN MUS EUM OF ART
M
odel & Muse explores fashion’s reciprocal rela-
tionship to iconic beauties that represent the
evolution and changing face of the feminine ideal.
Featuring a brief historical overview of the phenomenon
of the supermodel, the book begins in the early 20th cen-
tury and continues to the present day. Dorian Leigh and
Lisa Fonssagrives in the 1940s are joined in the 1950s by
Dovima, Sunny Harnett, and Suzy Parker. They are fol-
lowed by Jean “The Shrimp” Shrimpton and Twiggy in the
1960s and Lauren Hutton in the 1970s. The 1980s wit-
nessed such enduring personalities as Cindy Crawford,
Christy Turlington, Naomi Campbell, and Linda
Evangelista, while the 1990s brought on Kate Moss, whose
edgy, street-inflected style has inspired not only fashion
designers, editors, stylists, and photographers, but artists
such as Chuck Close and Lucien Freud.
With an emphasis on styles from the 1950s onward, the
book features designs from the great ready-to-wear and
couture houses—Madame Grès, Christian Dior, and
Balenciaga in the 1950s; Rudi Gernreich, Yves Saint
Laurent, and Cardin in the 1960s; Giorgio di Sant’Angelo
and Halston in the 1970s; Christian Lacroix, Versace,
Comme des Garcons, and Calvin Klein in the 1980s; and
Marc Jacobs, John Galliano, and Alexander McQueen in
the 1990s.
MODEL & MUSE
Fashioning the Ideal
Harold Koda and Kohle Yohannan
An engaging look at the celebrated models
who have epitomized fashion in the 20th and
early 21st centuries
Peggy Moffitt in Rudi Gernreich’s topless swimsuit, 1964
Photograph by William Claxton/Courtesy Demont Photo Management.
Art & Architecture
Exhibition schedule:
o Portland Museum of Art, Maine
(6/25/09 – 10/12/09)
o Florence Griswold Museum, Old Lyme, CT
(10/24/09 – 1/31/10)
Distributed for the Portland Museum of Art
May Art
128 pp. 100 color illus. 9 3/8 x 10 1/4
Paper with flaps 978-0-300-15162-6 $29.95
130
THOMAS ANDREW DENENBERG is the acting director
and William E. and Helen E. Thon Curator of American Art at the
Portland Museum of Art. AMY KURTZ L ANSI NG is the cura-
tor at the Florence Griswold Museum in Old Lyme, Connecticut.
T
he early 20th century brought renewed focus upon
the image of the coast and witnessed the forma-
tion of art colonies in Old Lyme, Connecticut, and
Ogunquit and Monhegan, Maine. These creative commu-
nities became an inspiration for artists and art students,
among them Edward Hopper, Childe Hassam, Robert
Henri, Rockwell Kent, and George Bellows. Visually stun-
ning, Call of the Coast: Art Colonies of NewEngland explores
the importance of place for artists in these colonies,
and the development of impressionist Connecticut and
modernist Maine within the visual traditions of the coast
of New England.
Featuring approximately 80 works, Call of the Coast illus-
trates each major painting with extensive interpretative
text and includes documentary photography to provide
historical context for the artworks.
CALL OF THE COAST
Art Colonies of New England
Thomas Andrew Denenberg and
Amy Kurtz Lansing
A groundbreaking examination of the role of
New England’s art colonies in the development
of modern American art
Art & Architecture
Exhibition schedule:
o The Metropolitan Museum of Art
(4/21/09 – 8/2/09)
Published in association with
The Metropolitan Museum of Art
DOUGL AS EKL UND is Associate Curator in the Department
of Photographs at The Metropolitan Museum of Art, New York.
131
May Photography
224 pp. 100 b/w + 160 color illus.
11 3/4 x 9 5/8
978-0-300-14892-3 $60.00
T HE MET ROPOL I TAN MUS EUM OF ART
T
his handsome book is the first comprehensive
examination of the Pictures Generation, a loosely
knit group of artists working in New York from the mid-
1970s to the mid-1980s. The overarching subject of the
work of these artists was imagery itself—how pictures not
only depict but also shape how we perceive the world and
ourselves. The collective achievement of this group is an
extremely important chapter in the history of contempo-
rary art.
Born into an expanding media and consumer culture and
educated in the strategies of Minimal and Conceptual art,
the artists of the Pictures Generation, including Robert
Longo, Richard Prince, David Salle, and Cindy Sherman,
chose to return to representation, addressing the rhetori-
cal, social, and psychological functions of the image across
all media (photography, painting and sculpture, drawings
and prints, film and video, and music and performance).
While the careers of these artists are typically considered
in isolation, this catalogue traces their complex interrela-
tionships and mutual development—beginning with the
emergence of a group sensibility characterized by tech-
niques of distancing and theatricality and ending with a
resurgence of painting by mostly male artists (which was
contested by women artists working in media such as
video, photography, and installation).
THE PICTURES GENERATION,
1974–1984
Douglas Eklund
An unprecedented overview of the Pictures
Generation, the most significant and influen-
tial group of contemporary artists of the last
forty years
Cindy Sherman, Untitled Film Still, 1977. Gelatin silver print, 10 x 8 in.
Courtesy of the Artist and Metro Pictures
Art & Architecture
Distributed for the Art Institute of Chicago
May Architecture
160 pp. 20 duotone + 140 color illus. 10 x 11
978-0-300-14112-2 $60.00
132
J AMES CUNO is President and Eloise W. Martin Director,
The Art Institute of Chicago. PAUL GOL DBERGER is archi-
tectural critic for the New Yorker. J OSEPH ROSA is the John
H. Bryan Curator of Architecture and Design, The Art Institute of
Chicago. J UDI TH TURNER is a photographer based in
New York City well known for her images of architecture.
T
his handsome book examines the remarkable new
addition to the Art Institute of Chicago, designed
by Renzo Piano and scheduled to open in May 2009. This
expansion to the Art Institute of Chicago, already one of
the largest museums in the country, will provide new gal-
leries for modern and contemporary painting and sculp-
ture, as well as for photography, film and video, and archi-
tecture and design. The structure is Piano’s largest art
museum building to date.
The museum’s director, James Cuno, discusses the history
of the commission, and Paul Goldberger writes on how
this building fits into the larger context of Piano’s work—
especially his many museum designs—as well as consid-
ers its positioning in a city celebrated for its architec-
ture. Judith Turner provides exquisite architectural photo-
graphs, showing many nuanced details and views of the
structure, while Joseph Rosa comments on her images
and how they convey the beauty and sophistication of the
building. Photographs by New York–based architectural
photographer Paul Warchol complete the book.
THE MODERN WING
Renzo Piano and the Art Institute of Chicago
James Cuno, Paul Goldberger, and Joseph Rosa
With a photographic portfolio by Judith Turner
A behind-the-scenes look at celebrated architect
Renzo Piano’s highly anticipated addition to
The Art Institute of Chicago
T HE ART I NS T I T UT E OF CHI CAGO
Art & Architecture
May Landscape Design/Urban Design
320 pp. 185 color illus. 7 1/2 x 11
978-0-300-13585-5 $65.00
ANI TA BERRI ZBEI TI A is an associate professor of land-
scape architecture at the School of Design at the University of
Pennsylvania. PAUL GOL DBERGER is an architecture critic
for The New Yorker and the Joseph Urban Professor of Design
and Architecture at The New School.
I
nstilling a poetics of place is a goal of Michael Van
Valkenburgh Associates (MVVA), the famous landscape
design firm that has created successful public spaces in
some of the country’s most challenging urban sites. In
these locations, nature offers not so much an escape from
city living as a teasing dialogue with built structures. The
whole experience is aimed, as critic Paul Goldberger
notes, to “make you see everything, city and nature alike,
with a striking intensity.”
Richly illustrated and handsomely designed, this is the
first publication to explore a wide range of MVVA’s proj-
ects, focusing on the firm’s trend toward sites requiring
complex technological solutions. Leading critics and histo-
rians look at twelve projects, dating from 1992 to the pres-
ent, and each posing a challenge—such as contamination,
isolation, and lengthy public approval proceedings. They
explore the process through which the firm researches
such issues and how solutions are embedded in the final
aesthetics and spatial structure of the sites.
MICHAEL VAN VALKENBURGH
ASSOCIATES
Reconstructing Urban Landscapes
Edited by Anita Berrizbeitia
Introduction by Paul Goldberger
Contributions by Jane Amidon, Andrew Blum, Ethan Carr, Erik
de Jong, Peter Fergusson, Rachel Gleeson, Linda Pollak, and
Elissa Rosenberg
Explores a world-renowned landscape design
firm’s work bringing nature, innovative technology,
and challenging urban sites into dialogue
Art & Architecture
133
AMY BLAKEMORE
Photographs 1988–2008
Alison de Lima Greene
With Anne Wilkes Tucker, Chrissie Iles, and Marisa C. Sánchez
A
my Blakemore (b. 1958) is renowned for her deceptively simple
photographs. Her images, featured here for the first time in book
form, evoke fleeting aspects of personality and memory and have been
shown in numerous exhibitions, including the 2006 Whitney Biennial.
Blakemore has worked for the past 20 years with low-tech, medium-
format Diana cameras known for flaws that produce a flattened perspec-
tive, color shifts, vignetting, and blurriness. Blakemore manipulates these
flaws to capture the way memory simultaneously records and distorts
visual information, creating photographs that are familiar and mysteri-
ous—both documents of the present and suggestions of times past.
Presenting some 40 works that range from Blakemore’s black-and-white
images of the mid-1980s and color photographs in the 1990s to her
recent focus on the figure, the book brings together images that seem to
record casual, spontaneous moments but also hint at a larger narrative.
May Photography
128 pp. 9 b/w + 27 color illus.
10 x 9 1/2
paper 978-0-300-14699-8 $29.95
Exhibition schedule:
o The Museum of Fine Arts, Houston
(5/9/09 – 8/2/09)
Distributed for The Museum of Fine Arts,
Houston
134
Art & Architecture
AL I SON DE L I MA GREENE is the curator of contemporary art
and special projects and ANNE WI L KES TUCKER is the Gus and
Lyndall Wortham Curator of Photography at The Museum of Fine Arts,
Houston. CHRI SSI E I L ES is the Anne and Joel Ehrenkranz Curator at
the Whitney Museum of American Art. MARISA C. SÁNCHEZ is assis-
tant curator of modern and contemporary art at the Seattle Art Museum.
ZOE LEONARD
You see I am here after all
Lynne Cooke, Angela L. Miller, and
Ann Reynolds
T
he prototypical American vacationland, Niagara Falls has
been popular with honeymooners and families for more
than a century. The image of its cascading white water was made
familiar in part through postcards, which in turn helped to trans-
form this natural wonder into a tourist destination. Zoe Leonard’s
You see I am here after all brings together thousands of these postcard
images of the “great cataract,” from the early 1900s through the 1950s.
This grand accumulation of viewpoints, organized by Leonard taxo-
nomically in accordance with their positions along the perimeter of the
panoramic site, brings up issues as diverse as human interventions with
nature and the function of landscape in inventing American historical
narratives, as well as the technological evolution of image reproduction
and dissemination.
LYNNE COOKE is curator at Dia Art Foundation and chief curator
at the Centro de Arte Reina Sofía, Madrid. ANGEL A L . MI L L ER is
professor of art history at Washington University in St. Louis. ANN
REYNOL DS is an associate professor in the department of art and
art history and the Center for Women’s and Gender Studies at the
University of Texas at Austin.
May Photography/Art
126 pp. 60 b/w + 150 color illus.
9 x 7 1/2
978-0-300-15168-8 $35.00
Exhibition schedule:
o Dia Beacon, New York
(9/21/08 – 9/7/09)
Distributed for Dia Art Foundation
Zoe Leonard, You see I am here after all, 2008
Art & Architecture
135
June Architecture
224 pp. 124 b/w illus. 7 x 10
978-0-300-11428-7 $45.00
EEVA- L I I SA PEL KONEN is assistant professor and chair of the
Master of Architectural Design Program at the School of Architecture
at Yale University. She is the author of Achtung Architektur! Image
and Phantasm in Contemporary Austrian Architecture and coeditor
of Eero Saarinen: Shaping the Future (Yale).
P
erhaps no other great modern architect has been
linked to a native country as closely as Alvar Aalto
(1898–1976). Critics have argued that the essence of
Finland flows, as if naturally, into his quasi-organic forms,
ranging from such buildings as the Baker House in
Cambridge, Massachusetts, to iconic 20th-century designs,
including his Savoy vase and bent-plywood stacking stools.
What did Aalto himself say about the importance of nation-
alism and geography in his work and in architecture gen-
erally? With an unprecedented focus on the architect’s own
writings, library, and critical reception, Eeva-Liisa Pelkonen
proposes a dramatically different interpretation of Aalto’s
oeuvre, revealing it as a deeply thoughtful response to his
intellectual and cultural milieu—especially to Finland’s
dynamic political circumstances following independence
from Russia in 1917.
Pelkonen also considers the geographic and geopolitical
narratives found in Aalto’s writings. These include ideas
about national style and national cultural revival, and about
how architecture can foster cosmopolitanism, internation-
alism, and regionalism. Expanding the canonical reading of
Aalto, this work promises to influence future inquiries on
Aalto for generations to come.
An intellectual biography that reconsiders the
influence of the architect’s Finnish origins on
his work by examining Aalto’s own writings on
geography and modern architecture
ALVAR AALTO
Architecture, Modernity, and Geopolitics
Eeva-Liisa Pelkonen
“This novel interpretation sheds a
clear light on Aalto’s relationship with
Finland’s society and culture, not
merely by better defining the archi-
tect’s often overlooked ‘context,’ but
by re-creating the intellectual milieus
in which he developed. Eeva-Liisa
Pelkonen introduces a very fresh dis-
cussion of Aalto’s writings and designs
in the framework of Finland’s modern
history.”—Jean-Louis Cohen,
Institute of Fine Arts, New York University
Art & Architecture
June Fashion
224 pp. 100 color illus. 9 1/4 x 12
978-0-300-14583-0 $50.00
136
VAL ERI E STEEL E is director and PATRI CI A MEARS is
deputy director of The Museum at the Fashion Institute of
Technology.
O
ne of the most exciting fashion designers in the
United States, Cuban-born Isabel Toledo has been
honored with a National Design Award from the Cooper-
Hewitt Museum and a Couture Council Award for Artistry
of Fashion, given by The Museumat FIT. Yet her name and
work are recognized only by fashion insiders. This ravish-
ing book brings Toledo’s creations to a wider audience,
places them within the context of contemporary fashion,
and examines her creative process.
Interviewing Toledo, her husband (fashion illustrator
Ruben Toledo), and other colleagues, clients, and critics,
Valerie Steele gives an account of Toledo’s career and
explains that while she has been heralded by leading fash-
ion magazines and featured in stores in New York and
Europe, she has not had the long-term financial backing to
break out of the niche market. Patricia Mears investigates
the artistic and cultural influences on Toledo’s work and
analyzes her unusual methods of construction, noting that
she designs in three dimensions in her mind and then
begins working directly with fabric. Displaying garments
Toledo has created since her first show in 1985, this book
is a revelatory exploration of a fashion innovator in a
mass-market industry.
HOLY TOLEDO!
Isabel Toledo and the Art of Fashion
Valerie Steele and Patricia Mears
An introduction to the exquisite fashions of a
designer whose clothing has been hailed as
“liquid geometry”
Exhibition schedule:
o The Museum at the Fashion Institute of
Technology, New York
(6/09 – 10/09)
Published in association with
The Museum at the Fashion Institute of
Technology
Isabel Toledo (American, b. Cuba 1960) Garnet silk taffeta dress and
“Blossom” jacket New York, Fall 2004
Art & Architecture
137
Exhibition schedule:
o Sterling and Francine Clark Art Institute,
Williamstown, Massachusetts
(6/7/09 – 9/7/09)
Distributed for the Sterling and Francine
Clark Art Institute
June Art
176 pp. 25 b/w + 125 color illus. 8 x 11 1/2
978-0-300-13410-0 $45.00
DEBRA BRI CKER BAL KEN is an independent curator
and writer. Among her many books is After Many Springs:
Regionalism, Modernism, and the Midwest (Yale).
F
rom the outset of her career, Georgia O’Keeffe cred-
ited her introduction to modernism as deriving in
part from a reproduction of a pastel by Arthur Dove she
saw around 1913. By this time Dove was well established
as the foremost modernist artist in America, yet O’Keeffe
herself would later become a source of renewal for his
work.
Renowned scholar Debra Bricker Balken here offers the
first investigation into the interrelationship between these
two great artists. She shows that while Dove’s sensual evo-
cations of landscape—his abstractions of nature’s undu-
lating rhythms and forms—offered inspiration for
O’Keeffe, the influence of O’Keeffe’s work on Dove was
equally significant. After 1930, Dove turned to O’Keeffe’s
early works for renewed aesthetic inspiration, mining, as
he put it, her “burning watercolors.”
Beyond examining the impact of these mutual influences,
this beautifully illustrated publication situates Dove and
O’Keeffe within the circle of Alfred Stieglitz, and brings
them into a fuller context within the modernist scene of
the 1920s and 1930s. What emerges is a fascinating look
at the first pivotal moment of modernism in America.
DOVE/O’KEEFFE
Circles of Influence
Debra Bricker Balken
An original examination of how Arthur Dove
and Georgia O’Keeffe shaped each other’s
careers
CL ARK ART I NS TI T UTE
ROBERT ADAMS (b. 1937) lives and works in northwestern
Oregon. His art has been the subject of exhibitions at museums through-
out the United States; a major traveling retrospective, organized by the
Yale University Art Gallery, will run from 2010 to 2012.
DENVER
A Photographic Survey of the Metropolitan
Area, 1973–1974
WHAT WE BOUGHT
The New World, Scenes from the Denver
Metropolitan Area, 1970–1974
Robert Adams
Luminous new editions of two
out-of-print classics by esteemed
photographer Robert Adams
d
enver and What We Bought, together with The New
West, form a loose trilogy of Robert Adams’s work
exploring the rapidly developing landscape of the Denver
metropolitan area from1968 through 1974. In the former
two books, Adams created a comprehensive document
that was resolute in its avoidance of romantic notions of
the American West and dispassionately honest about
man’s despoliation of the land. Both books demonstrate
the artist at the height of his powers as a documentary
photographer and a poetic sequencer of images.
The photographs featured in denver and What We Bought show
tract housing with mountain ranges in the distance, trailer lots
devoid of people, suburban streets through generic windows,
shopping mall interiors, and parking lots: subjects distinctly
unspectacular, familiar, and banal. Adams’s compositions are
straightforward and democratic, and it is this precise turn from
sentimentality that has made Adams one of the most influential
figures in the history of American photography.
These exquisite new editions, printed in rich tritones, celebrate
this landmark work. denver also includes new and previously
unpublished photographs from the project, chosen and
sequenced by Adams himself.
denver
June Photography
136 pp. 117 tritone illus. 9 x 7 13/16
978-0-300-14136-8 $50.00
What We Bought
June Photography
208 pp. 193 tritone illus. 9 x 7 13/16
978-0-300-14963-0 $60.00
Distributed for the Yale University Art
Gallery
138
YAL E UNI VERS I T Y ART GAL L ERY
Art & Architecture
Untitled, from What We Bought, 1970–74. Gelatin silver print.
Yale University Art Gallery
Untitled, from denver, 1973–74. Gelatin silver print.
Yale University Art Gallery
CY TWOMBLY
The Natural World, Selected Works, 2000–2007
James Rondeau
C
y Twombly’s distinctive artworks merge drawing, painting, and
symbolic gesture in the pursuit of a direct, intuitive form of expres-
sion. Much of the artist’s recent output interprets the natural world, often
through references to garden and landscape.
Cy Twombly: The Natural World, Selected Works, 2000–2007 features
more than 30 paintings, works on paper, photographs, and sculptures.
Published in full cooperation with the artist, this handsome book speaks
to both continuity and innovation in Twombly’s work, underscoring the
ongoing creative vitality of one of the greatest American artists of our
time.
J AMES RONDEAU is the Frances and Thomas Dittmer Chair of
Contemporary Art at the Art Institute of Chicago.
June Art
96 pp. 60 color illus. 6 3/4 x 9 1/2
978-0-300-14691-2 $34.95
Exhibition schedule:
o The Art Institute of Chicago
(5/16/09 – 9/13/09)
Distributed for the Art Institute of
Chicago
139
Art & Architecture
MAX NEUHAUS
With essays by Christoph Cox, Branden W. Joseph,
Liz Kotz, Ulrich Loock, Peter Pakesch, and Alex Potts
I
n 1977, Max Neuhaus turned a triangle of pedestrian space between
45th and 46th Streets in Times Square into an island of harmonic
sound. The rich textures of that sound continue today, emanating from
beneath the sidewalk grating, to anonymously reach an individual’s ears
as if one has stumbled upon a secret. Known as Times Square, the cele-
brated installation was restored in 2002 with support from Dia Art
Foundation, which further commissioned a site-specific piece, Time Piece
Beacon, from Neuhaus in 2006 for its museum in Beacon, New York.
This stunning book—the only volume in print dedicated solely to the
work of Neuhaus—takes these two projects as a point of departure from
which to consider the singular impact this artist has had in establishing
sound as a medium in contemporary art. An interview with Neuhaus is
complemented with essays by multidisciplinary scholars who investigate
and situate his work within a historical context.
MAX NEUHAUS is an artist who has created sound works for specific
environments in the United States and Europe, including the Menil
Collection, Houston; The Museum of Modern Art, New York; Kunsthalle
Bern, Switzerland; and the Venice Biennale, among many others.
July Art
144 pp. 30 b/w + 40 color illus.
7 1/2 x 10
978-0-300-15167-1 $35.00
Distributed for Dia Art Foundation
Art & Architecture
Exhibition schedule:
o Venice Biennale
(6/7/09 – 11/22/09)
Published in association with
the Philadelphia Museum of Art
July Art
150 pp. 10 b/w + 50 color illus. 8 x 10
978-0-300-14981-4 $40.00
140
CARL OS BASUAL DO is Curator of Contemporary Art at the
Philadelphia Museum of Art. MI CHAEL R. TAYL OR is the Muriel
and Philip Berman Curator of Modern Art at the Philadelphia Museum
of Art. MARCO DE MI CHEL I S is Professor of the History of
Architecture at the IUAV University of Venice. ERI CA BATTL E is a
Project Curatorial Assistant at the Philadelphia Museum of Art.
PHI L ADEL PHI A MUS EUM OF ART
O
ne of the most complex and fascinating artists
working today, Bruce Nauman (b. 1941) has
assembled a mesmerizing body of work that encom-
passes video, installation, drawing, sculpture, printmak-
ing, photography, and neon. In 2008, Nauman was
unanimously selected to represent the United States at
the 53rd Venice Biennale, in an exhibition organized by
the Philadelphia Museum of Art. The accompanying cat-
alogue explores the interconnections among several spe-
cific themes that have recurred prominently throughout
four decades of Nauman’s work. Linking the urban tex-
ture of Venice to the topological dimensions of his
provocative art, the overarching project allows for an
unprecedented occasion for the appreciation and explo-
ration of Nauman’s undeniable creativity and influence.
Bruce Nauman: Topological Gardens includes texts by Erica
Battle and Carlos Basualdo on the organization of the exhi-
bition and the publication, featuring detailed discussions
of the works in the show. Michael R. Taylor examines
Nauman’s practice in an art-historical context, and Marco
de Michelis explores the notion of space as deployed
throughout Nauman’s oeuvre, with particular reference to
the works on view.
BRUCE NAUMAN
Topological Gardens
Carlos Basualdo and Michael R. Taylor
With essays by Marco de Michelis and Erica Battle
A close look at Bruce Nauman’s work as the
unanimously-selected U.S. representative at
the 53rd Venice Biennale
Bruce Nauman, The True Artist Helps the World by Revealing Mystic Truths
(Window or Wall Sign), 1967. Philadelphia Museum of Art: Purchased with
the Henry P. McIlhenny Fund, the bequest (by exchange) of Henrietta Meyers
Miller, the gift (by exchange) of Philip L. Goodwin, and contributions from
generous donors, 2007-44-1. © 2008 Bruce Nauman/Artists Rights Society
(ARS), New York.
Art & Architecture
Published in association with
Dia Art Foundation
LYNNE COOKE is curator at Dia Art Foundation and chief
curator at the Centro de Arte Reina Sofía, Madrid. KAREN
KEL LY is Director of Publications and Special Programs at Dia
Art Foundation.
141
July Art
240 pp. 60 b/w + 14 color illus. 7 1/2 x 10
Paper with flaps 978-0-300-15105-3 $35.00
G
orgeously quiet in color and composition, Agnes
Martin’s paintings have a distinctive grace that sets
them apart from those of the Abstract Expressionists of
her day and the Minimalist artists she inspired. Martin
attributed her grid-based works to metaphysical motiva-
tions, lending a serene complexity to her oeuvre that has
defied any easy categorization. Perhaps for this reason,
critical and scholarly analysis of her paintings has been
scarce—until now. This important new anthology brings
together the most current scholarship on Martin’s paint-
ings by twelve multidisciplinary essayists who consider
various aspects of the artist’s four-decade career.
Organized by Dia Art Foundation, whose extensive hold-
ings of Martin’s paintings and ambitions to support in-
depth research on the works are unparalleled, the publi-
cation brings renewed focus and energy to Martin’s career
and her contributions to the art historical narrative.
AGNES MARTIN
Edited by Lynne Cooke and Karen Kelly
With essays by Rhea Anastas, Douglas Crimp, Jonathan D.
Katz, Michael Newman, Kathryn A. Tuma et al.
New discourse on four decades of painting by
one of the 20th century’s most influential artists
Art & Architecture
Exhibition schedule:
o The Art Institute of Chicago
(6/28/09 – 9/27/09)
o Saint Louis Art Museum
(10/18/09 – 1/3/10)
Distributed for the Art Institute of Chicago
July Art/Decorative Arts
216 pp. 130 color illus. 11 1/2 x 9 3/4
978-0-300-11948-0 $50.00
142
J ANI CE KATZ is the Roger L. Weston Associate Curator of
Japanese Art at the Art Institute of Chicago.
T HE ART I NS T I T UT E OF CHI CAGO
F
olding screens, known as byôbu in Japanese, are treas-
ures within any museum’s collection and are beloved
by the general public. This beautiful publication brings
together the very finest screens from the world-renowned
collections of the Art Institute of Chicago and the Saint
Louis Art Museum. The featured works range from an
extraordinary pair of landscapes by Sesson Shukei, a Zen-
Buddhist monk-painter of the late 16th century, to daring
contemporary works from the late 20th century.
The first half of the Edo period (1615–1868) is especially
well represented, with a dozen screens from the 17th cen-
tury by such masters as Kano Koi and Tosa Mitsuoki. The
contemporary scene is also well covered, with ten exam-
ples from the 20th century—proving the longevity of this
art form and its currency among modern-day artists.
Enlightening essays by important scholars in the field
cover topics like the emergence of screens as an art form
and a novel discussion of the relationship of Japanese
screens to those made in other countries.
BEYOND GOLDEN CLOUDS
Japanese Screens from the Art Institute of
Chicago and the Saint Louis Art Museum
Edited by Janice Katz
With contributions by Philip K. Hu, Janice Katz,
Elizabeth Lillehoj, Yukio Lippit, Melissa McCormick,
Tamamushi Satoko, Hans Bjarne Thomsen, and Alicia Volk
An exquisite survey of Japanese folding
screens, from 16th-century masterpieces to
contemporary works of art
Art & Architecture
Exhibition schedule:
o Japan Society Gallery, New York
(7/10/09 – 8/16/09)
Distributed for the Japan Society
J OE EARL E is vice president and director of the gallery at
Japan Society in New York City. He is the author of New
Bamboo: Contemporary Japanese Masters (Yale).
143
July Art/Collectibles
96 pp. 70 color illus. 8 x 9 5/8
paper 978-0-300-15157-2 $15.00
T
in toys have been made in Japan for more than 100
years, but during World War II their production—
and international sales—ended. Almost as soon as the war
was over, ingenious manufacturers began to make model
Jeeps out of recycled food cans. With the resumption of
international trade in 1948, exports of more sophisticated
metal toys soared. At the same time, the postwar boom in
the United States led to an increasingly automobile-based
society—the perfect inspiration for Japan’s gifted toy
designers. As leading marques competed to market ever
more seductively styled autos to U.S. consumers, Japanese
toy manufacturers followed styling trends closely, retooling
often to create miniature versions of the latest models; air-
planes, spaceships, and other vehicles were also popular.
The Tanaka collection is a treasure-trove of more than 500
immaculate model vehicles, enthusiastically collected over
the last 50 years. Buriki offers a lively tour of its highlights,
evoking the heady, expansive spirit of the 1950s in both
the U.S. and Japan. Its 60 cars, along with prime examples
of other modes of transportation, will delight young and
old with the quality of their detailing and bright color
schemes.
BURIKI
Japanese Tin Toys from the Golden Age of
the American Automobile
Joe Earle
A unique look at the remarkable postwar
apogee of Japanese tin toys inspired by the
heyday of the American automobiles
T HE J APAN S OCI ET Y
COL I N B. BAI L EY is Associate Director and Peter Jay Sharp Chief
Curator at the Frick Collection, New York. J OSEPH J . RI SHEL is the
Gisela and Dennis Alter Senior Curator of European Painting before
1900 and Senior Curator of the John G. Johnson Collection and the
Rodin Museum at the Philadelphia Museum of Art. MARK ROSENTHAL
is Curator of Contemporary Art at the Norton Museum of Art, West Palm
Beach. SUSAN ALYSON STEI N is Curator, Department of
Nineteenth-Century, Modern, and Contemporary Art at The Metropolitan
Museum of Art.
YOUR BRIGHT FUTURE
12 Contemporary Artists from Korea
Lynn Zelevansky and Christine D. Starkman
With Joan Kee and Sunjung Kim
I
n the past two decades, there have been major developments in
Korean art, as the country has opened up under the influence of glob-
alization. This unprecedented book focuses on the work of twelve of
Korea’s most significant artists.
An introduction by Joan Kee and a chronology track the development of
contemporary art in Korea from the 20th century to the present day.
Essays by Lynn Zelevansky and Christine Starkman discuss the twelve
artists featured: Kimsooja, Bahc Yiso, Do Ho Suh, Choi Jeong-Hwa,
Gimhongsok, Jeon Joonho, Kim Beom, Koo Jeong-A, Minouk Lim,
Jooyeon Park, Haegue Yang, and Young-hae Chang Heavy Industries.
These artists work in a range of media, including sculpture, drawing,
video, installation and performance, and the World Wide Web. The book
also includes artists’ interviews and brief biographies.
MASTERPIECES OF IMPRESSIONISM
AND POST-IMPRESSIONISM
The Annenberg Collection
Colin B. Bailey, Joseph J. Rishel, Mark Rosenthal, and
Susan Alyson Stein
T
he Walter and Lee Annenberg Collection of Impressionist and
Post-Impressionist paintings, watercolors, and drawings at The
Metropolitan Museum of Art comprises one of the most remarkable
groupings of avant-garde works of art from the mid-19th to the early
20th century. A revised and updated edition of the 1989 publication
Masterpieces of Impressionism and Post-Impressionism: The Annenberg
Collection, this beautiful volume presents 54 masterworks by such lumi-
naries as Manet, Degas, Morisot, Renoir, Monet, Cézanne, Gauguin, Van
Gogh, Picasso, and Matisse, accompanied by elucidating text and a
wealth of comparative illustrations.
LYNN ZEL EVANSKY is Terri and Michael Smooke Curator and
Department Head of Contemporary Art at the Los Angeles County
Museum of Art. CHRI STI NE D. STARKMAN is curator of Asian art
at The Museum of Fine Arts, Houston. J OAN KEE is author or editor
of writings on film and art from many Asian countries. SUNJ UNG
KI M is an independent curator based in Seoul, Korea.
July Art
208 pp. 158 b/w + color illus. 9 3/4 x 12
Paper over board 978-0-300-14689-9
$50.00
July Art
324 pp. 127 b/w + 115 color illus.
9 x 12
978-0-300-12402-6 $65.00
Exhibition schedule:
o Los Angeles County Museum of Art
(6/28/09 – 9/20/09)
o The Museum of Fine Arts, Houston
(11/22/09 – 2/14/10)
Distributed for The Museum of Fine Arts,
Houston
Published in association with
The Metropolitan Museum of Art
144
Art & Architecture
Previously announced
Scholarly Art &
Architecture Books
of Interest to
the General Trade
145
Scholarly Art & Architecture Books of Interest to the General Trade
Based in Los Angeles, MI CHAEL WEBB is the author of twenty-six
books on architecture and design. RI CHARD PARE is an architectural
photographer and a founding curator at the Canadian Centre for
Architecture.
THE ARCHITECTURE OF THE
YALE CENTER FOR BRITISH ART
Jules David Prown
Foreword by Amy Meyers
Photographs by Thomas A. Brown
T
he Yale Center for British Art stands as the final masterpiece of
the great 20th-century American architect Louis I. Kahn
(1901–1974). It received the 2005 American Institute of Architects
Twenty-Five Year Award honoring “significant architectural landmarks
. . . that have withstood the test of time.” This handsome volume, orig-
inally published for the Center’s grand opening in 1977, is a timely
reminder of the Center’s architectural distinction.
Contemporaneous photographs and an enlightening essay by Jules David
Prown provide an account of the architecture, design, and circumstances
of its commission and building. A new foreword by its current director,
Amy Meyers, brings the celebration of the Center into the present day.
STONE HILL CENTER
Tadao Ando at the Clark
Essay by Michael Webb
Principal photography by Richard Pare
P
ritzker Prize–winning architect Tadao Ando is a master of minimal-
ism, known for his use of simple materials, his light-filled interiors,
and his respect for the natural environment in which he works. This
handsome book celebrates Ando’s Stone Hill Center at the Sterling and
Francine Clark Art Institute, his first museum project set within a rural
American landscape.
Celebrated photographer Richard Pare records Ando at his best, captur-
ing the play of light across the cedar entry, the shimmering woodlands
reflected in the large gallery windows, the lush meadow grasses juxta-
posed with sharply angled walls. Michael Webb’s essay provides context
for the Clark building, tracing Ando’s career fromhis early work in Japan
to his iconographic Church of the Light in Osaka (1989) to the Modern
Art Museum of Fort Worth (2002).
J UL ES DAVI D PROWN is the Paul Mellon Professor Emeritus of the
History of Art at Yale University. He served as the first Director of the
Yale Center for British Art from 1968 to 1976.
February Architecture
72 pp. 32 duotone + 16 b/w illus.
11 x 8 1/2
978-0-300-14964-7 $35.00sc
February Architecture
64 pp. 2 b/w + 47 color illus. 8 x 8
paper 978-0-300-14917-3 $19.95sc
Distributed for the Yale Center for
British Art
Distributed for the Sterling and
Francine Clark Art Institute
146
Scholarly Art & Architecture Books of Interest to the General Trade
THE ESSENTIAL ART OF
AFRICAN TEXTILES
Design Without End
Alisa LaGamma and Christine Giuntini
T
his informative and beautiful volume sheds light on the enduring
significance of textiles as a major form of aesthetic expression
across Africa, relating long-standing cultural practices to recent creative
developments. Some of the finest and oldest preserved examples of West
African textile traditions are presented, and both their artistic and tech-
nical qualities are examined. Wrapped around the body, fashioned into
garments, or displayed as hangings, these magnificent textiles include
bold strip weavings and intricately patterned indigo resist-dyed cloths.
The influence of African textiles on contemporary artists is also explored,
featuring artworks by eight individuals who work in media as far-ranging
as sculpture, painting, photography, video, and installation art. A monu-
mental metal tapestry by the Ghanaian El Anatsui that pays tribute to tra-
ditional kente prestige cloth while constituting an inventive new genre is
discussed in detail.
DUCCIO AND THE ORIGINS OF
WESTERN PAINTING
Keith Christiansen
I
n 2004 the Metropolitan Museum acquired an extremely rare and
beautiful Madonna and Child by the great painter Duccio di
Buoninsegna. Duccio, who died in 1318, has long been recognized as
the father of Sienese painting, and he fostered a new generation of tal-
ented and innovative painters. In art history textbooks, however, his
considerable contribution to European painting is often overshadowed
by the work of his contemporary Giotto. Christiansen examines the fas-
cinating connection between Giotto and Duccio, which he likens to
Michelangelo’s relationship with Raphael, or Picasso’s with Matisse, and
explains the particular qualities that make Duccio such an essential
artist.
AL I SA L AGAMMA is a Curator and CHRI STI NE GI UNTI NI a
Conservator in the Department of the Arts of Africa, Oceania, and the
Americas, The Metropolitan Museum of Art, New York.
KEI TH CHRI STI ANSEN is Jayne Wrightsman Curator of European
Paintings at The Metropolitan Museum of Art, New York.
February Art/Decorative Arts
72 pp. 36 color illus. 8 1/4 x 9
paper 978-0-300-14962-3 $19.95sc
February Art
62 pp. 3 b/w + 52 color illus.,
including a gatefold
8 1/2 x 11
paper 978-0-300-14544-1 $19.95sc
Exhibition schedule:
o The Metropolitan Museum of Art
(9/30/08 – 3/22/09)
Published in association with
The Metropolitan Museum of Art
Published in association with
The Metropolitan Museum of Art
147
Scholarly Art & Architecture Books of Interest to the General Trade
T HE MET ROPOL I TAN MUS EUM OF ART
SADAKO OHKI is the Japan Foundation Associate Curator of
Japanese Art at the Yale University Art Gallery. TAKESHI WATANABE
is visiting assistant professor in history and art history at Connecticut
College.
MORE THAN ONE
Photographs in Sequence
Edited by Joel Smith
With contributions by Peter Barberie, Kelly Baum, Anne McCauley,
Kevin Moore, and Joel Smith
T
he essays in More than One examine sequentiality and serialism in
the practice of photography from the medium’s earliest years to the
present. Contributors explore nuances of syntax and sense raised by
works like photographic albums, books, thematic portfolios, journalistic
photo features, and documentations of performance art.
Fully illustrated essays discuss, among other topics, the little-known
volume Beyond This Point (1929), a collaborative experiment by
American photographer Francis Bruguiere and London radio producer
Lance Sieveking; the evolving relationship between public space and
sexual self-definition in the early work of Minor White; and an impor-
tant performance work by artist Ana Mendieta. The title essay surveys
the social conditions and expressive motives that have given rise to
serial and sequential forms throughout the history of photography.
TEA CULTURE OF JAPAN
Sadako Ohki
With Takeshi Watanabe
I
mported to Japan from China during the 9th century, the custom of
serving tea did not become widespread until the 13th century. By the
late 15th and 16th centuries, tea was ceremonially prepared by a skilled
tea master and served to guests in a tranquil setting. This way of prepar-
ing tea became known as chanoyu, literally “hot water for tea.”
This elegant book explores the aesthetics and history of the traditional
Japanese tea ceremony, examining the nature of tea collections and the
links between connoisseurship, politics, and international relations. It
also surveys current practices and settings in light of the ongoing trans-
formation of the tradition in contemporary tea houses. Among the pre-
cious objects discussed and pictured are ceramic tea bowls, wooden tea
scoops, metal sake pourers, and lacquered incense containers, as well as
folding screens that evoke the historical settings of serving tea.
J OEL SMI TH is curator of photography and KEL LY BAUM is the Locks
Curatorial Fellow for Contemporary Art, both at the Princeton University Art
Museum. PETER BARBERI E is curator of photography at the Philadelphia
Museum of Art. ANNE MCCAUL EY is the David Hunter McAlpin
Professor of the History of Photography and Modern Art at Princeton
University. KEVI N MOORE is an independent scholar and curator.
February Photography
120 pp. 32 b/w + 61 color illus.
8 1/2 x 10 3/4
Paper 978-0-300-14930-2 $25.00sc
February Art/Asian Studies
80 pp. 170 color illus. 8 1/4 x 10 3/4
Paper with flaps 978-0-300-14692-9 $19.95sc
Distributed for the Princeton University
Art Museum
Exhibition schedule:
o Yale University Art Gallery,
New Haven
(1/20/09 – 4/26/09)
Distributed for the Yale University Art
Gallery
148
Scholarly Art & Architecture Books of Interest to the General Trade
FOR REASONS OF STATE
Angelique Campens, Erica Cooke, and Steven Lam
F
or Reasons of State examines howour ability to function as a democ-
racy is compromised by governmental secrecy. Looking at contem-
porary art, the book explores notions of institutional concealment
through the work of such artists as the Bureau of Inverse Technology,
Jenny Holzer, Lin + Lam, Mark Lombardi, Trevor Paglen, and Susan
Schluppi—all of whom provide the public with a new way of looking at
information that is otherwise censored or misrepresented due to govern-
ment or corporate influence.
THE DISAPPEARANCE OF OBJECTS
New York Art and the Rise of
the Postmodern City
Joshua Shannon
I
n the years around 1960, a rapid process of deindustrialization pro-
foundly changed New York City. At the same time, massive highway
construction, urban housing renewal, and the growth of the financial
sector altered the city’s landscape. As the new economy took shape,
manufacturing lofts, piers, and small shops were replaced by sleek high-
rise housing blocks and office towers.
Focusing on works by Claes Oldenburg, Jasper Johns, Robert
Rauschenberg, and Donald Judd, art historian Joshua Shannon shows
howNewYork art engaged with this transformation of the city. Shannon
convincingly argues that these four artists—all living amid the
changes—filled their art with old street signs, outmoded flashlights, and
other discarded objects in a richly revealing effort to understand the eco-
nomic and architectural transformation of their city.
ANGEL I QUE CAMPENS is an independent curator and critic
based in New York. ERI CA COOKE is an independent curator and
writer based in New York. STEVEN L AM is an artist and independ-
ent curator and teaches at the School of Visual Arts in New York.
J OSHUA SHANNON is assistant professor of contemporary art
history and theory at the University of Maryland.
February Art
48 pp. 35 b/w illus. 7 1/2 x 10
paper 978-0-300-14694-3 $16.95sc
March Art/Art History
240 pp. 141 b/w + 48 color illus. 8 x 9 1/2
978-0-300-13706-4 $60.00sc
o Independent Study Program
Distributed for the Whitney Museum of
American Art
149
Scholarly Art & Architecture Books of Interest to the General Trade
J EROME SI L BERGEL D is P. Y. and Kinmay W. Tang Professor in
Chinese Art at Princeton University.
MATTHEW BOULTON
Selling What All the World Desires
Shena Mason
M
atthew Boulton was an 18th-century designer, inventor, and
industrialist, a consummate businessman, and co-founder of the
influential Lunar Society. Now, on the bicentenary of his death, this book
surveys his life and extraordinarily varied achievements.
The book explains how Boulton, a Birmingham “toy”-maker producing
buttons, buckles, and silverware, went into business with James Watt and
exported Boulton &Watt steamengines all over the world. Meanwhile his
magnificent ormolu ornaments decorated aristocratic drawing rooms,
and his determination to discourage counterfeiters led to a contract to
manufacture British coinage and coins of other countries at his mint.
Boulton was leader of the campaign to establish the Birmingham Assay
Office (still the busiest in the country), and also at the heart of the Lunar
Society, a group of prominent industrialists, natural philosophers, and
intellectuals interested in scientific and social change. Known to Ben
Franklin, Thomas Jefferson, Erasmus Darwin, Josiah Wedgwood, and
many others, Boulton was a fascinating man, Britain’s leading
Enlightenment entrepreneur.
OUTSIDE IN
Chinese x American x Contemporary x Art
Jerome Silbergeld
With contributions by Dora C. Y. Ching, Michelle Lim, Cary Y. Liu,
Gregory Seiffert, and Kimberly Wishart
T
he art world is currently enthralled with contemporary Chinese
art. This thoughtful book argues, however, that American audi-
ences have been exposed only to a narrow range of what is available—
with the majority of attention having been given to “avant-garde,”
“experimental,” or politically charged art. Outside In discusses contem-
porary Chinese art in a far wider range of styles and subject matter and
substantially expands on our understanding of this work.
The book features six artists—Arnold Chang, Michael Cherney, Zhi Lin,
Liu Dan, Vanessa Tran, and Zhang Hongtu—all of whom are American
citizens yet are widely diverse in age and experience as well as geo-
graphical and ethnic origins. In addition to extensive personal interviews
and artists’ statements, there are essays that challenge the categoriza-
tion of art into such focused genres as “Chinese,” “contemporary,” and
“American,” and reexamine the factors that shape the development of
“Chinese art” in America.
SHENA MASON is an independent researcher and writer.
March History of Science/Design
304 pp. 50 b/w + 300 color illus.
9 1/2 x 11 1/2
978-0-300-14358-4 $75.00sc
March Art
272 pp. 30 b/w + 215 color illus.
9 x 10 3/4
978-0-300-12208-4 $60.00sc
Exhibition schedule:
o Princeton University Art Museum
(3/5/09 – 6/7/09)
Distributed for the Princeton University
Art Museum
150
Scholarly Art & Architecture Books of Interest to the General Trade
DIALOGUES IN ART HISTORY,
FROM MESOPOTAMIAN TO MODERN
Readings for a New Century
Edited by Elizabeth Cropper
T
his spirited and challenging book presents dialogues between emi-
nent art historians on current topics and dilemmas in the field and
considering world art of all periods.
The authors propose new readings as they challenge traditional sys-
tems of classification; interpret monuments in terms of their interac-
tion with their environments; redefine the Italian Renaissance in light
of the new vernacular sensibility that emerged in the Trecento; view
portraiture both in close detail and in social and historical perspective;
and point to the need to reconcile historical coherence with complex-
ity in museum displays.
Contributors include Svetlana Alpers, Elizabeth Hill Boone, Philippe
Bordes, Betsy M. Bryan, C. Jean Campbell, Joseph Connors, Charles
Dempsey, Marian H. Feldman, Finbarr Barry Flood, Hal Foster, Marc
Gotlieb, Ewa Lajer-Burcharth, Michael Leja, Yukio Lippit, Joanne Pillsbury,
Louise Rice, David J. Roxburgh, Jeffrey Weiss, Mariët Westermann, and
Wu Hung.
A MODERNIST MUSEUM IN
PERSPECTIVE
The East Building, National Gallery of Art
Edited by Anthony Alofsin
T
his fascinating book is the first critical examination of the East
Building, I. M. Pei’s celebrated addition to the National Gallery of
Art in Washington, D.C. Distinguished contributors consider this iconic
building from various historical vantage points, from the evolution of its
design to its place in 20th-century museum architecture.
Essays by Neil Harris, Anthony Alofsin, Alona Nitzan-Shiftan, and
Réjean Legault discuss the building’s relationship to the city of
Washington, its critical and public reception, and the special nature of
its use of materials. Barry Bergdoll and David Brownlee compare it to
contemporary works by Marcel Breuer, Edward Larrabee Barnes, and
other modernists. Victoria Newhouse, Marc Treib, Barnabas Calder,
and Andrew Saint consider it in the context of museum architecture,
exploring the relationship between art installations and museum
design, museum additions by other well-known architects, and the
challenges of building and supporting an art museum outside a major
metropolitan area. Drawings, models, and photographs provide a visu-
al history of the building’s development.
EL I ZABETH CROPPER is dean of the Center for Advanced Study in
Visual Arts, National Gallery of Art.
ANTHONY AL OFSI N is Roland Roessner Centennial Professor of
Architecture and professor of architecture and art history at the University
of Texas at Austin.
March Art History
424 pp. 167 b/w + 95 color illus. 9 x 11
978-0-300-12162-9 $70.00sc
March Architecture
248 pp. 207 b/w + 58 color illus. 9 x 11
978-0-300-12159-9 $65.00sc
o Studies in the History of Art Series
Published by the National Gallery of Art,
Center for Advanced Study in the Visual
Arts/Distributed by Yale University Press
o Studies in the History of Art Series
Published by the National Gallery of Art,
Center for Advanced Study in the Visual
Arts/Distributed by Yale University Press
151
Scholarly Art & Architecture Books of Interest to the General Trade
NAT I ONAL GAL L ERY OF ART, WAS HI NGTON
DAVI D BOMFORD (see above). J I L L DUNKERTON is Restorer
and MARTI N WYL D is Director of Conservation at the National
Gallery, London. They are regular contributors to the highly regarded
National Gallery Technical Bulletin.
A CLOSER LOOK: COLOUR
David Bomford and Ashok Roy
I
t is self-evident that color is fundamental to painting, but it is not always
obvious from looking at pictures what kinds of materials may be used
by an artist to make color. A Closer Look: Colour explains how pigments
are combined with a medium to form a paint layer, and how this affects
our perception of the appearance of color. It not only describes the mate-
rials of color but also explains color theories and examines writings about
color, including painters’ treatises. Through a selection of superb pictures
from the National Gallery, London, including works by Piero della
Francesca, Leonardo, Titian, Caravaggio, Canaletto, Rembrandt,
Velázquez, Monet, and Seurat, the authors demonstrate how painters
through the centuries have exploited the characteristics of color in paint.
A CLOSER LOOK: CONSERVATION OF
PAINTINGS
David Bomford
Updated by Jill Dunkerton and Martin Wyld
T
he philosophy of modern conservation is different from that of
previous eras: the emphasis now is on long-term stabilization by
methods that alter the structure of a painting as little as possible.
Nevertheless, if paintings are obscured by discolored varnishes and old
repaints, they are cleaned, and this has often led to anxiety and debate
as long-admired images are transformed. A Closer Look: Conservation
of Paintings discusses the material nature of paintings and the ways that
they have changed, both naturally and at the hands of previous restor-
ers. It also describes the main types of conservation treatment carried
out on panel and canvas paintings and some of the complex issues
involved in cleaning and restoration.
DAVI D BOMFORD is Associate Director for Collections at the J. Paul
Getty Museum, Los Angeles. He was formerly the Senior Restorer at the
National Gallery, London. ASHOK ROY is Director of Scientific
Research at the National Gallery, London. He is the series editor of the
highly regarded National Gallery Technical Bulletin, and has co-
authored many NG titles, including Art in the Making: Degas (2005).
March Art
96 pp. 90 color illus. 5 3/4 x 8 1/2
paper 978-1-85709-442-8 $15.00sc
March Art
96 pp. 90 color illus. 5 3/4 x 8 1/2
paper 978-1-85709-441-1 $15.00sc
Published by National Gallery Company/
Distributed by Yale University Press
152
Scholarly Art & Architecture Books of Interest to the General Trade
NAT I ONAL GAL L ERY LONDON
Published by National Gallery Company/
Distributed by Yale University Press
A Closer Look is the new series title for the updated and refreshed National Gallery Pocket Guide range.
The series has been enhanced with a stronger format, attractive design, new photography, and additional information.
THE NATIONAL GALLERY
POCKET COLLECTION
Introduction by Leah Kharibian
T
he National Gallery, London, home to celebrated works by
Leonardo, Titian, Rembrandt, Turner, Van Eyck, Van Gogh, and
many others, contains paintings that rank among the finest in the his-
tory of Western European art. This attractive little pocket collection
reproduces many of these much–loved masterpieces along with a brief
introduction to the collection.
The guide presents nearly 200 masterworks, arranged in four sections
that reflect the layout of the gallery and the chronology of the art:
Sainsbury Wing (1250–1500), West Wing (1500–1600), North Wing
(1600–1700), and East Wing (1700–1900). Tracing the development of
Western European art through the centuries, the book is an irresistible
treasure for visitors or armchair travelers to the National Gallery.
L EAH KHARI BI AN is an independent art historian and writer.
March Art
240 pp. 200 color illus. 4 1/4 x 4 3/4
978-1-85709-447-3 $15.00sc
153
Scholarly Art & Architecture Books of Interest to the General Trade
Published by National Gallery Company/
Distributed by Yale University Press
J OHN HOPE FRANKL I N is James B. Duke Professor Emeritus of
History at Duke University, where the John Hope Franklin Center for
Interdisciplinary and International Studies is located. ALVI A J .
WARDL AW is curator of modern and contemporary art at The Museum
of Fine Arts, Houston, and director of the University Museum at Texas
Southern University in Houston.
COLLECTING AFRICAN AMERICAN ART
The Museum of Fine Arts, Houston
John Hope Franklin and Alvia J. Wardlaw
T
his important book showcases institutional and private efforts to
collect, document, and preserve African American art in
American’s fourth largest city, Houston, Texas. Eminent historian John
Hope Franklin’s essay reveals his passionate commitment to collect
African American art, while curator Alvia J. Wardlaw discusses works by
Robert S. Duncanson, Henry Ossawa Tanner, Horace Pippen, and Bill
Traylor as well as pieces by contemporary artists Kojo Griffin and
Mequitta Ahuja. Quilts, pottery, and a desk made by an African
American slave for his daughter contribute to the overview.
The book also focuses on the collections of the “black intelligentsia,”
African Americans who taught at black colleges like Fisk University,
where Aaron Douglas founded the art department. A number of the
artists represented were collected privately before they were able to
exhibit in mainstream museums.
February Art
224 pp. 125 color illus. 7 x 10
paper 978-0-300-15291-3 $40.00sc
Distributed for The Museum of Fine Arts,
Houston
Aaron Douglas, Flight, 1930, woodcut, collection of
Gladys I. Forde. © Estate of Aaron Douglas
March History/Architecture
192 pp. 45 b/w + 10 color illus. 7 x 10
978-0-300-11130-9 $50.00sc
154
NORBERT LYNTON, who died in 2007, was the founding
professor of art history at Sussex University and a respected critic.
T
he plans for the gigantic Monument to the Third
International were completed in 1920 by Vladimir
Tatlin, the Russian painter and visionary designer who was
a key figure of Russian constructivism. Planned as the
headquarters and monument of the Comintern in
Petrograd, it was to be made from industrial materials—
iron, glass, and steel—as a towering symbol of modernity.
Because of the political turmoil and housing shortages in
Russia after the 1917 Revolution, the building was never
constructed, but it remains a celebrated icon of revolu-
tionary art.
In this insightful book, Norbert Lynton investigates the
sources and symbolism of Tatlin’s Tower and considers
not only its significance but also the broader role of alle-
gory in abstraction and as an expression of man’s highest
aspirations. Then, in light of his new symbolic reading of
the Tower, Lynton examines Tatlin’s flying machine,
Letatlin, and earlier works in his career and discusses their
impact on other Russian painters, sculptors, designers,
and architects of his era.
TATLIN’S TOWER
Monument to Revolution
Norbert Lynton
An examination of the the 20th century’s
greatest unexecuted work of art
Scholarly Art & Architecture Books of Interest to the General Trade
DADA’S WOMEN
Ruth Hemus
T
he European Dada movement of the early 20th century has long
been regarded as a male preserve, one in which women have been
relegated to footnotes or mentioned only as the wives, girlfriends, or sis-
ters of Dada men. This fascinating book challenges that assumption,
focusing on the creative contributions made to Dada by five pivotal
European women.
Ruth Hemus establishes the ways in which Emmy Hennings and Sophie
Taeuber in Zurich, Hannah Höch in Berlin, and Suzanne Duchamp and
Céline Arnauld in Paris made important interventions across fine art, lit-
erature, and performance. Hemus highlights how their techniques and
approaches were characteristic of Dada’s rebellion against aesthetic and
cultural conventions, analyzes the impact of gender on each woman’s
work, and shows convincingly that they were innovators and not imita-
tors. In its new and original perspective on Dada, the book broadens our
appreciation and challenges accepted understandings of this revolution-
ary avant-garde movement.
DRAWN TO ITALIAN DRAWINGS
The Goldman Collection
Nicholas Turner
With contributions by Jean Goldman
T
his lovely book features exquisite drawings from the Renaissance
and Baroque periods, including works by Guercino, Parmigianino,
Raphael, and other Italian masters. These 126 working drawings,
preparatory sketches, and finished compositions offer insights into the
varied approaches to drawing, the artists’ developing styles, and the dif-
ferent regional approaches to the medium. Highlighting works from the
distinguished collection of Jean and Steven Goldman, the volume
enables the reader to study the drawings of 16th- and 17th-century
artists in dialogue with one another. With compelling drawings—many
never before published—in a variety of media, exciting newattributions,
and important analyses, this book is essential for anyone who admires
the bravura and beauty of Old Master drawings.
RUTH HEMUS is an Early Career Leverhulme Fellow at the University
of Royal Holloway, London.
NI CHOL AS TURNER, an independent art historian, was formerly
Keeper in the British Museum’s Department of Prints and Drawings and
Curator of Drawings at the J. Paul Getty Museum. J EAN GOL DMAN
is a scholar specializing in Italian Renaissance and Baroque art.
April Art History
256 pp. 60 b/w + 20 color illus.
7 1/2 x 10
978-0-300-14148-1 $60.00sc
April Art
320 pp. 150 b/w + 175 color illus.
9 1/2 x 12
978-0-300-14104-7 $65.00sc
Exhibition schedule:
o The Art Institute of Chicago
(10/18/08 – 1/18/09)
Distributed for the Art Institute of Chicago
155
Scholarly Art & Architecture Books of Interest to the General Trade
Previously announced
ART OF THE KOREAN RENAISSANCE,
1400–1600
Soyoung Lee
With JaHyun Kim Haboush, Sunpyo Hong, and Chin-Sung Chang
T
his catalogue—the first English-language publication on the sub-
ject—highlights the art of the early period (1392–1592) of Korea’s
Joseon dynasty. The Joseon rulers replaced the Buddhist establishment
and re-created a Korean society informed on every level by Neo-
Confucian ideals. They supported the production of innovative secular art
inspired by past traditions, both native and from the broader Confucian
world. Yet despite official policies, court-sponsored Buddhist art endured,
contributing to the rich complexity of the early Joseon culture.
The exquisite paintings, porcelain and other ceramics, metalware, and
lacquerware featured in the book are drawn from the holdings of major
Korean and Japanese museums, the collection of the Metropolitan
Museum and other U.S. collections, and private collections. Many of the
works have never been seen in the United States.
SOYOUNG L EE is Assistant Curator, Department of Asian Art, The
Metropolitan Museum of Art. J AHYUN KI M HABOUSH is King
Sejong Professor of Korean Studies, East Asian Languages and Cultures,
and History, Columbia University. SUNPYO HONG is Professor of
Korean Art History, Department of Art History, Ewha Woman’s University.
CHI N- SUNG CHANG is Assistant Professor of East Asian Art History,
Department of Archaeology and Art History, Seoul National University.
April Art
176 pp. 30 b/w + 75 color illus. 9 x 12
978-0-300-14891-6 $45.00sc
Exhibition schedule:
o The Metropolitan Museum of Art
(3/17/09 – 6/21/09)
Published in association with
The Metropolitan Museum of Art
156
Scholarly Art & Architecture Books of Interest to the General Trade
Wine cup, 15th century Korean. Rogers Fund, 1917 (17.175.1). Image
© The Metropolitan Museum of Art, New York
ERI C MUMFORD is associate professor of architecture and art
history at Washington University in St. Louis.
DEFINING URBAN DESIGN
CIAM Architects and the Formation of a Discipline,
1937–69
Eric Mumford
I
n this meticulously researched book, Eric Mumford traces how mem-
bers of the International Congress of Modern Architecture (CIAM),
such as Walter Gropius, Josep Lluís Sert, and their American associates,
developed the discipline of urban design from the 1940s to the 1960s.
Now widely known, this field has had significant influence in university
departments and building projects around the world, but its roots in the
urbanism of CIAM are not well understood.
CIAM proposed a new type of architecture, one that drew on the strate-
gies of both modern art and engineering to promote efficiency and
rational city planning. Mumford challenges the idea that this modern
urbanism only resulted in the clearing of historical neighborhoods in
favor of the public housing that would famously fail. Rather, Mumford
argues, CIAM goals were instrumental in forming the field of urban
design, and it was the rejection of these goals by politicians and bureau-
crats, rather than their implementation, that led to the now familiar and
lamentable results of urban renewal and metropolitan sprawl.
May Architecture/Urban Design
272 pp. 86 b/w + 14 color illus. 8 x 10
978-0-300-13888-7 $55.00sc
FILM, VIDEO, AND NEW MEDIA AT
THE ART INSTITUTE OF CHICAGO
with the Howard and Donna Stone Gift
Lisa B. Dorin
D
uring the past four decades, the accessibility of videotape, along
with that of 8- and 16-millimeter film, has revolutionized artistic
production, and moving-image technologies ranging from the filmic to
the digital have attained mainstream status. This exciting publication, the
first devoted exclusively to the Art Institute’s expanding collection of film
and video, records the emergence of a new medium and captures the
quickly evolving state of the art.
The book explores more than eighty works at the Art Institute, from
those by early pioneers like Bruce Nauman and Nam June Paik to oth-
ers by such recent practitioners as Doug Aitken, Sharon Lockhart, and
Steve McQueen. The book showcases works by Tacita Dean, Rineke
Dijkstra, Nan Goldin, Jenny Holzer, Pierre Huyghe, Isaac Julien, William
Kentridge, Gordon Matta-Clark, George Segal, Richard Serra, Bill Viola,
and many more.
THE EMPIRE’S NEW CLOTHES
A History of the Russian Fashion Industry,
1700–1917
Christine Ruane
I
n 1701 Tsar Peter the Great decreed that all residents of Moscow must
abandon their traditional dress and wear European fashion. Those
who produced or sold Russian clothing would face “dreadful punish-
ment.” Peter’s dress decree, part of his drive to make Russia more like
Western Europe, had a profound impact on the history of Imperial
Russia.
This engrossing book explores the impact of Westernization on Russia
in the 18th and 19th centuries and presents a wealth of photographs of
ordinary Russians in all their finery. Christine Ruane draws on memoirs,
mail-order catalogues, fashion magazines, and other period sources to
demonstrate that Russia’s adoption of Western fashion had symbolic,
economic, and social ramifications and was inseparably linked to the
development of capitalism, industrial production, and new forms of
communication. This book shows how the fashion industry became a
forum through which Russians debated and formulated a new national
identity.
L I SA B. DORI N is assistant curator in the department of contempo-
rary art at the Art Institute of Chicago.
CHRI STI NE RUANE is director of graduate studies and professor
of history at the University of Tulsa.
May Art
112 pp. 70 color illus. 8 3/8 x 10 1/4
paper 978-0-300-14690-5 $16.95sc
May Fashion
256 pp. 70 b/w + 50 color illus. 9 x 11
978-0-300-14155-9 $65.00sc
o Museum Studies
Distributed for the Art Institute of Chicago
157
Scholarly Art & Architecture Books of Interest to the General Trade
DAVI D W. PHI L L I PSON is Emeritus Professor of African
Archaeology, University of Cambridge.
COMPASS AND RULE
Architecture as Mathematical Practice
Anthony Gerbino and Stephen Johnston
T
he spread of Renaissance culture in England coincided with the
birth of the profession of architecture, whose practitioners soon
became superior to simple builders in social standing and perceived intel-
lectual prowess. This stimulating book, which focuses in particular on the
scientist, mathematician, and architect Sir Christopher Wren, explores
the extent to which this new professional identity was based on expert-
ise in the mathematical arts and sciences.
Featuring drawings, instruments, paintings, and other examples of the
material culture of English architecture, the book discusses the role of
mathematics in architectural design and building technology. It begins
with architectural drawing in the 16th century, moves to large-scale tech-
nical drawing under Henry VIII, considers Inigo Jones and his royal build-
ings and Christopher Wren and the dome of St. Paul’s, and concludes
with the architectural education of George III. Interweaving text and visu-
al image, the book investigates the boundaries between art and science
in architecture—the most artistic of the sciences and the most scientific
of the arts.
ANCIENT CHURCHES OF ETHIOPIA
David W. Phillipson
T
he kings of Aksum formally became Christian during the second
quarter of the 4th century, making Ethiopia the second country in
the world (after Armenia) officially to adopt the new faith. This land-
mark book is the first to integrate historical, archaeological, and art-his-
torical evidence to provide a comprehensive account of Ethiopian
Christian civilization and its churches—both built and rock-hewn—
from the Aksumite period to the 13th century.
David W. Phillipson, a foremost authority on Ethiopia’s archaeology, sit-
uates these churches within the development of Ethiopian society, illu-
minating the exceptional continuity of the country’s Christian civiliza-
tion. He offers a fresh view of the processes which gave rise to this
unique African culture as well as the most detailed treatment of the
rock-hewn churches at Lalibela World Heritage Site ever published.
Abundantly illustrated, filled with original insights, and incorporating
new chronological findings, this book will be of enormous interest to a
wide international circle of students, scholars, and travelers.
ANTHONY GERBI NO is a senior research fellow at Worcester
College, Oxford. STEPHEN J OHNSTON is Assistant Keeper at the
Museum of the History of Science in Oxford.
May Architecture/History of Science
192 pp. 120 color illus. 9 x 12
978-0-300-15093-3 $65.00sc
June Archaeology/Architecture
288 pp. 224 b/w + 50 color illus. 7 1/2 x 10
978-0-300-14156-6 $65.00sc
158
Scholarly Art & Architecture Books of Interest to the General Trade
AUGUSTUS SAINT-GAUDENS IN
THE METROPOLITAN MUSEUM OF ART
Thayer Tolles
T
his book recounts the engaging story of a French-Irish immigrant
who became the greatest American sculptor of his day. During his
lifetime Saint-Gaudens (1848–1907) both contributed to exhibitions at
the Metropolitan Museum and served as an advisor to its staff. After his
death the Museum continued steadily to acquire his sculptures. Today it
owns 45 of the sculptor’s works, ranging from delicate cameos and
medals to innovative painterly bas-reliefs to stirring statuettes and por-
trait busts after Civil War monuments for East Coast cities.
Thayer Tolles appraises Saint-Gaudens’s groundbreaking position in the
history of late 19th-century American sculpture and the Aesthetic
Movement, and she also addresses his role in advancing American art
on the international stage.
THAYER TOL L ES is Associate Curator of American Paintings and
Sculpture at The Metropolitan Museum of Art, New York.
July Art
72 pp. 80 color illus. 8 1/2 x 11
paper 978-0-300-15188-6 $19.95sc
Exhibition schedule:
o The Metropolitan Museum of Art
(6/30/09 – 10/12/09)
Published in association with
The Metropolitan Museum of Art
159
Scholarly Art & Architecture Books of Interest to the General Trade
A
u
g
u
s
t
u
s
S
a
i
n
t
-
G
a
u
d
e
n
s
(
A
m
e
r
i
c
a
n
,
1
8
4
8

1
9
0
7
)
.
D
i
a
n
a
,
1
8
9
3

9
4
,
t
h
i
s
c
a
s
t
1
8
9
4
o
r
a
f
t
e
r
.
B
r
o
n
z
e
,
h
.
2
8
1
/
4
i
n
.
T
h
e
M
e
t
r
o
p
o
l
i
t
a
n
M
u
s
e
u
m
o
f
A
r
t
,
G
i
f
t
o
f
L
i
n
c
o
l
n
K
i
r
s
t
e
i
n
,
1
9
8
5
(
1
9
8
5
.
3
5
3
)
THE EXTREME OF THE MIDDLE
Writings of Jack Tworkov
Edited by Mira Schor
J
ack Tworkov (1900–1982) was a significant figure of the Abstract
Expressionist period. A noted painter, he was instrumental in defining
the ideals of the NewYork School, along with Willemde Kooning, Barnett
Newman, Ad Reinhardt, and Franz Kline, among others. This book, the
first collection of Tworkov’s writings, sheds new light on the lives and stu-
dio practices of Tworkov and his colleagues as well as on Tworkov’s artis-
tic theories and values.
These enlightening and intimate writings—personal journals and letters,
teaching notebooks, correspondence with other artists, previously unpub-
lished essays, and published articles—are introduced and annotated by
Mira Schor, who provides an informed account of an important artist and
thinker. The book is enriched by photographs by Henri Cartier-Bresson,
Irving Penn, Arnold Newman, and Robert Rauschenberg; family photo-
graphs with Hans Hofmann, John Cage, Kline, and others; and reproduc-
tions of some of Tworkov’s finest work.
MI RA SCHOR is a painter and author who also teaches at Parsons
The New School for Design.
July Art Theory
496 pp. 46 b/w + 15 color illus. 6 x 9
paper 978-0-300-14102-3 $45.00sc
J OHN L OWDEN is Professor of the History of Art at the Courtauld
Institute of Art, University of London.
PEN AND PARCHMENT
Drawing in the Middle Ages
Melanie Holcomb et al.
I
n the Middle Ages, artists explored and tested the medium of drawing,
producing whimsical sketches, illustrated treatises, and finished draw-
ings of extraordinary refinement. This fascinating volume is the first to
examine and celebrate the achievements of medieval draftsmen in
depth. It reproduces rarely seen leaves from more than fifty manuscripts
dating from the 9th to the early 14th century. In the accompanying texts,
Melanie Holcomb and other experts in the field consider the techniques,
uses, and aesthetics of medieval drawings, casting light on their critical
role in the intellectual life of the Middle Ages.
THE JAHARIS GOSPEL LECTIONARY
The Story of a Byzantine Book
John Lowden
U
ntil 2008 the Jaharis Lectionary was a hidden treasure: an illumi-
nated Byzantine manuscript that was almost entirely unknown,
even to scholars. Superbly preserved, it is arguably the most important
Byzantine work to come to the Metropolitan Museum’s renowned col-
lection since the 1917 gifts of J. Pierpont Morgan. It represents the
apogee of Constantinopolitan craftsmanship around the year 1100.
In this important study, John Lowden, a leading expert on Byzantine
manuscripts, discusses his discoveries about this extraordinary manu-
script within the broader context of Byzantine book illumination. He
traces the book’s history from its acquisition to its production in
Constantinople. By detailed analysis and comparison, the author shows
howthe manuscript was made for use in the patriarchal church of Hagia
Sophia.
MEL ANI E HOL COMB is Associate Curator in the Medieval Art
Department at The Metropolitan Museum of Art, New York.
July Art History
208 pp. 50 b/w + 75 color illus. 9 x 11
978-0-300-14894-7 $50.00sc
July Art History
144 pp. 40 b/w + 60 color illus.
8 1/2 x 11
paper 978-0-300-14899-2 $30.00sc
Exhibition schedule:
o The Metropolitan Museum of Art
(6/2/09 – 8/23/09)
Published in association with
The Metropolitan Museum of Art
Exhibition schedule:
o The Metropolitan Museum of Art
(9/30/08 – 3/22/09)
Published in association with
The Metropolitan Museum of Art
160
Scholarly Art & Architecture Books of Interest to the General Trade
T HE MET ROPOL I TAN MUS EUM OF ART
J
a
h
a
r
i
s
B
y
z
a
n
t
i
n
e
L
e
c
t
i
o
n
a
r
y
,
B
y
z
a
n
t
i
n
e
(
C
o
n
s
t
a
n
t
i
n
o
p
l
e
)
,
c
a
.
1
1
0
0
.
T
e
m
p
e
r
a
,
i
n
k
a
n
d
g
o
l
d
l
e
a
f
o
n
p
a
r
c
h
m
e
n
t
;
l
e
a
t
h
e
r
b
i
n
d
i
n
g
.
T
h
e
M
e
t
r
o
p
o
l
i
t
a
n
M
u
s
e
u
m
o
f
A
r
t
,
P
u
r
c
h
a
s
e
,
M
a
r
y
a
n
d
M
i
c
h
a
e
l
J
a
h
a
r
i
s
G
i
f
t
a
n
d
L
i
l
a
A
c
h
e
s
o
n
W
a
l
l
a
c
e
G
i
f
t
,
2
0
0
7
(
2
0
0
7
.
2
8
6
)
The Harley Psalter. Ca. 1010–1130. British Library
Board. All Rights Reserved (Harley 603).
161
Art & Architecture–Paperback
VAUGHAN HART is professor of architecture, department of archi-
tecture and civil engineering, University of Bath. PETER HI CKS is vis-
iting research fellow, department of architecture and civil engineering,
University of Bath, and historian, Fondation Napoléon, Paris.
FRANCIS BACON IN THE 1950S
Michael Peppiatt
T
he first exploration of Bacon’s compelling work during the key
decade when he was attaining the height of his powers—now avail-
able in paperback.
“A profound meditation on the painter’s psychology and motiva-
tion; one of the best things ever written on Bacon.”
—Martin Gayord, The Sunday Telegraph
“This tale of life lived on the edge—with its interwoven strand of
steely artistic determination . . . makes for flavorsome
reading.”—Julian Bell, New York Review of Books
PALLADIO’S ROME
Edited and translated by Vaughan Hart and Peter Hicks
N
ow available in paperback: Palladio’s guides to Rome as charm-
ing today as when they were written 450 years ago.
“This pocket-sized edition, the first one-volume edition in
English, allows the modern visitor or armchair tourist to follow
in the footsteps of the Renaissance traveller, seeing the city as it
was described by one of the world’s greatest architects.”
—London Review of Books
“A fascinating snapshot of Rome a century before the Baroque
architects got their hands on it.”
—Richard B. Woodward, New York Times
Formerly editor and publisher of Art International, MI CHAEL PEPPI ATT
is an independent art historian and exhibition curator. His previous
books include Alberto Giacometti in Postwar Paris, published by Yale
University Press.
March Art
224 pp. 20 b/w + 70 color illus.
9 1/2 x 10 1/2
paper 978-0-300-15121-3 $33.00
cloth (S ’07) 978-0-300-12192-6 $50.00
March Architecture
320 pp. 50 b/w + 50 color illus.
4 3/4 x 8 1/2
paper 978-0-300-15147-3 $35.00sc
cloth (S ’06) 978-0-300-10909-2 $55.00sc
Published in association with
the Sainsbury Centre for Visual Arts,
University of East Anglia, Norwich
MIDDLE KINGDOM TOMB
ARCHITECTURE AT LISHT
Dieter Arnold
T
his volume documents twenty-six monumental tombs of the
ancient Egyptian Twelfth Dynasty that were excavated by the
Metropolitan Museum Egyptian Expedition from 1906 to 1934 and
1984 to 1991. Focusing on the study and reconstruction of the archi-
tecture of the tombs, the book also publishes remains of reliefs and
inscriptions that decorated the walls. The author demonstrates the
astonishing variety of Middle Kingdom funeral architecture. Whereas
some of the Lisht structures relate closely to Old Kingdom mastabas,
there is also a new group of freestanding chapels that are derived from
contemporary deity temples and foreshadow the temple-tombs of
later periods in Egyptian history.
LANCASHIRE
North
Clare Hartwell
T
he landscapes of Lancashire range from the shores of Morecambe
Bay and the wild Forest of Bowland in the north to the coastal flat-
lands and Pennine mill towns in the south. Lancaster, the historic coun-
ty town, boasts some of the finest Georgian buildings in northern
England, while Blackpool is unrivaled anywhere for spectacular seaside
architecture.
Lancashire treats each city, town, and village in the county in a detailed
gazetteer. An expert general introduction provides a historical and artis-
tic overview. Numerous maps and plans, over a hundred new color pho-
tographs, full indexes, and an illustrated glossary help to make this book
invaluable as both reference work and guide.
DI ETER ARNOL D is Curator, Department of Egyptian Art,
The Metropolitan Museum of Art.
CL ARE HARTWEL L is an architectural historian based in
Manchester. She is the author of Lancashire: Manchester and the South
East in the Buildings of England series and the Pevsner City Guide to
Manchester, both published by Yale University Press.
o Egyptian Expedition Publications of
The Metropolitan Museum of Art
Published in association with
The Metropolitan Museum of Art
o Pevsner Architectural Guides
February Architecture
269 pp. 170 b/w + color illus. +
18 text figures
9 1/2 x 13 1/2
978-0-300-12344-9 $75.00tx
May Architecture
800 pp. 120 color illus. 4 3/4 x 8 1/2
978-0-300-12667-9 $50.00tx
162
Scholarly Art & Architecture Books of Interest to the General Trade
Previously announced
163
Index
1948, Morris ..............................................................89
¡A Su Salud!, Cotton et al. ........................................111
Abbona-Sneider et al., Trame ....................................109
Adams, denver..........................................................138
Adams, What We Bought ..........................................138
Aeneid, The, Vergil ......................................................92
Agnes Martin, Cooke ................................................141
Ahlan wa Sahlan, Alosh ............................................109
Alger Hiss and the Battle for History, Jacoby ................4, 5
Alhawary, Arabic Second Language Acquisition of
Morphosyntax ....................................................109
Allawi, The Crisis of Islamic Civilization ..................20, 21
Allitt, The Conservatives ..............................................51
Alofsin, A Modernist Museum in Perspective ................151
Alosh, Ahlan wa Sahlan ............................................109
Alvar Aalto, Pelkonen ................................................135
American Play, The, Robinson ......................................68
Amory, Pierre Bonnard ..............................................115
Amy Blakemore, de Lima Greene ................................134
Ancient Churches of Ethiopia, Phillipson ......................158
Anders, Between Fire and Sleep ..................................68
Andrew Lloyd Webber, Snelson ..................................101
Anti-Imperial Choice, The, Petrovsky-Shtern ..................105
Arab Center, The, Muasher ..........................................94
Arabic Second Language Acquisition of Morphosyntax,
Alhawary............................................................109
Architecture of The Yale Center for British Art, The,
Prown ................................................................146
Arnold, Middle Kingdom Tomb Architecture at Lisht ......162
Art of French Piano Music, The, Howat ........................105
Art of the Korean Renaissance, 1400-1600, Lee ..........156
Arts of Ancient Viet Nam, Tingley................................118
Atheist Delusions, Hart ................................................27
Atmosphere of Heaven, The, Jay ..................................49
Augustus Saint-Gaudens in the Metropolitan
Museum of Art, Tolles ..........................................159
Austin and An, Yale French Studies 115 ......................106
Backstage Pass, O’Brien et al. ....................................121
Bagenstos, Law and the Contradictions of the
Disability Rights Movement....................................107
Bailey et al., Masterpieces of Impressionism and
Post-Impressionism................................................144
Balken, Dove/O’Keeffe..............................................137
Bannockburn, Cornell ..................................................63
Barnett, Victor Hugo on Things That Matter ..................110
Basualdo and Taylor, Bruce Nauman ..........................140
Becoming Edvard Munch, Clarke ................................116
Berrizbeitia, Michael Van Valkenburgh Associates ........133
Between Fire and Sleep, Anders ..................................68
Beyond Golden Clouds, Katz ....................................142
Birds of Pakistan, Grimmett et al. ..................................60
Bite the Hand That Feeds You, Fairlie ............................74
Blood and Mistletoe, Hutton..........................................61
Blood and Soil, Kiernan ..............................................80
Blood Sport, Griffin ....................................................98
Bomford and Roy, A Closer Look: Colour ....................152
Bomford, A Closer Look: Conservation of Paintings ......152
Borderlines in Borderlands, Stagg ..............................103
Bray, Wetware......................................................44, 45
Bridge at the Edge of the World, The, Speth ..................81
Britons, Colley ............................................................77
Bruce Nauman, Basualdo and Taylor ..........................140
Brustein, The Tainted Muse ..........................................26
Bugs and the Victorians, Clark ....................................106
Bulgakov, White Guard ..............................................90
Buriki, Earle ..............................................................143
Bus Kids, The, Lit ......................................................103
Calder, Pacific Alliance ................................................72
Call of the Coast, Denenberg and Lansing ..................130
Calvin, Gordon ..........................................................55
Campens et al., For Reasons of State ..........................149
Can Poetry Save the Earth?, Felstiner ............................18
Cézanne + Beyond, Rishel and Sachs..........................117
Chin, Confucius ..........................................................53
Christiansen, Duccio and the Origins of Western
Painting ..............................................................147
Clark, Bugs and the Victorians ....................................106
Clarke, Becoming Edvard Munch ................................116
Cloonan Cortez, Contornos del Habla..........................110
Closer Look: Colour, A, Bomford and Roy ....................152
Closer Look: Conservation of Paintings, A, Bomford ......152
Collecting African American Art, Franklin and Wardlaw153
Colley, Britons ............................................................77
Collins, It Is Daylight ....................................................19
Comanche Empire, The, Hämäläinen ............................90
Compass and Rule, Gerbino and Johnston ..................158
Confucius, Chin ..........................................................53
Conlon, The Essential Hospital Handbook ......................38
Conservatives, The, Allitt ..............................................51
Contornos del Habla, Cloonan Cortez ........................110
Cooke, Agnes Martin ................................................141
Cooke et al., Zoe Leonard ..........................................134
Copquin, The Neighborhoods of Queens ......................82
Cornell, Bannockburn ..................................................63
Cotton et al., ¡A Su Salud!..........................................111
Cowling et al., Picasso ..............................................124
Craftsman, The, Sennett ..............................................84
Crawford, Hitler’s Gift to American Music ......................73
Crisis of Islamic Civilization, The, Allawi ..................20, 21
Cropper, Dialogues in Art History, from
Mesopotamian to Modern ....................................151
Cruel and Unusual, Cusac ............................................11
Cuno et al., The Modern Wing ..................................132
Cuno, Master Paintings in the Art Institute of Chicago....128
Cusac, Cruel and Unusual ............................................11
Cy Twombly, Rondeau ..............................................139
Dada’s Women, Hemus..............................................155
Danziger, James Boswell ............................................107
Defining Urban Design, Mumford................................156
de Lima Greene, Amy Blakemore ..............................134
Denenberg and Lansing, Call of the Coast....................130
denver, Adams..........................................................138
Dialogues in Art History, from Mesopotamian to
Modern, Cropper ................................................151
Disappearance of Objects, The, Shannon ....................149
Donald and Munro, Endless Forms ..............................114
Dorin, Film, Video, and New Media at the Art
Institute of Chicago ..............................................157
Dove/O’Keeffe, Balken..............................................137
Drawn to Italian Drawings. Turner ..............................155
Duccio and the Origins of Western Painting,
Christiansen ........................................................147
Dwyer, Napoleon........................................................85
Eagleton, Reason, Faith, and Revolution ..................24, 25
Earle, Buriki ..............................................................143
Eklund, The Pictures Generation ..................................131
Eleanor of Aquitaine, Turner ........................................48
Elliott, Spain, Europe and the Wider World,
1500-1800 ..........................................................52
Empire’s New Clothes, The, Ruane........................71, 157
Endless Forms, Donald and Munro ..............................114
Essential Art of African Textiles, The, LaGamma and
Giuntini ..............................................................147
Essential Hospital Handbook, The, Conlon ....................38
Essential Reinhold Niebuhr, The, Niebuhr ......................97
Ethiopian Revolution, The, Tareke ..................................71
Euro, The, Marsh ........................................................42
Extreme of the Middle, The, Schor ..............................159
Fairlie, Bite the Hand That Feeds You ............................74
Familiarity of Strangers, The, Trivellato ........................104
Fasulo, An Insider’s Guide to the UN ............................46
Faulkner and Love, Sensibar ........................................36
Federalist Papers, The, Hamilton et al. ..........................67
Felstiner, Can Poetry Save the Earth? ............................18
Fighting Cancer with Knowledge and Hope, Frank ........37
Film, Video, and New Media at the Art Institute of
Chicago, Dorin....................................................157
Finkin and Post, For the Common Good ........................30
Florence 1900, Roeck..................................................66
For Reasons of State, Campens et al. ..........................149
For the Common Good, Finkin and Post ........................30
Forgotten Continent, Reid ............................................80
Foster and Kreitzman, Seasons of Life............................47
Fox, Proverbs 10–31 ..................................................64
164
Index
Francis Bacon in the 1950s, Peppiatt ..........................161
Franco and Hitler, Payne..............................................82
Frank, Fighting Cancer with Knowledge and Hope ........37
Franklin and Wardlaw, Collecting African American Art 153
Frankly, My Dear, Haskell ..............................................7
Fraser, Wall Street ......................................................88
Freedman, Out of the East ............................................99
Friedland and Folt, Writing Successful Science Propsals ..73
From the New Deal to the New Right, Lowndes ..........101
Future of the Internet—And How to Stop It, The, Zittrain ..79
Gallipoli, Prior ............................................................54
Gerbino, Compass and Rule ......................................158
Gerhard Richter Portraits, Moorhouse ..........................122
Gigante, Life ............................................................104
Gilbert Rohde, Ross ..................................................126
God’s Architect, Hill ..............................................8, 119
Goldfarb, In Confidence ..............................................13
Goldstein, Jacob’s Legacy ............................................92
Goldsworthy, How Rome Fell..................................40, 41
Gordon, Calvin ..........................................................55
Grewal, Network Power ..............................................94
Griffin, A Smart Energy Policy ......................................75
Griffin, Blood Sport ....................................................98
Grimmett et al., Birds of Pakistan ..................................60
Grow, “Liberty to the Downtrodden”..............................60
Gypsy, Shteir ..............................................................16
Hahn, Kinship by Covenant ..........................................65
Hämäläinen, The Comanche Empire..............................90
Hamburger, The, Ozersky ............................................91
Hamilton et al., The Federalist Papers ............................67
Hamilton, Squeezed ....................................................70
Hart and Hicks, Palladio’s Rome..................................161
Hart, Atheist Delusions ................................................27
Hartwell, Lancashire ..................................................162
Haskell, Frankly, My Dear ..............................................7
Haynes et al., Spies ....................................................43
Heltzel, Jesus and Justice ..............................................76
Hemus, Dada’s Women..............................................155
Heritages Francophones, Redonnet et al. ....................111
Hertz, How Jews Became Germans ............................103
Hill, God’s Architect ..............................................8, 119
Hill, Selected Poems ....................................................17
Himmelfarb, The Spirit of the Age ..............................100
History Lesson, Lefkowitz ............................................100
Hitler, the Germans, and the Final Solution, Kershaw ......95
Hitler’s Gift to American Music, Crawford ......................73
Hixson, The Myth of American Diplomacy......................98
Hoffman, My Happiness Bears No Relation to
Happiness ......................................................28, 29
Holcomb et al., Pen and Parchment ............................160
Holy Toledo!, Steele and Mears ..................................136
Horesh, Shanghai’s Bund and Beyond ........................107
How Jews Became Germans, Hertz ............................103
How Rome Fell, Goldsworthy..................................40, 41
Howat, The Art of French Piano Music ........................105
Hunt, Ideology and U.S. Foreign Policy........................104
Hutton, Blood and Mistletoe ........................................61
Ideology and U.S. Foreign Policy, Hunt ........................104
Importing Poverty, Martin ............................................71
In Confidence, Goldfarb ..............................................13
Insider’s Guide to the UN, Fasulo..................................46
Inventing a Nation, Vidal ............................................93
It Is Daylight, Collins ....................................................19
Jacob’s Legacy, Goldstein ............................................92
Jacoby, Alger Hiss and the Battle for History ................4, 5
Jaharis Gospel Lectionary, The, Lowden ......................160
James Boswell, Danziger ............................................107
Jay, The Atmosphere of Heaven....................................49
Jesus and Justice, Heltzel ..............................................76
John Singer Sargent, Ormond and Kilmurray................125
Kander and Ebb, Leve..................................................61
Kaplan, Spiritual Radical ..............................................98
Karelis, The Persistence of Poverty ..............................101
Katz, Beyond Golden Clouds......................................142
Kershaw, Hitler, the Germans, and the Final Solution ......95
Kharibian, National Gallery Pocket Collection..............153
Kiernan, Blood and Soil ..............................................80
King et al., The Psychoanalytic Study of the Child ........105
Kinship by Covenant, Hahn..........................................65
Knut Hamsun, Sletten Kolloen........................................57
Koda and Yohannan, Models & Muses ........................129
König and Weick, Owls of the World ............................62
Koppelman, A Right to Discriminate? ............................77
Kurlander, Living with Hitler..........................................75
LaGamma and Giuntini, The Essential Art of
African Textiles ....................................................147
Lancashire, Hartwell ..................................................162
Last Rites, Lukacs ..........................................................6
Law and the Contradictions of the Disability Rights
Movement, Bagenstos ..........................................107
Lee, Art of the Korean Renaissance, 1400-1600 ..........156
Lefkowitz, History Lesson............................................100
Legacy of the Mastodon, The, Thomson ........................85
Leve, Kander and Ebb..................................................61
“Liberty to the Downtrodden”, Grow..............................60
Library at Night, The, Manguel ....................................87
Life, Gigante ............................................................104
Lit, The Bus Kids ........................................................103
Living with Hitler, Kurlander ..........................................75
Lowden, The Jaharis Gospel Lectionary........................160
Lowndes, From the New Deal to the New Right ............101
Lukacs, Last Rites ..........................................................6
Lynch, San Martín ......................................................67
Lynton, Tatlin’s Tower ................................................154
Mackiewicz, The Triumph of Provocation ......................108
Madigan and Levenson, Resurrection ............................99
Magnificent Mrs. Tennant, The, Waller ..........................56
Manguel, The Library at Night ......................................87
Marcus, Mark 8-16......................................................64
Marginal Jew: Rethinking the Historical Jesus, A, Meier ..65
Mark 8-16, Marcus ....................................................64
Marsh, The Euro..........................................................42
Martin, Importing Poverty ............................................71
Marvelous Hairy Girls, The, Wiesner-Hanks ..................62
Mason, Matthew Boulton............................................150
Master Paintings in the Art Institute of Chicago, Cuno....128
Masterpieces of Impressionism and Post-Impressionism,
Bailey et al. ........................................................144
Matthew Boulton, Mason............................................150
Max Neuhaus, Neuhaus ............................................139
Meier, A Marginal Jew: Rethinking the Historical Jesus ....65
Michael Van Valkenburgh Associates, Berrizbeitia ........133
Middle Kingdom Tomb Architecture at Lisht, Arnold ......162
Model & Muse, Koda and Yohannan ..........................129
Modern Wing, The, Cuno et al. ..................................132
Modernist Museum in Perspective, A, Alofsin................151
Money, Markets, and Sovereignty, Steil and Hinds..........31
Moorhouse, Gerhard Richter Portraits ..........................122
More than One, Smith ..............................................148
Morris, 1948..............................................................89
Morris, One State, Two States ................................32, 33
Mother of God, Rubin............................................34, 35
Muasher, The Arab Center ..........................................94
Mumford, Defining Urban Design................................156
My Happiness Bears No Relation to Happiness,
Hoffman..........................................................28, 29
Myth of American Diplomacy, The, Hixson ....................98
Napoleon, Dwyer........................................................85
National Gallery Pocket Collection, Kharibian..............153
Neighborhoods of Queens, The, Copquin......................82
Network Power, Grewal ..............................................94
Neuhaus, Max Neuhaus ............................................139
Newman, The Yale Biographical Dictionary of
American Law ......................................................69
Niebuhr, The Essential Reinhold Niebuhr........................97
O’Brien et al., Backstage Pass ....................................121
Ohki, Tea Culture of Japan ........................................148
One State, Two States, Morris ................................32, 33
Ormond and Kilmurray, John Singer Sargent................125
Out of the East, Freedman............................................99
Outside In, Silbergeld ................................................150
165
Index
Owls of the World, König and Weick ............................62
Ozersky, The Hamburger ............................................91
Pacific Alliance, Calder................................................72
Palladio’s Rome, Hart and Hicks ................................161
Parini, Why Poetry Matters ..........................................86
Payne, Franco and Hitler..............................................82
Pelkonen, Alvar Aalto ................................................135
Pen and Parchment, Holcomb et al. ............................160
Peppiatt, Francis Bacon in the 1950s ..........................161
Persistence of Poverty, The, Karelis ..............................101
Petit, Philip Johnson ..................................................120
Petrovsky-Shtern, The Anti-Imperial Choice ..................105
Philip Johnson, Petit ..................................................120
Phillipson, Ancient Churches of Ethiopia ......................158
Philosophers’ Quarrel, The, Zaretsky and Scott ..............10
Picasso, Cowling ......................................................124
Pictures Generation, The, Eklund, ................................131
Pierre Bonnard, Amory ..............................................115
Pioneers of Contemporary Glass, Strauss ....................128
Pisano, William Merritt Chase ....................................127
Politics of Food Supply, The, Winders ..........................106
Polkinghorne, Theology in the Context of Science ..........12
Potato, Reader ......................................................14, 15
Potter, Tenor ..............................................................39
Prior, Gallipoli ............................................................54
Prosek et al., Tight Lines ..............................................83
Proverbs 10–31, Fox ..................................................64
Prown, The Architecture of The Yale Center for
British Art ............................................................146
Psychoanalytic Study of the Child, The, King et al. ........105
Rahe, Soft Despotism, Democracy’s Drift ........................66
Reader, Potato ......................................................14, 15
Reason, Faith, and Revolution, Eagleton ..................24, 25
Redonnet et al., Heritages Francophones......................111
Reid, Forgotten Continent ............................................80
Resurrection, Madigan and Levenson ............................99
Right to Discriminate, A?, Koppelman............................77
Rishel, Cézanne + Beyond ........................................117
Robinson, The American Play........................................68
Roeck, Florence 1900..................................................66
Rondeau, Cy Twombly ..............................................139
Rosenfeld’s Lives, Zipperstein ........................................23
Rosenthal, William Kentridge......................................123
Ross, Gilbert Rohde ..................................................126
Ruane, The Empire’s New Clothes ........................71, 157
Rubin, Mother of God............................................34, 35
Sacco-Vanzetti Affair, The, Temkin ................................50
San Martín, Lynch........................................................67
Savages and Scoundrels, VanDevelder ..........................22
Schor, The Extreme of the Middle................................159
Seasons of Life, Foster and Kreitzman............................47
Selected Poems, Hill ....................................................17
Selling the Tudor Monarchy, Sharpe ..............................63
Sennett, The Craftsman ................................................84
Sensibar, Faulkner and Love ........................................36
Shanghai’s Bund and Beyond, Horesh ........................107
Shannon, The Disappearance of Objects ....................149
Sharpe, Selling the Tudor Monarchy ..............................63
Shteir, Gypsy..............................................................16
Silbergeld, Outside In ................................................150
Sletten Kolloen, Knut Hamsun........................................57
Small Wonder, Zimmerman ..........................................58
Smart Energy Pilocy, A, Griffin......................................75
Smith, More than One ..............................................148
Snelson, Andrew Lloyd Webber ..................................101
Soft Despotism, Democracy’s Drift, Rahe ........................66
Spain, Europe and the Wider World, 1500-1800,
Elliott ....................................................................52
Spanish Frontier in North America, The, Weber............108
Speth, The Bridge at the Edge of the World....................81
Spies, Haynes et al. ....................................................43
Spirit of the Age, The, Himmelfarb ..............................100
Spiritual Radical, Kaplan..............................................98
Squeezed, Hamilton ....................................................70
Stagg, Borderlines in Borderlands................................103
Steele and Mears, Holy Toledo! ..................................136
Steil and Hinds, Money, Markets, and Sovereignty..........31
Stone Hill Center, Webb ............................................146
Strauss, Pioneers of Contemporary Glass ....................128
Tainted Muse, The, Brustein ..........................................26
Tareke, The Ethiopian Revolution ..................................71
Tatlin’s Tower, Lynton..................................................154
Tea Culture of Japan, Ohki ........................................148
Temkin, The Sacco-Vanzetti Affair ..................................50
Tenor, Potter ................................................................39
Theology in the Context of Science, Polkinghorne ..........12
Thomson, The Legacy of the Mastodon ..........................85
Thomson, The Young Charles Darwin ..............................9
Tight Lines, Prosek et al. .............................................. 83
Tingley, Arts of Ancient Viet Nam................................118
Tolles, Augustus Saint-Gaudens in the
Metropolitan Museum of Art ..................................159
Tragedy of Child Care in America, The, Zigler et al. ......72
Trame, Abbona-Sneider et al. ....................................109
Triumph of Provocation, The, Mackiewicz ....................108
Trivellato, The Familiarity of Strangers..........................104
Tsesis, We Shall Overcome ..........................................97
Turner, Drawn to Italian Drawings ..............................155
Turner, Eleanor of Aquitaine ........................................48
VanDevelder, Savages and Scoundrels ..........................22
Vergil, The Aeneid ......................................................92
Victor Hugo on Things That Matter, Barnett ..................110
Vidal, Inventing a Nation ............................................93
Wall Street, Fraser ......................................................88
Waller, The Magnificent Mrs.Tennant ............................56
We Shall Overcome, Tsesis ..........................................97
Webb, Stone Hill Center ............................................146
Weber, The Spanish Frontier in North America ............108
Wetware, Bray......................................................44, 45
What We Bought, Adams ..........................................138
White Guard, Bulgakov ..............................................90
Why Arendt Matters, Young-Bruehl ................................95
Why Poetry Matters, Parini ..........................................86
Wiesner-Hanks, The Marvelous Hairy Girls ....................62
William Kentridge, Rosenthal ......................................123
William Merritt Chase, Pisano ....................................127
Winders, The Politics of Food Supply ..........................106
Writing Successful Science Proposals, Friedland and Folt 73
Yale Biographical Dictionary of American Law, The,
Newman ..............................................................69
Yale French Studies, Austin and An ............................106
Young Charles Darwin, The, Thomson..............................9
Young-Bruehl, Why Arendt Matters ..............................95
Your Bright Future, Zelevansky and Starkman................144
Zaretsky and Scott, The Philosophers’ Quarrel ................10
Zelevansky and Starkman, Your Bright Future ..............144
Zigler et al., The Tragedy of Child Care in America ........72
Zimmerman, Small Wonder ..........................................58
Zipperstein, Rosenfeld’s Lives ........................................23
Zittrain, The Future of the Internet—And How to Stop It ..79
Zoe Leonard, Cooke ..................................................134
o
This catalogue describes Yale University Press Spring
and Summer books scheduled for publication from
February 2009 through July 2009.
DOMESTIC
For orders and all customer service inquiries
please contact:
Yale University Press, c/o TriLiteral, LLC
100 Maple Ridge Drive, Cumberland, RI 02864-1769
Tel: USA & Canada: 1-800-405-1619
Fax: USA & Canada: 1-800-406-9145
Email: customer.care@triliteral.org
Orders: orders@triliteral.org
SAN 631-8126
Yale University Press is a member of PUBNET
All prices, discounts and publication dates are subject to
change without notice.
Booksellers may order all titles at regular discounts and
terms that are published in the ABA handbook. Discount
schedules and return policies are available by contacting
the Sales Department at:
phone (203) 432-0966 or fax (203) 432-8485.
For bulk or premium sales, contact Larry Laconi at (203)
432-7350 or larry.laconi@yale.edu
Individuals are urged to order through a bookseller.
Libraries are urged to order through a wholesaler.
They may also order directly.
Book review editors may fax requests for review copies to
the Publicity Department at (203) 432-8485 or send
requests by email to ivan.lett@yale.edu
For foreign and translation rights, contact
Anne Bihan at anne.bihan@yaleup.co.uk
For all inquiries regarding sales representation in the U.S.:
Jay Cosgrove, Sales Director, Yale University Press,
P.O. Box 209040, New Haven, CT, 06520-9040.
Tel: (203) 432-0968
fax (203) 432-8485
jay.cosgrove@yale.edu
Catalogue design: Amy Elliott Andersen
ISBN Prefix 978-0-300
PRICES AND DISCOUNTS
no mark Trade discount
sc Scholarly discount
tx Text discount
INTERNATIONAL SALES
REPRESENTATION
United Kingdom, Europe, Africa, and Asia
Yale University Press
47 Bedford Square
London WC1B 3DP, England
Telephone: 44-20-7079-4900
Fax: 44-20-7079-4901
Canada, Australia, and New Zealand
University Press Group, David Stimpson
164 Hillsdale Avenue, East
Toronto M4S IT5 Ontario, Canada
Telephone: 416-484-8296
Fax: 416-484-0602
E-mail: dcstimpson@yahoo.com
Canadian customers can send returns to:
Yale University Press
c/o Georgetown Warehouse
34 Armstrong Avenue
Georgetown L7G4R9, Ontario, Canada
Distribution for Australia and New Zealand
(non-exclusive)
Inbooks
3 Narabang Way
Belrose, NSW 2085, Australia
Telephone: 61-2-9986-7037
Fax: 61-2-9986-7090
Email: marketing@inbooks.com.au
Latin America and Caribbean
US PubRep, Inc., Craig Falk
311 Dean Drive
Rockville, MD 20851-1144
Telephone: 301-838-9276
Fax: 301-838-9278
E-mail: craigfalk@aya.yale.edu
Website: uspubrep.com
Japan
Rockbook, Aikiko Iwamoto, Gilles Fauveau
2-3-25, 9FI, Kudanminami, Chiyoda-ku,
Tokyo, 102-0074, Japan
Telephone: 81-3-3264-0144
Fax: 81-3-3264-0440
E-mail: aupgjapan@rockbook.net
Bookstores and libraries are also encouraged to order from
United Publishers Services.
Taiwan
BK Norton, Meihua Sun, Chiafeng Peng
5F, 60 Roosevelt Rd. Sec. 4
Taipei 100 Taiwan
Telephone 886-2-6623-0088
Fax: 886-2-6632-9772
E-mail: meihua@bookman.com.tw
South Korea
ICK (Information & Culture Korea), Se-Yung Jun,
Min-Hwa Yoo, 473-19 Seokyo-dong, Mapo-ku
Seoul, Korea 121-842
Telephone: 82-2-3141-4791
Fax: 82-2-3141-7733
E-mail: ick-info@ick.co.kr
Visit our website: yalebooks.com.
Order Information
166